01 PDF

Department of Public Works and Transport
Phnom Penh Capital City

Kingdom of Cambodia
PREPARATORY SURVEY REPORT

ON
THE PROJECT FOR FLOOD PROTECTION
AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENT
IN PHNOM PENH
(PHASE IV)
IN THE KINGDOM OF CAMBODIA
January 2017
JAPAN INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION AGENCY

CTI ENGINEERING INTERNATIONAL CO., LTD.
GE
JR
17-008
Department of Public Works and Transport
Phnom Penh Capital City
Kingdom of Cambodia
PREPARATORY SURVEY REPORT

ON
THE PROJECT FOR FLOOD PROTECTION
AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENT
IN PHNOM PENH
(PHASE IV)
IN THE KINGDOM OF CAMBODIA
January 2017
JAPAN INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION AGENCY

CTI ENGINEERING INTERNATIONAL CO., LTD.
PREFACE
Japan International Cooperation Agency (JICA) decided to conduct the preparatory survey
and entrust the survey to CTI Engineering International Co., Ltd.
The survey team held a series of discussions with the officials concerned of the Government
of Cambodia, and conducted field investigations. As a result of further studies in Japan, the
present report was finalized.
I hope that this report will contribute to the promotion of the project and to the enhancement
of friendly relations between our two countries.
Finally, I wish to express my sincere appreciation to the officials concerned of the

Government of Cambodia for their close cooperation extended to the survey team.
January, 2017
Kunihiro YAMAUCHI
Director General
Global Environmental Department
Japan International Cooperation Agency
SUMMARY
1. Outline of Cambodia
With an area of 181,000km2, the Kingdom of Cambodia had the population of about 14.7 million in
2013. Gross Domestic Product (GDP) per capita of Cambodia is US$ 1,140 in 2015 (ref.: US$775 in
2008). The climate of Cambodia is classified as tropical monsoon type, characterized by two
seasons: dry and rainy season. The rainy season is normally from May to October.
After decades of civil wars, Cambodia started to reconstruct the country in the 1990’s under a new
coalition government with a market economy system. With the assistance of the international
community, the Cambodian government has been actively promoting administrative and financial
reforms and development of infrastructures. GDP growth rates per year have exceeded 7% stably
since 2011. The Government of Cambodia (hereinafter referred to as “the GOC”) has specified
sustainable economic growth and industrial development as most important policy objective.
2. Background of the Project

Urban drainage facilities in the Phnom Penh Capital City with functions of draining storm water and
domestic wastewater have been gradually improved in line with the development of the city.
However, all the drainage facilities, which have been constructed since the beginning of the 1900’s,
are not functioning well due to old age, as well as poor maintenance after the 1970’s. Thus, the city
suffers from habitual inundation and poor environmental conditions caused by stagnant wastewater
in lowland areas. These are serious constraints to the residents’ living environment as well as social
and economic development, not only of Phnom Penh Capital City but the whole country in general.
The GOC had made a request for technical cooperation from the Government of Japan (hereinafter
referred to as “the GOJ”) to formulate a master plan for drainage improvement and flood control in
Phnom Penh Capital City and suburbs. In response, the GOJ had dispatched a study team through the
Japan International Cooperation Agency (hereinafter referred to as “JICA”) to formulate a master
plan and to conduct a feasibility study on priority projects selected from the master plan. That study
was conducted from March 1998 to August 1999.
Based on these priority projects, “The Project for Flood Protection and Drainage Improvement in the
Municipality of Phnom Penh” from 2001 to 2004, “The Project for Flood Protection and Drainage
Improvement in the Municipality of Phnom Penh (Phase II)” (hereinafter referred to as “Phase II”)
from 2006 to 2010, and “The Project for Flood Protection and Drainage Improvement in the Phnom
Penh Capital City (Phase III)” from 2011 to 2015 were carried out under the Japan’s Grant Aid
Scheme.
Although drainage conditions in the target areas of three phases of the Japan’s Grant Aid projects in
the past have greatly improved by those grant aid projects, areas in the northern part of city core area
such as the Wat Phnom Northern Area and the Tuol Kork Area (northern half of the Khan Tuol Kork)
are still experiencing serious inundation damage in the rainy season. Therefore, “The Project for
Flood Protection and Drainage Improvement in Phnom Penh (Phase IV)” (hereinafter referred to as
“the Project”) has been requested in July 2014 by the GOC for implementation under Japan’s Grand
Aid to improve the drainage condition in the remaining northern part of city core area. The requested
items for the Project were evaluated in “the Study on Drainage and Sewerage Improvement Project in
Phnom Penh Metropolitan Area” in terms of economic efficiency.
S- 1
And then, JICA conducted a preparatory survey on the Project. The preparatory survey team held a
series of discussions with the officials concerned of the GOC. As a result of discussions, both sides
confirmed that the items requested by the GOC for the Project are as shown in the Table below.
Description of Requested Components for the Project

Requested Components Category Tentative Contents of Requested Components
Improvement of Wat Phnom Construction - Drainage Pipe
Northern area drainage system of Facility (Dia.1,000mm~1,800mm, Length=Max. 3.2km in total)
- Pumping Station (Q=1.4m3/s)
- Underground Reservoir (V=5,000m3)
- Interceptor Pipe (Dia.1,000mm, Length=approx. 1.5km)
Mechanical screen cleaning Construction - Mechanical Screen at existing Four Pumping Stations
facilities to screen pits at pumping of Facility (Chak Tomuk P.S. (P1), Preah Kumlung P.S. (P2),
stations constructed in Phase II Phsar Kandal P.S. (P4), Phsar Chas P.S. (P5))
Improvement of Tuol Kork area Construction - Pumping Station (Q=1.4m3/s)
drainage system of Facility - Drainage Pipe
(Dia.1,000mm~1,800mm, Length=Max. 7.3km in total)
- Drainage Box Culvert
(2m x 2m ~ 2.5m x 3.5m, Length=Max. 0.7km in total)
Procurement of drainage Procurement - Vehicle-Mounted Drainage Pump (1~2 units)
improvement equipment of Equipment
Note: Components and contents requested for the Project had been confirmed in Minutes of Discussions, signed on April 28, 2016.
3. Outline of the Survey/Design and Contents of the Project

JICA dispatched the Preparatory Survey Team to Cambodia from March 28 to June 9, 2016. In the
Preparatory Survey, the urgency and necessity of the requested project were again recognized. The
content and size of the Project, as well as its appropriateness and effect have been discussed and
proposed in the draft final report of the Preparatory Survey, which was explained to the Cambodian
side by an explanation team dispatched to Cambodia from October 8 to 16, 2016. Both sides had
agreed on the contents and the finalization of the Preparatory Survey Report.
3.1 Basic Design Policy
To confirm and understand actual inundation state in the target area, interview surveys to Sangkat
chief and residents around frequently inundated roads were carried out. And then, appropriate layout
and scale of the drainage facilities were studied in consideration of results of interview survey.
(1) Improvement of Drainage System in Wat Phnom Northern Area
To mitigate inundation damages, construction of pumping station with underground
reservoir, as well as construction of drainage pipes, are proposed. Objective of
construction of these facilities is to reduce inundation area and duration caused by heavy
rain, and thus to promptly recover sound living condition of the residents.
Pumping station will be constructed beside underground reservoir which retain stormwater
temporarily and thus reduce a discharge capacity of pumping equipment.
Interceptor system will be introduced in this area to intercept wastewater discharged from
existing drainage network to Tonle Sap River. Wastewater will be conveyed by interceptor
and existing pipe, and then discharged into the wetland which is in northern area of Phnom
Penh Capital City (hereinafter referred to as “PPCC”).
Basic policies and prerequisite conditions for designing of drainage facilities were set as
followings.
- Inundation state shall be improved against rainfall with planning scale of 2-year
S- 2
probability to be able to drain the storm water within 2 hours with 20 cm of allowable
inundation depth.
- Capacities of drainage facilities shall be studied and designed based on hydraulic
simulation to be able to achieve the improvement target.
- Pile foundation was adopted as the foundation of underground reservoir to avoid
uneven settlement and deformation.
(2) Improvement of Drainage System in Tuol Kork Area
To mitigate inundation damages, construction of drainage pipes is proposed. Objective of
construction of these facilities is to reduce inundation area and duration caused by heavy
rain, and thus to promptly recover sound living condition of the residents.
Depending on the current inundation damages identified by the interview survey, target
area of Tuol Kork Area is divided into three drainage areas, namely Northern drainage area,
Central drainage area and Southern drainage area. Stormwater in these three drainage areas
is discharged to the Poung Peay lake, No.1 Tuol Kork pumping station and No.2 Tuol Kork
pumping station, respectively.
Basic policies and prerequisite conditions for designing of drainage facilities were set as
followings.
- Inundation state shall be improved against rainfall with planning scale of 2-year
probability to be able to drain the storm water within 2 hours with 20 cm of allowable
inundation depth.
- Capacities of drainage facilities shall be studied and designed based on hydraulic
simulation to be able to achieve the improvement target.
(3) Installation of Mechanical Screens in Pumping Stations Constructed in Phase II
Four pumping stations, namely Chak Tomuk (PS1), Preah Kumlung (PS2), Phsar Kandal
(PS4) and Phsar Chas (PS5), were constructed by the Phase II. In these pumping stations,
bar screens were installed at inlet of their pump in order to prevent impeller of the pump
will clog up with solid wastes. Department of Public Works and Transport (hereinafter
referred to as “DPWT”) of PPCC has done many efforts to remove wastes manually with
rakes from bar screens to make smooth flow at bar screen, but the problem couldn’t be
solved due to huge amount of wastes.
To solve this problem, auto-raking machines as mechanical screens shall be installed to
existing four pumping stations.
Existing bar screens and screen pits are replaced with new facilities, and auto-raking
machine shall be installed.
(4) Procurement of Equipment related to Drainage Management
Emergent drainage work is carried out by Drainage and Sewerage Division (hereinafter
referred to as “DSD”) under the responsibility of DPWT. DSD has only one drainage
pump vehicle, which is aged more than 30 years with small drainage capacity. DSD cannot
carry out emergent drainage works timely and efficiently.
S- 3
Vehicle-mounted drainage pump shall be procured to improve present conditions of
emergent drainage works. Specification and quantity of the equipment shall be determined
in consideration of needs, DSD’s capacity for operation and maintenance of the equipment.
(5) Soft Component Plan
To achieve sustainable operation and maintenance work of vehicle-mounted drainage
pump, mechanical screen, and other drainage facilities, it is necessary to implement
technical assistance with soft component to enhance the management capability of DSD on
operation and maintenance work.
Soft component (technical assistance) aims to enable the DSD carry out the systematic and
scheduled maintenance work and to utilize drainage facilities and/or equipment
constructed and/or procured by the Project. PPCC is required to install garbage boxes and
to carry out activities for raising public awareness to stop garbage dumping in and around
the markets during the soft component (technical assistance) of the Project.
3.2 Contents of the Project
Following structures and equipment shall be constructed and procured by the Project as the Japanese
assistance.
Contents of Japan’s Grant Aid for the Project

Covered by the Japan’s Grant Aid
Items Description Quantity
Construction Works
Improvement of Wat Phnom Northern Area Drainage Main Pipe 2.7 km
Drainage System Box Culvert 0.5 km
Interceptor Pipe 1.6 km
Manhole Pump 1 unit
Pumping Station Pump 1.4 m3/sec
Underground Reservoir 6,500 m3
Mechanical Screen 1 unit
Improvement of Tuol Kork Area Drainage System Drainage Main Pipe 7.0 km
Box Culvert 1.4 km
Mechanical Screen Cleaning Facilities to Screen Auto Raking Machine Chak Tomuk PS 4 units
Pits at Pumping Stations Constructed in Phase II Preah Kumlung PS
Phsar Kandal PS
Phsar Chas PS
Procurement Works
Procurement of Drainage Improvement Equipment Vehicle-Mounted Drainage Pump 2 units
Soft Component
The soft component (technical assistance) aims to enable the DSD carry out the systematic and scheduled
maintenance work and to utilize drainage facilities/equipment constructed/procured by Japan’s Grant Aid Projects.
PPCC is required to install garbage boxes and to carry out activities for raising public awareness to stop garbage
dumping in and around the markets during the soft component (technical assistance) of the Project.
4. Implementation Period and Project Cost

Implementation period of the Project is estimated to be 8 months for detailed engineering design, and
36 months for construction work including procurement of equipment.
The project cost to be borne by the recipient country is estimated to be about US$418,200
(47.7 million Japanese Yen, US$1.0 = JPY133.65).
The cost to be borne by the Japan’s Grant Aid is not shown in this report due to the confidentially.
S- 4
5. Project Evaluation
5.1 Relevance of the Project
Relevance of the Project implementation has been verified from the following viewpoints.
 Large Scale of Beneficiaries:
The Project area is located in city core area of Phnom Penh Capital City and number of
beneficially is estimated approximately 200 thousand residences in total.
 Human Security:
The Project would contribute to the preservation of people’s health, conservation of living
conditions and sustainment of work environment.
 Operation and Maintenance of Facilities:

After completion of the technical assistance of the Project, DSD will be able to carry out
adequate operation and maintenance work in a planned and consistent way.
 Consistency with Long Term Development Programme:
The Project will contribute to the achievement of some of the Cambodian national long term
development target and the City Development Strategy of Phnom Penh Capital City.
 Impact to Environment:
There is no significant or permanent negative impact to natural and social environments caused
by the Project. In contrast, positive impact such as improved living and social environments by
mitigation of inundation condition is expected.
 Necessity and Superiority of Japanese Technology:

Japanese technology is required to execute the Project under Japan’s Grant Aid Scheme in terms
of planning knowledge, construction technology, establishment of a consistent drainage system
and utilization of local human resources.
5.2 Effectiveness of the Project

(1) Quantitative Effectiveness
By the completion of the Project, inundation damage in Wat Phnom Northern Area and
Tuol Kork Area will be reduced against 2-year probability rainfall as shown in following
table.
Baseline Target Value (in 2023)
Name of Index
(Actual Value in 2015) 【3 Years after the Project】
Inundation Wat Phnom Northern Area (m2) 111,600 49,500
Area Tuol Kork Area (m2) 460,800 169,200
Inundation Depth (Above Both Area) (cm) Max. 50 Max. 20
Flood Duration (Above Both Area) (hour) Max. 9 Max. 2
Note 1) The above target value is computed by the condition of the lower scale of 2-year return period rainfall. The intensity
of 2-year return period rainfall is 44.8mm/hr. or 87.8mm/day.
Note 2) The above inundation area is computed by the flood duration which is longer than 10 minutes
Note 3) The monitoring point is as given below
Wat Phnom North Area : St.47×St.84, St.47×St.88
Tuol Kork Area : St.337×St.528, St.317×St.592, St.287×St.528
(2) Qualitative Effectiveness

- Economic Effectiveness
The Project will contribute to the avoidance of occurrence of economic damage.
- Commercial Effectiveness
S- 5
The Project will contribute to promotion of commercial pursuits and tourism due to
mitigation of flood/inundation damage.
- Environmental Effectiveness
Urban environment, like unpleasant odor, sediment/polluted sludge/litter at drainage
facilities, will be reduced by the improvement of the drainage system.
- Hygienic Effectiveness
As the indirect effect of the improvement of urban drainage facilities in the Project, the
prevention of occurrence and spread of epidemics of waterborne disease due to
inundation is expected.
- Improvement of Travel Condition
Inundation periods will become shorter and inundation depths will become shallower,
making it easier for ordinary vehicles to pass the roads.
5.3 Conclusion
As stated above, the Project has high relevance and effectiveness. Hence, it is desirable to execute the
Project.
S- 6
Location Map of the Project Area
Facility Layout in the Project Area
Legend
Drainage Pipe/Box Culvert
Pumping Station/Underground Reservoir
Interceptor Mechanical Screen
Catchment Area
Perspectives
– Installation of Drainage Main
Before the Project: Present flooding condition during hard rain
After the Project: Improved drainage condition during hard rain

Perspectives
– Construction of Underground Reservoir and Pumping Station
Perspectives
– Procurement of Vehicle-Mounted Drainage Pump (Drainage Pump Vehicle)
Emergency Drainage Work of Vehicle-Mounted Drainage Pump (Drainage Pump Vehicle)

which will be Procured by the Project
Table of Contents
Preface
Summary
Location Map / Perspective
Table of Contents
List of Tables
List of Figures
List of Photos
Abbreviations and Acronyms
Chapter 1 Background of the Project .................................................................... 1-1

1.1 Background of the Project .......................................................................................... 1-1
1.2 Contents of the Request .............................................................................................. 1-2
1.3 Natural Condition of the Project Area ........................................................................ 1-3
1.4 Environmental and Social Considerations Study ........................................................ 1-30
1.4.1 Environmental Impact Assessment .................................................................... 1-30
1.4.1.1 Outline of the Project having an environmental impact ......................... 1-30
1.4.1.2 Status of IEIA/IEE on the Project .......................................................... 1-32
1.4.1.3 Baseline Survey of Existing Environmental and Social
Considerations ........................................................................................ 1-32
1.4.1.4 Laws and Regulations related to Environmental Consideration ............ 1-45
1.4.1.5 Comparison of Alternative Plans............................................................ 1-48
1.4.1.6 Scoping Results for the Project .............................................................. 1-50
1.4.1.7 Terms of Reference (TOR) for the Initial Environmental Impact
Assessment (IEIA) ................................................................................. 1-54
1.4.1.8 Results of Survey based on TOR............................................................ 1-56
1.4.1.9 Results of Evaluation ............................................................................. 1-58
1.4.1.10 Mitigation Measures............................................................................... 1-61
1.4.1.11 Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan ................................ 1-63
1.4.1.12 Stakeholder Meeting .............................................................................. 1-65
1.4.2 Land Acquisition and Structure Relocation ....................................................... 1-68
1.4.2.1 Necessity of Land Acquisition and Structure Relocation ....................... 1-68
1.4.2.2 Legislation and Legal Procedure for Relocation and Land
Acquisition ............................................................................................. 1-69
1.4.2.3 Scale of Land Acquisition and Resettlement .......................................... 1-71
1.4.2.4 Compensation ......................................................................................... 1-75
1.4.2.5 Grievance Mechanism ............................................................................ 1-78
1.4.2.6 Implementation of Tentative Relocation of Affected Household
during Construction Work ...................................................................... 1-79
-i-
1.4.2.7 Implementation Schedule ....................................................................... 1-82
1.4.2.8 Budget and Financial Source .................................................................. 1-83
1.4.2.9 Monitoring Framework of Implementation Organization and
Monitoring Form .................................................................................... 1-84
1.4.2.10 Stakeholder Meeting ............................................................................... 1-84
1.4.3 Others ................................................................................................................. 1-87
1.4.3.1 Environmental and Social Monitoring Plan ........................................... 1-87
1.4.3.2 Environmental Checklist ........................................................................ 1-89
1.4.3.3 Necessary Action .................................................................................... 1-92
Chapter 2 Contents of the Project ......................................................................... 2-1

2.1 Basic Concept of the Project ....................................................................................... 2-1
2.2 Outline Design of the Japanese Assistance ................................................................. 2-2
2.2.1 Design Policy ..................................................................................................... 2-2
2.2.2 Basic Plan (Construction Plan/Equipment Plan) ............................................... 2-10
2.2.2.1 Hydraulic Model Analysis ...................................................................... 2-11
2.2.2.2 Development of Drainage Main for Improvement of Wat Phnom
Northern Area and Tuol Kork Area Drainage Systems .......................... 2-32
2.2.2.3 Construction of Pumping Station and Underground Reservoir for
Improvement of Wat Phnom Northern Area Drainage Systems ............. 2-37
2.2.2.4 Development of Interceptor Pipe for Improvement of Wat Phnom
Northern Area Drainage System ............................................................. 2-44
2.2.2.5 Construction of Mechanical Screen at Pumping Stations
constructed in Phase II............................................................................ 2-45
2.2.2.6 Procurement of Equipment ..................................................................... 2-50
2.2.3 Outline Design Drawings................................................................................... 2-53
2.2.4 Implementation Plan .......................................................................................... 2-54
2.2.4.1 Implementation Policy............................................................................ 2-54
2.2.4.2 Implementation Conditions .................................................................... 2-55
2.2.4.3 Scope of Works ....................................................................................... 2-58
2.2.4.4 Consultant Supervision ........................................................................... 2-58
2.2.4.5 Quality Control Plan ............................................................................... 2-61
2.2.4.6 Procurement Plan.................................................................................... 2-63
2.2.4.7 Operational Guidance Plan ..................................................................... 2-63
2.2.4.8 Soft Component (Technical Assistance) Plan ......................................... 2-64
2.2.4.9 Implementation Schedule ....................................................................... 2-65
2.3 Obligations of Recipient Country ............................................................................... 2-66
2.3.1 General Undertakings of Cambodia................................................................... 2-66
2.3.2 Specific Undertakings of Cambodia .................................................................. 2-66
- ii -
2.4 Project Operation Plan ................................................................................................ 2-69
2.4.1 Organization for Operation and Maintenance ................................................... 2-69
2.4.2 Operation and Maintenance Method ................................................................. 2-70
2.5 Project Cost Estimation .............................................................................................. 2-74
2.5.1 Initial Cost Estimation ....................................................................................... 2-74
2.5.2 Operation and Maintenance Cost ...................................................................... 2-75
Chapter 3 Project Evaluation ................................................................................. 3-1

3.1 Preconditions .............................................................................................................. 3-1
3.2 Necessary Inputs by Recipient Country ...................................................................... 3-2
3.3 Important Assumptions ............................................................................................... 3-4
3.4 Project Evaluation ....................................................................................................... 3-4
3.4.1 Relevance .......................................................................................................... 3-4
3.4.2 Effectiveness ...................................................................................................... 3-6
3.4.3 Conclusion ......................................................................................................... 3-7
［Appendices］
Appendix-1 Member List of the Study Team
Appendix-2 Study Schedule
Appendix-3 List of Parties Concerned in the Cambodia
Appendix-4 Minutes of Discussions (28th April 2016 & 12th October 2016)
Appendix-5 Soft Component (Technical Assistance) Plan
Appendix-6 Result of Inundation Condition Survey
Appendix-7 Summary of Gap Analysis on Resettlement Policy between Cambodian
Laws/ Regulation and JICA Guidelines
［Annex］
Outline Design Drawings
- iii -
List of Tables
Table R 1.1.1 Flood Protection and Drainage Improvement Project by Japan’s Grant
Aid............................................................................................................. 1-2
Table R 1.2.1 Description of Requested Components for the Project ............................. 1-2
Table R 1.3.1 Monthly Rainfall (From 2004 to 2013) ..................................................... 1-4
Table R 1.3.2 Summary of Topographic Survey ............................................................. 1-6
Table R 1.3.3 Manhole Survey Items .............................................................................. 1-12
Table R 1.3.4 Summary of Machine Boring .................................................................... 1-14
Table R 1.3.5 Management Authorities of Underground Facilities ................................. 1-16
Table R 1.3.6 Items for the Project Requested by the Government of Cambodia ........... 1-20
Table R 1.3.7 Number and Type of Interviewees ............................................................ 1-23
Table R 1.3.8 Number of Masters and Employment Type .............................................. 1-23
Table R 1.3.9 Number of Persons Staying in the House.................................................. 1-23
Table R 1.3.11 Number of Type of Dwelling .................................................................... 1-23
Table R 1.3.12 Expenditure of Household (USD per month)............................................ 1-23
Table R 1.3.13 Experience of Flooding in Front of House ................................................ 1-24
Table R 1.3.14 Frequency of Flooding .............................................................................. 1-24
Table R 1.3.15 Depths of Flood ......................................................................................... 1-24
Table R 1.3.16 Durations of Flood .................................................................................... 1-24
Table R 1.3.17 Problems after Flood ................................................................................. 1-26
Table R 1.3.18 Occurrence of Diseases in Family after Flood .......................................... 1-26
Table R 1.3.19 Disposal Method of Night Soil ................................................................. 1-26
Table R 1.3.20 Opinions on Drainage Improvement Project in front of Houses ............... 1-26
Table R 1.3.21 Opinions on Construction Work for Project in front of Houses ................ 1-26
Table R 1.3.22 Number and Type of Interviewees ............................................................ 1-27
Table R 1.3.23 Number of Masters and Employment Type .............................................. 1-27
Table R 1.3.26 Number of Type of Dwelling .................................................................... 1-27
Table R 1.3.27 Expenditure of Household (USD per month)............................................ 1-27
Table R 1.3.28 Experience of Flooding in Front of House ................................................ 1-28
Table R 1.3.29 Frequency of Flooding .............................................................................. 1-28
Table R 1.3.30 Depths of Flood ......................................................................................... 1-28
Table R 1.3.31 Durations of Flood .................................................................................... 1-28
Table R 1.3.32 Problems after Flood ................................................................................. 1-30
Table R 1.3.33 Occurrence of Diseases in Family after Flood .......................................... 1-30
Table R 1.3.34 Disposal Method of Night Soil ................................................................. 1-30
Table R 1.3.35 Effects of Past Projects.............................................................................. 1-30
Table R 1.3.36 Detailed Effects ......................................................................................... 1-30
Table R 1.4.1 Outline of the Project Components ........................................................... 1-31
- iv -
Table R 1.4.2 Status of Endangered Species in Cambodia .............................................. 1-35
Table R 1.4.3 Results of Inundation Survey in the Project Area ..................................... 1-36
Table R 1.4.4 Population Projection by JICA Project ..................................................... 1-38
Table R 1.4.5 Air Quality along the Road NH4 in Phnom Penh ..................................... 1-38
Table R 1.4.6 Ambient Air pollution in Phnom Penh...................................................... 1-39
Table R 1.4.7 Results of Air Quality Measurement at the Project Area (2016) .............. 1-39
Table R 1.4.8 Maximum Standard of Noise Level Allowable in the Public and
Residential Areas (dB) .............................................................................. 1-39
Table R 1.4.9 Results of Noise Measurement at the Project Area (2016) ....................... 1-42
Table R 1.4.10 Comparison of Noise Standards (Cambodia, Japan and WHO) ............... 1-42
Table R 1.4.11 Minimum, Maximum and Average at Monitoring Point........................... 1-43
Table R 1.4.12 Water Quality Examination at the Project Area (2016) ............................ 1-44
Table R 1.4.13 Relative Laws and Regulations for Environment and Social
Considerations in Cambodia ..................................................................... 1-46
Table R 1.4.14 Comparison of Alternative Plan on Relocation and Land Acquisition
for Drainage Improvement Works in the Project ...................................... 1-48
Table R 1.4.15 Possible Adverse Impact (1/2) .................................................................. 1-50
Table R 1.4.16 Possible Adverse Impact (2/2) .................................................................. 1-51
Table R 1.4.17 Mitigation Measure for the Key Impacts (1/2) ......................................... 1-52
Table R 1.4.18 Mitigation Measure for the Key Impacts (2/2) ......................................... 1-53
Table R 1.4.19 TOR of IEIA ............................................................................................. 1-54
Table R 1.4.20 Findings of Environmental and Social Consideration .............................. 1-56
Table R 1.4.21 Results of Evaluation ................................................................................ 1-58
Table R 1.4.22 Mitigation Measures for the Project ......................................................... 1-61
Table R 1.4.23 Draft Environment Management and Monitoring Plan ............................ 1-63
Table R 1.4.24 Outline of Stakeholder Meeting (SHM) in PPCC ..................................... 1-65
Table R 1.4.25 Land Acquisition and Resettlement for the Project .................................. 1-68
Table R 1.4.26 Legislation related to Relocation and Land Acquisition ........................... 1-69
Table R 1.4.27 Survey Result for Residential Land Acquisition and Structure
Compensation ........................................................................................... 1-73
Table R 1.4.28 Population of Affected Household Size .................................................... 1-74
Table R 1.4.29 Literacy of Affected Household ................................................................ 1-74
Table R 1.4.30 Main Income Source of Affected Household ............................................ 1-74
Table R 1.4.31 Average Annual and Monthly Income of Affected Household ................. 1-74
Table R 1.4.32 Average Annual and Monthly Expenditure of Affected Household ......... 1-74
Table R 1.4.33 Affected Household’s Assets and its Cost................................................. 1-75
Table R 1.4.34 Entitlement Matrix .................................................................................... 1-76
Table R 1.4.35 Affected Assets and Allowances/Assistances for AHs for the Project ...... 1-78
Table R 1.4.36 Tentative Schedule of Relocation Activities ............................................. 1-82
Table R 1.4.37 Summary of Resettlement Costs ............................................................... 1-83
Table R 1.4.38 Participatory Activities in ARAP Preparation ........................................... 1-84
Table R 1.4.39 Public Meetings Held for the Project ........................................................ 1-84
Table R 1.4.40 Questions and Responses of the Public Consultation Meeting
(1st Sangkat SHM).................................................................................... 1-85
-v-
(2nd Sangkat SHM) .................................................................................. 1-86
Table R 1.4.42 Environmental and Social Monitoring Plan during Construction Stage
................................................................................................................... 1-87
Table R 1.4.43 (Monitoring Form 1/4) Noise Measurement of the Project....................... 1-88
Table R 1.4.44 (Monitoring Form 2/4) Vibration Measurement of the Project ................. 1-88
Table R 1.4.45 (Monitoring Form 3/4) Report of Monitoring Result of the Project ......... 1-88
Table R 1.4.46 (Monitoring Form 4/4) ARAP Monitoring Form of the Project ............... 1-88
Table R 1.4.47 Environmental Checklist for the Project (1/4) .......................................... 1-89
Table R 2.1.1 Contents of Japan’s Grant Aid for the Project ........................................... 2-2
Table R 2.2.1 Probable High Water Level of Tonle Sap River ........................................ 2-5
Table R 2.2.2 Protection Level Applied to Drainage Plan of Neighbouring
Countries ................................................................................................... 2-5
Table R 2.2.3 Protection Level for Each Facility ............................................................ 2-5
Table R 2.2.4 Probable Rainfall....................................................................................... 2-6
Table R 2.2.5 Result of Rainfall Analysis per Return Period .......................................... 2-6
Table R 2.2.6 Function required for the Equipment ........................................................ 2-9
Table R 2.2.7 Modeling Condition of the Target Areas ................................................... 2-14
Table R 2.2.8 Modeled Hydraulic Structures .................................................................. 2-17
Table R 2.2.9 Applied Rainfall Intensity Formula .......................................................... 2-20
Table R 2.2.10 Design Water Level for Outer Boundary Condition ................................. 2-21
Table R 2.2.11 Target for Mitigation of Inundation .......................................................... 2-25
Table R 2.2.12 Runoff Coefficient .................................................................................... 2-25
Table R 2.2.13 Summary of Type, Size and Length of Drainage Main ............................. 2-32
Table R 2.2.14 Summary of Type, Size and Length of Drainage Pipe
(Wat Phnom Northern Area) ..................................................................... 2-33
Table R 2.2.15 Summary of Type, Size and Length of Drainage Pipe
(Tuol Kork Area) ....................................................................................... 2-35
Table R 2.2.16 Major Specification of Pumping Station and Underground Reservoir ..... 2-39
Table R 2.2.17 Selection of Pump Type ............................................................................ 2-40
Table R 2.2.18 Basic Dimensions of Pumping Station and Gate-Mounted Pump ............ 2-41
Table R 2.2.19 Floor Elevation of Pump Operation/Maintenance House ......................... 2-42
Table R 2.2.20 Comparison between Electric Power Requirement and Capacity of
Existing Substation ................................................................................... 2-42
Table R 2.2.21 Design Standard of EDC ........................................................................... 2-43
Table R 2.2.22 Specifications of Emergency Diesel-Engine Drive Generator Set
(EGS) ........................................................................................................ 2-44
Table R 2.2.23 Outline of Tentatively Assumed Interceptor ............................................. 2-45
Table R 2.2.24 Design Condition of Automatic Rotary Rakes Screen .............................. 2-47
Table R 2.2.25 Specifications of Automatic Raking Screen .............................................. 2-47
Table R 2.2.26 Installation Dimension and Ground Level ................................................ 2-48
Table R 2.2.27 Installation Dimension and Ground Level ................................................ 2-48
- vi -
Table R 2.2.28 Options of the Type of the Equipment ...................................................... 2-50
Table R 2.2.29 Comparison of Options ............................................................................. 2-51
Table R 2.2.30 Type and Quantity of the Equipment to be procured in the Project .......... 2-51
Table R 2.2.31 Specification of the Equipment................................................................. 2-52
Table R 2.2.32 List of Outline Design Drawings .............................................................. 2-53
Table R 2.2.33 Major Undertakings for Construction and Procurement by Each
Government .............................................................................................. 2-58
Table R 2.2.34 Quality Control Tests ................................................................................ 2-61
Table R 2.3.1 Sample Sheet of Inundation Monitoring Record ...................................... 2-67
Table R 2.4.1 Breakdown of DPWT Staff ....................................................................... 2-69
Table R 2.5.1 Project Cost Borne by Cambodian Government ....................................... 2-74
Table R 2.5.2 Annual Operation Cost of No.6 Pumping Station and Mechanical
Screens ...................................................................................................... 2-75
Table R 2.5.3 Total Annual Operation and Maintenance Cost of No.6 Pumping
Station, No.6 Underground Reservoir and Mechanical Screens ............... 2-76
Table R 2.5.4 Total Annual Operation and Maintenance Cost of Vehicle-Mounted
Drainage Pump ......................................................................................... 2-77
Table R 2.5.5 Total Annual Operation and Maintenance Cost of Manhole Pump .......... 2-77
Table R 2.5.6 Total Annual Operation and Maintenance Cost of the Project.................. 2-78
Table R 2.5.7 Comparison Total Annual Operation and Maintenance Cost of the
Project ....................................................................................................... 2-78
Table R 3.4.1 Index of Drainage System Improvement by the Project ........................... 3-6
List of Figures
Fig. R 1.1.1 Area of Japan’s Grant Aid Project ............................................................ 1-1

Fig. R 1.3.1 Maximum and Minimum Monthly Temperature and Monthly
Average Humidity (From 1985 to 2013) .................................................. 1-4
Fig. R 1.3.2 Maximum and Minimum Annual Temperature (From 1985 to 2013) ...... 1-4
Fig. R 1.3.3 Average of Maximum and Minimum Monthly Temperature and
Average of Monthly Rainfall (From 2004 to 2013) .................................. 1-5
Fig. R 1.3.4 Annual Rainfall (From 1981 to 2013) ...................................................... 1-5
Fig. R 1.3.5 Water Level at Chaktomuk station and Phnom Penh Port Station
(From 2009 to 2013) ................................................................................. 1-5
Fig. R 1.3.6 Locations Conducted Topographic Survey (Wat Phnom Northern
Area) ......................................................................................................... 1-7
Fig. R 1.3.7 Locations Conducted Topographic Survey (Tuol Kork Area) .................. 1-8
Fig. R 1.3.8 Locations Conducted Manhole Survey (Wat Phnom Northern Area) ....... 1-10
Fig. R 1.3.9 Locations Conducted Manhole Survey (Tuol Kork Area) ........................ 1-11
Fig. R 1.3.10 Surveyed Items of Manhole ...................................................................... 1-12
Fig. R 1.3.11 Manhole Survey Sheet .............................................................................. 1-12
Fig. R 1.3.12 Locations of Machine Boring ................................................................... 1-13
Fig. R 1.3.13 Distribution of N-value of Boreholes ....................................................... 1-15
Fig. R 1.3.14 Location of Test Excavation Site .............................................................. 1-17
Fig. R 1.3.15 Survey Area for Interview with Household (Interview-2) ........................ 1-20
- vii -
Fig. R 1.3.16 Results of Interview with Sangkat Chiefs and DPWT (Interview-1) ........ 1-22
Fig. R 1.3.17 Results of Interview with Households (Interview-2, the Project Area) .... 1-25
Fig. R 1.3.18 Results of Interview with Households (Interview-2, Phase II, Phase
III Area) ..................................................................................................... 1-29
Fig. R 1.4.1 Location of the Project .............................................................................. 1-31
Fig. R 1.4.2 Annual Maximum and Minimum Temperature (1985-2013).................... 1-34
Fig. R 1.4.3 Land Use in Phnom Penh Capital City (2035) .......................................... 1-37
Fig. R 1.4.4 Survey Location and Result in PPUTMP (Noise) ..................................... 1-41
Fig. R 1.4.5 Survey Location and Result in PPUTMP (Vibration) ............................... 1-41
Fig. R 1.4.6 Flowchart of the IEIA/EIA Process for National Level Projects .............. 1-47
Fig. R 1.4.7 Flowchart of Land Acquisition.................................................................. 1-70
Fig. R 1.4.8 Inter-Ministerial Resettlement Committee (IRC) and Relevant
Organizations ............................................................................................ 1-71
Fig. R 1.4.9 Location of Land Acquisition.................................................................... 1-72
Fig. R 1.4.10 Typical Cross Section of House for Land Acquisition (A-A) ................... 1-73
Fig. R 1.4.11 Organization Chart of MOE ...................................................................... 1-80
Fig. R 1.4.12 Organization Chart of GDR-MEF ............................................................. 1-81
Fig. R 1.4.13 Implementation Schedule for Environmental and Social
Considerations for the Project ................................................................... 1-82
Fig. R 2.2.1 Elevation around the Target Areas ............................................................ 2-11
Fig. R 2.2.2 Flood Prone Area and Existing Drainage System of Wat Phnom
Northern Area ............................................................................................ 2-12
Fig. R 2.2.3 Flood Prone Area and Existing Drainage System of Tuol Kork Area ....... 2-13
Fig. R 2.2.4 Working Procedure for Hydraulic Analysis .............................................. 2-15
Fig. R 2.2.5 Illustration of Coupling model of MOUSE and MIKE21 ......................... 2-16
Fig. R 2.2.6 Modelled Drainage Network (Wat Phnom Northern Area)....................... 2-17
Fig. R 2.2.7 Modelled Drainage Network (Tuol Kork Area) ........................................ 2-17
Fig. R 2.2.8 Land Surface Digital Elevation Model (DEM) (Upper: Wat Phnom
Northern Area, Lower: Tuol Kork Area) ................................................... 2-18
Fig. R 2.2.9 Distribution of Swamp Area in Tuol Kork Area ....................................... 2-19
Fig. R 2.2.10 Open Channel Distribution Surrounding Tuol Kork2 (Left: Route of
Channel, Right: Photo of Open Channel) ................................................. 2-19
Fig. R 2.2.11 Location of Surveyed Point for Outer Level for Tuol Kork Area ............. 2-20
Fig. R 2.2.12 Calculation Result under 2year of Return Period for Wat Phnom
Northern Area (Left: Maximum Inundation Depth, Right Duration of
Inundation) ................................................................................................ 2-21
Fig. R 2.2.13 Calculation Result under 2year of Return Period for Tuol Kork Area
(Left: Maximum Inundation Depth, Right Duration of Inundation) ......... 2-22
Fig. R 2.2.14 Longitudinal Profile and Water Level from St.47 to St.90
(under 2-year Return Period) .................................................................... 2-23
Fig. R 2.2.15 Clogging due to Deposition in Manhole (Left: St.528, Right: St.289) ..... 2-23
Fig. R 2.2.16 Longitudinal Profile and Water Level at St.315
(under 2-year Return Period) .................................................................... 2-24
(under 2-year of Return Period) ................................................................ 2-24
- viii -
Fig. R 2.2.18 Horizontal Plan of Proposed Drainage Facilities
Fig. R 2.2.19 Effect of the Measures for Mitigation of Inundation
Fig. R 2.2.20 Layout Plan of Proposed Drainage Facilities (Tuol Kork Area) ............... 2-30
Fig. R 2.2.21 Effect of the Mitigation Measures (Tuol Kork Area)................................ 2-31
Fig. R 2.2.22 Layout Plan of Drainage Main (Wat Phnom Northern Area) ................... 2-34
Fig. R 2.2.23 Layout Plan of Drainage Main (Tuol Kork Area) ..................................... 2-36
Fig. R 2.2.24 Layout Image of Pumping Station and Underground Reservoir ............... 2-38
Fig. R 2.2.25 Layout of No.6 Underground Reservoir and No.6 Pumping Station ........ 2-39
Fig. R 2.2.26 Electric Power Supply Route for No.6 Pumping Station (P6) .................. 2-43
Fig. R 2.2.27 Image of Manhole Type Pump .................................................................. 2-44
Fig. R 2.2.28 Schematic Diagram of Interceptor ............................................................ 2-45
Fig. R 2.2.29 Automatic Rotation Rake Screen with Kick Up Equipment..................... 2-46
Fig. R 2.2.30 Cable Route for P1 Pumping Stations ...................................................... 2-48
Fig. R 2.2.34 Outline Drawing for the Automatic Raking Screens ................................ 2-50
Fig. R 2.2.35 Drainage Areas.......................................................................................... 2-55
Fig. R 2.2.36 Typical Cross Section of Construction of UGR 6 ..................................... 2-57
Fig. R 2.2.37 Implementation Schedule ......................................................................... 2-65
Fig. R 2.3.1 Location of Inundation Monitoring (10 points) ........................................ 2-68
Fig. R 2.4.1 Organizational Chart of DPWT ................................................................ 2-69
Fig. R 2.4.2 Pipe Cleaning Method conducted by DSD (with Equipment) .................. 2-72
Fig. R 3.2.1 Proposed Location of Inundation Monitoring........................................... 3-3
List of Photographs
Photo R 1.3.1 Site Condition during the Topographic Survey......................................... 1-6

Photo R 1.3.2 Site Condition during the Manhole Survey .............................................. 1-9
Photo R 1.3.3 Site Condition during the Boring Survey.................................................. 1-14
Photo R 1.3.4 Interview with Household ......................................................................... 1-21
Photo R 1.4.1 Stakeholder Meeting for Environmental & Social Considerations ........... 1-67
Photo R 1.4.2 Project Affected Lands and Structures ...................................................... 1-72
Photo R 1.4.3 1st Stakeholder Meeting ........................................................................... 1-85
Photo R 1.4.4 2nd Stakeholder Meeting .......................................................................... 1-87
Photo R 2.2.1 Swamp Area in Tuol Kork Area ................................................................ 2-13
Photo R 2.2.2 Nearest Existing Substation of No.6 Pumping Station (P6) ..................... 2-43
Photo R 2.2.3 Condition of Existing Bar Screen ............................................................. 2-46
Photo R 2.2.4 Typical Trashes Caught Before Bar Screen .............................................. 2-47
Photo R 2.2.5 Sample of Garbage Box ............................................................................ 2-64
- ix -
ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
1. Organizations
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
ADB Asian Development Bank
CDC Cambodia Development Council
DGA Department of General Affairs
DHI Danish Hydraulic Institute
DICDM Department of Internal Control and Data Management
DLMUPC Department of Land Management, Urban Planning and Construction
DOE Department of Environment
DOP Department of Planning
DOWRAM Department of Water Resources and Meteorology
DPWT Department of Public Works and Transport
DR Department of Resettlement
EDC Electricité du Cambodge
DSD Drainage and Sewerage Division
EA Executing Agency
EMA External Monitoring Agency
GDR General Department of Resettlement
GOC Government of Cambodia
GOJ Government of Japan
GRC Grievance Redress Committee
IRC Inter-ministerial Resettlement Committee
IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature
JICA Japan International Cooperation Agency
KOICA Korea International Cooperation Agency
MEF Ministry of Economy and Finance
MGRC Municipality Grievance Redress Committee
MOE Ministry of Environment
MOWRAM Ministry of Water Resources and Meteorology
MPWT Ministry of Public Works and Transport
MRSC Municipality Resettlement Sub-Committee
PDOE Provincial Department of Environment
PEO Provincial Environmental Office
PIU Project Implementation Unit
PMU Project Management Unit
PPCC Phnom Penh Capital City
PPCH Phnom Penh Capital Hall
PPWSA Phnom Penh Water Supply Authority
UN United Nations
WHO World Health Organization
2. Technical Terms
AH Affected Household
AIDS Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome
AP Affected People
ARAP Abbreviated Resettlement Action Plan
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
BOD Biochemical Oxygen Demand
CBR California Bearing Ratio
-x-
CFOCN Cambodia Fiber Optic Communication Network
CO Carbon Monoxide
COD Chemical Oxygen Demand
CTS Compact Transformer Substation
DEM Digital Elevation Model
DMS Detailed Measurement Survey
DO Dissolved Oxygen
EC Electrical Conductivity
EGS Emergency Diesel-Engine Drive Generator Set
EIA Environmental Impact Assessment
ESC Environmental and Social Considerations
GPS Global Positioning System
HIV Human Immunodeficiency Virus
IEC Information, Education, Communication
IEE Initial Environmental Examination
IEIA Initial Environmental Impact Assessment
IOL Inventory of Losses
JIS Japanese Industrial Standards
LARAP Land Acquisition and Resettlement Action Plan
MPN Most Probable Number
NO2 Nitrogen Dioxide
NSDP National Strategic Development Plan
NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Unit
OJT On-the-Job Training
PIB Project Information Booklet
PO4 Phosphate
PPUTMP Project for Comprehensive Urban Transport Plan in Phnom Penh Capital City
PS Pumping Station
RCS Replacement Cost Survey
ROW Right-of-Way
SDG Sustainable Development Goal
SHM Stakeholder Meeting
SO2 Sulfur Dioxide
SP Screen Pit
SPT Standard Penetration Test
TOR Terms of Reference
TSP Total Suspended Particles
TSS Total Suspended Solid
UGR Underground Reservoir
WG Working Group
3. Units of Measurement
(Length) (Weight)
mm : millimeter(s) mg : milligram(s)
cm : centimeter(s) g, gr : gram(s)
m : meter(s) kg : kilogram(s)
km : kilometer(s) ton : tonne(s)
(Area) (Time)
2
mm : square millimeter(s) s, sec : second(s)
- xi -
cm2 : square centimeter(s) min : minute(s)
2
m : square meter(s) h(hrs) : hour(s)
2
km : square kilometer(s) d(dys) : day(s)
ha : hectare(s) y, yr(yrs) : year(s)
(Volume) (Speed/Velocity)
3
cm : cubic centimeter(s) cm/sec, cm/s : centimeter per second
3
m : cubic meter(s) m/sec, m/s : meter per second
 : liter(s) km/hr, km/h : kilometer per hour
(Flow/Discharge) (Concentration)
/sec, /s : liter per second mg/ : milligram per liter
m3/sec, m3/s : cubic meter per second
3 3
m /yr, m /y : cubic meter per year
(Electrical Units) (Stress)

W : watt(s) kg/cm2 : kilogram per square centimeter
2
kW : kilowatt(s) ton/m : ton per square meter
MW : megawatt(s)
kWh : kilowatt-hour
MWh : megawatt-hour (Monetary Terms)
GWh : gigawatt-hour ¥ : Japanese Yen
V : volt(s) US$ : United States Dollar
kV : kilovolt(s) Riel : Cambodian Riels
4. others
(Cambodian
Words)
Boeng : Lake
Prek : River/Stream
Stoeng : River (medium)
Tonle : River (large)
- xii -
CHAPTER 1 BACKGROUND OF THE PROJECT
1.1 Background of the Project

Phnom Penh Capital City, the capital of the Kingdom of Cambodia, is located in the western side
of the confluence of Mekong River and Tonle Sap River. It is the political, economic and cultural
centre of the country and had the population of about 1.6 million in 2013 (estimated in Final
Report, Inter-Census Population Survey 2013, National Institute of Statistics, Ministry of
Planning).
In the 1960’s, the construction of outer ring dikes for the protection of Phnom Penh City from
flooding of neighbouring rivers, lakes and swamps had started, and urban drainage facilities with
functions of draining stormwater and domestic wastewater were improved in line with the
development of the city, gradually. However, all of the drainage facilities constructed since the
beginning of the 1900’s stopped functioning well due to old age, as well as poor maintenance after
the 1970’s. As a result, the city suffers from habitual inundation and poor environmental conditions
caused by stagnant wastewater in the lowland areas, which are serious constraints to the
improvement of residents’ living environment as well as social and economic development, not
only of Phnom Penh City but the whole country in general.
To spur development, the Government of Cambodia (hereinafter referred to as “the GOC”) made a
request for technical cooperation from the Government of Japan (hereinafter referred to as “the
GOJ”) in order to formulate a master
plan for flood protection and urban
drainage improvement in Phnom
Penh and suburbs. In response, the
GOJ dispatched a study team through
the Japan International Cooperation
Agency (hereinafter referred to as
“JICA”) to carry out “The Study on
Drainage Improvement and Flood
Control in the Municipality of Phnom
Penh” (hereinafter referred to as
“MP1999”). This study was
conducted from March 1998 to
August 1999.
Based on the master plan formulated
in MP1999, three projects for flood
protection and drainage improvement
had been implemented under the
Japan’s Grant Aid scheme.
Fig. R 1.1.1 Area of Japan’s Grant-Aid Project
Outline of three Grant Aid Projects in
the past are summarised in the following table.
1-1
Table R 1.1.1 Flood Protection and Drainage Improvement Project by Japan’s Grant Aid
Project Project Period Target Area Project Components
- Construction: Dike Reinforcement,
Southwest area of the city
Phase I 2001~2004 Drainage Channel, Pumping Station,
(Tompun Watershed)
Sluiceway, Bridge, Road
City centre and northeast area of the city - Construction: Revetment, Drainage
Phase II 2006~2010 (Central Market Area, Royal Palace & Pipe, Underground Reservoir,
National Museum Area, Wat Phnom Basin) Pumping Station
- Construction: Sediment Chamber,
Trabek Area (Southeast area of the city) Drainage Pipe (21km)
Phase III 2010~2015 (Catchment area of Trabek Pumping - Procurement: Cleaning Equipment of
Station) Drainage Pipe (8 units)
- Operation Training
[Project Name] Phase I: The Project for Flood Protection and Drainage Improvement in the Municipality of Phnom Penh
Phase II: The Project for Flood Protection and Drainage Improvement in the Municipality of Phnom Penh (Phase II)
Phase III: The Project for Flood Protection and Drainage Improvement in the Phnom Penh Capital City (Phase III)
Although drainage conditions in the most part of city centre have greatly improved by Phase I,
Phase II and Phase III, areas in the northern part of city core such as the Tuol Kork Basin and Wat
Phnom North are still experiencing serious flooding in the rainy season. Therefore, the GOC
requested implementation of Japan’s Grant Aid “the Project for Flood Protection and Drainage
Improvement in Phnom Penh (Phase IV)” (hereinafter referred to as “the Project”) to improve
drainage condition in those areas. In response to the request, the GOJ decided to conduct a
Preparatory Survey on the Project through JICA.
Furthermore, drainage problems have been generated in surrounding area of inner ring dike, due to
rapid urbanization and changes in land use. Taking this condition into consideration, the GOC
requested the GOJ a technical assistance for revision of the MP1999 as well as consideration of
wastewater treatment. In response to the official request, the GOJ conducted “the Study on
Drainage and Sewerage Improvement Project in Phnom Penh Metropolitan Area” through JICA.
During the course of revision, requested components of the Project had been evaluated and
prioritized, and then urgently necessary components for the Project were selected.
1.2 Contents of the Request

The preparatory survey team held a series of discussions with the officials concerned of the GOC.
As a result of discussions, both sides confirmed that the items requested by the GOC for the Project
are as shown in the Table below.
Table R 1.2.1 Description of Requested Components for the Project
Requested Components Category Tentative Contents of Requested Components
Improvement of Wat Construction - Drainage Pipe (Dia.1,000mm~1,800mm, Length=Max. 3.2km in total)
Phnom Northern area of Facility
drainage system - Pumping Station (Q=1.4m3/s)
- Underground Reservoir (V=5,000m3)
- Interceptor Pipe (Dia.1,000mm, Length=approx. 1.5km)
Mechanical screen Construction - Mechanical Screen at existing Four Pumping Stations
cleaning facilities to of Facility
screen pits at pumping (Chak Tomuk P.S. (P1), Preah Kumlung P.S. (P2),
stations constructed in Phsar Kandal P.S. (P4), Phsar Chas P.S. (P5))
Phase II
Improvement of Tuol Construction - Pumping Station (Q=1.4m3/s)
Kork area drainage of Facility
system - Drainage Pipe (Dia.1,000mm~1,800mm, Length=Max. 7.3km in total)
- Drainage Box Culvert (2m x 2m ~ 2.5m x 3.5m, Length=Max. 0.7km in total)
Procurement of drainage Procurement - Vehicle-Mounted Drainage Pump (1~2 units)
improvement equipment of Equipment
Note: Components and contents requested for the Project had been confirmed in Minutes of Discussions, signed on April 28, 2016.
1-2
1.3 Natural Condition of the Project Area
1.3.1 Meteorological Phenomena

Meteorological data were collected from Pochentong Station which is managed by the Ministry of
Water Resources and Meteorology (MOWRAM). Water level data of the Tonle Sap River from
2009 to 2013 were collected from Chaktomuk station and Phnom Penh Port station. The collected
data are shown in Fig. R 1.3.1 to Fig. R 1.3.5 and Table R 1.3.1.
1.3.1.1 Rainfall
The daily rainfall data were collected from MOWRAM. The hourly rainfall data are not published
and authorized due to lack of the credibility although MOWRAM have recorded the hourly rainfall
data by automatic observation since 2012.
Average annual rainfall is approximately 1,490mm; however, the range of annual rainfall is wide,
i.e., the maximum is 1,939mm (2008) and the minimum is 1,171mm (2006). The maximum annual
rainfall for last nine years is recorded in 2008. Approximately 80% to 90% of annual rainfall is
recorded in rainy season from May to November. Besides, the rainfall during rainy season is
generally recorded more than 100mm per month. More than 200mm per month of rainfall have
been recorded especially from August to October. The monthly rainfalls from December to April,
which is dry season, are recorded less than 50mm per month.
1.3.1.2 Temperature and Humidity
Phnom Penh Capital City belongs to the monsoon climate zone. Annual average of maximum and
minimum monthly temperature is respectively 33 and 22 degrees centigrade. Maximum monthly
temperature was always more than 30 degrees centigrade, especially from March to May, the
highest temperature persists. The highest temperature of maximum monthly temperature is 35.3
degrees centigrade, while the lowest temperature of minimum monthly temperature is 21.8 degrees
centigrade. Annual average of humidity is 77 %, a typical climate of high-temperature and
humidity is maintained all year round.
1.3.1.3 Water Level of Tonle Sap River
The highest water level of Tonle Sap River is generally recorded between August and October,
beyond EL. +8.00. The lowest water level is recorded between March and May, below EL. +2.00.
There is no particular tendency confirmed over the years, such as the continuous rise/decline of the
highest/lowest water level. However, in recent years, the peak water level is slightly late, tending to
become after October.
The highest and lowest water levels in the last 9 years were EL. +9.73 m in September 2001 and
EL. +0.33 m at the Chaktomuk station in May 2005 at Chaktomuk station. The averages of annual
highest and lowest water level at Chaktomuk station are EL. +8.70 m and EL. +0.68 m. The highest
water level at Phnom Penh Port station in the last 10 years was EL. +9.84 m in 2011. The highest
water level in the record was EL. +10.18 m at Chaktomuk station on 20 September 2000.
1-3
Monthly average humidity Maximum Monthly Temperature ℃ Minimum Monthly Temperature ℃
45 100
40 90
35 80
Temperature （℃）
70
30
Humidity (%)
60
25
50
20
40
15
30
10 20
5 10
0 0
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
Fig. R 1.3.1 Maximum and Minimum Monthly Temperature and Monthly Average
Humidity (From 1985 to 2013)
Maximum annual temperature ℃ Minimum annual temperature ℃

50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
0
1986
1997
2002
2013
1985
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1998
1999
2000
2001
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
Fig. R 1.3.2 Maximum and Minimum Annual Temperature (From 1985 to 2013)
Table R 1.3.1 Monthly Rainfall (From 2004 to 2013)

Unit:mm/month
Annual
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Total
Season Dry Rainy Dry
2004 0.4 0.0 0.0 94.8 160.6 164.2 142.7 101.1 237.2 202.1 118.8 0.0 1221.9
2005 0.0 0.0 0.0 73.7 73.5 52.3 125.2 212.1 298.4 375.1 132.7 42.6 1385.6
2006 0.1 42.1 32.8 66.4 84.0 92.0 124.8 274.2 228.2 190.9 12.4 23.0 1170.9
2007 0.0 0.0 32.7 39.9 192.4 258.3 135.7 263.6 155.1 212.1 63.2 0.0 1353.0
2008 74.1 0.6 112.0 83.4 197.3 219.1 169.6 289.6 290.2 259.4 190.7 52.7 1938.7
2009 0.0 14.6 7.1 270.5 241.7 148.6 111.8 267.9 300.2 108.2 33.5 0.0 1504.1
2010 25.4 0.0 35.6 55.9 26.9 254.3 84.1 233.0 324.3 387.1 94.3 69.9 1590.8
2011 0.8 0.0 11.4 130.9 131.4 113.3 227.8 249.7 244.4 311.9 67.0 7.0 1495.6
2012 27.0 41.0 28.8 77.8 185.8 94.3 283.2 177.6 455.8 116.6 350.4 22.0 1860.3
2013 0.0 0.0 2.0 182.2 143.4 350.8 189.8 0.0 139.2 413.8 303.8 56.2 1781.2
Average 19.0 8.1 35.0 101.8 127.7 149.1 166.8 186.7 272.4 244.0 130.2 46.3 1487.2
1-4
Amount of monthly rainfall （mm/month） Maximum Monthly Temperature Minimum Monthly Temperature
400 40
350 35
300 30
Rainfall (mm)
250 25
200 20
150 15
100 10
50 5
0 0
Fig. R 1.3.3 Average of Maximum and Minimum Monthly Temperature and Average of
Monthly Rainfall (From 2004 to 2013)
Annual Rainfall Average of annual rainfall 5-year moving average
2500
2000
Annual Rain fall （mm/year）
1500
1000
500
0
1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013
Fig. R 1.3.4 Annual Rainfall (From 1981 to 2013)

16
Bassac River 【Station:Chaktomuk】
14
Water Level (m )
12
10 2009
2010
8
2011
6 2012
2013
4
0
16
Sap River 【Station:Phnom Penh Port】
14
Water Level (m )
12
10 2009
2010
8
2011
6 2012
2013
4
0
Fig. R 1.3.5 Water Level at Chaktomuk station and Phnom Penh Port Station
(From 2009 to 2013)
1-5
1.3.2 Topography
The land of Cambodia is roughly divided into mountainous areas in the border area, the central
plains formed by Mekong River and Tonle Sap River, and hilly areas distributed between those two
areas. Most of economics, industries and societies are vitalized in central plains.
The Phnom Penh Capital City (PPCC) is located in alluvial lowland formed by Mekong River and
Tonle Sap River, at the right bank of the confluence of Mekong River and Tonle Sap River, and at
the fork of Mekong River and Bassac River. The central urban areas are located on the natural
levee or in the surround by ring levee. The suburban residential area is located in swampy plains.
There is Tamok Lake in north of outside of ring levee, Cheung Aek Lake in south, the rivers in east
and low-lying land in west. The lakes and wetlands are scattered inside of ring levee such as Poung
Peay Lake in north, Tumpun and Trabek Lakes in south.
1.3.2.1 Topographic Survey
Topographic surveys have been conducted to collect the basic data for the design and planning of
drainage facilities and the supervision of construction work. The surveyed data (topography,
location of existing drainage facilities, elevation) was used for simulation and modeling of drainage
pipe network analysis. The conducted topographic surveys were as follows:
 Longitudinal profile and cross section survey of the roads along the planning drainage
pipe lines and box culverts.
 Plan survey around the planning underground reservoir and pumping station.
 Elevation survey of existing manholes in Tuol Kork area and Wat Phnom northern area.
The summary of the survey is given in Table R 1.3.2, and the locations are as shown in Fig. R
1.3.6 and Fig. R 1.3.7. The site conditions during the survey are as shown in Photo R 1.3.1.
Table R 1.3.2 Summary of Topographic Survey
Work Items Survey Items Quantities
Longitudinal Profile About 22.0 km
Road
Cross Section (L=20m) About 440 sections
Underground reservoir
Plan Survey About 40,000 m2
Pumping station
Manhole Manhole elevation About 250 points
Photo R 1.3.1 Site Condition during the Topographic Survey
1-6
Fig. R 1.3.6 Locations Conducted Topographic Survey (Wat Phnom Northern Area)
1-7
Fig. R 1.3.7 Locations Conducted Topographic Survey (Tuol Kork Area)
1-8
1.3.2.2 Manhole Survey
The manhole survey was conducted at about 250 points in Wat Phnom northern area and Tuol Kork
area. In addition, the data of manhole survey in Wat Phnom northern area, which was conducted in
Phase II, was also utilized for design and planning. The manhole survey aimed to achieve the
following:
 To ascertain the existing conditions of drainage networks for the hydraulic analysis by
using Mike-Urban simulation
 To ascertain the conditions of solid waste, sludge and sediment in existing manhole. In
addition, to ascertain drainage flow, and existences of connection pipes in existing
manhole
 To collect the basic information for updating the data-base of existing drainage facilities,
which is useful for operation and maintenance and rehabilitation planning
Target manholes were selected considering the following:
 The manhole which is located in necessary places for the modeling of hydraulic analysis
 The manhole which is located in the current flooding/inundation area
 The manhole which is located near alignment requested by PPCC
 The manhole which is located near alignment assumed at the beginning of Preparatory
Survey
T the locations are as shown in Fig. R 1.3.8 and Fig. R 1.3.9. The site conditions during the survey
are as shown in Photo R 1.3.2.
Photo R 1.3.2 Site Condition during the Manhole Survey
1-9
Fig. R 1.3.8 Locations Conducted Manhole Survey (Wat Phnom Northern Area)
1-10
Fig. R 1.3.9 Locations Conducted Manhole Survey (Tuol Kork Area)
1-11
Surveyed items were shown in Table R 1.3.3. The data gathered from the surveyed manholes were
recorded on a data sheet, as illustrated in Fig. R 1.3.10 and Fig. R 1.3.11.
Table R 1.3.3 Manhole Survey Items
(1) Size of manhole (2) Top elevation of manhole
(3) Size of inlet pipe (4) Invert elevation of inlet pipe
(5) Size of outlet pipe (6) Invert elevation of outlet pipe
(7) Bottom elevation of manhole (8) Condition of manhole, pipe and sedimentation
RECORDING SHEET FOR MANHOLE SURVEY

Manhole/Station Name: R289E-6
Date 06/May/2016 Time 3:20 PM Surveyor Mr. Chanheng
NW(North west) N(North) NE(North east)

Flow Direction Flow Direction Flow Direction
Pipe size Pipe size Pipe size
Bottom depth Bottom depth Bottom depth
Bottom elevation Bottom elevation Bottom elevation
Sediment depth Sediment depth Sediment depth
W(west) Manhole E(east)

Flow Direction Dimension 800X800 Flow Direction
Pipe size Ø 400 mm Top hight 200 mm Pipe size Ø 1000 mm
Bottom depth 600 mm Top elevation Bottom depth 1750 mm
Bottom elevation Bottom depth 2500 mm Bottom elevation
Sediment depth 0 mm Bottom Ele. Sediment depth 0 mm
Sediment depth 500 mm
SW(south west) S(south) SE(south East)

Flow Direction Flow Direction Flow Direction
Pipe size Pipe size Pipe size
Bottom depth Bottom depth Bottom depth
Bottom elevation Bottom elevation Bottom elevation
Sediment depth Sediment depth Sediment depth
Source: JICA Survey Team

Fig. R 1.3.10 Surveyed Items of Manhole Fig. R 1.3.11 Manhole Survey Sheet
In addition, the photographs not only inside of manhole but also peripheral conditions were taken
for design and planning at the time of manhole survey. The result of manhole survey was classified
by catchment area and tidied survey sheet together with site photos.
1.3.2.3 Geological Survey
In order to ascertain the geological conditions necessary for designing and planning of pumping
station and underground reservoir, machine boring and laboratory tests have been conducted at the
planned sites of pumping station and underground reservoir in Wat Phnom northern area and Tuol
Kork area. The locations of machine boring are shown in Fig. R 1.3.12. The result of geological
survey was used for consideration of foundation form for pumping station and underground
reservoir, and calculation of load bearing capacity for pile foundation.
1-12
BH-3
BH-1
BH-2
BH-4
BH-5
Fig. R 1.3.12 Locations of Machine Boring
1-13
(1) Machine Boring
Summary of machine boring is shown in Table R 1.3.4, site conditions during the boring
ate shown in Photo R 1.3.3 . During the drilling, four types of in-situ tests were conducted,
and collected disturbed and undisturbed samples for laboratory tests.
Table R 1.3.4 Summary of Machine Boring
Item Summary
3 locations for underground reservoir (Wat Phnom northern area)
Locations of boring
2 locations for pumping station (Tuol Kork area)
Drilling depth; 35 m (position where more than 3m thickness with “N value” over 50)
Specification of boring
Boring Diameter; 66mm
(1) Standard Penetration Test (SPT)
(2) Groundwater level survey
In-situ test
(3) Sampling of every layer
(4) Geological columns
(for Disturbed sample)
•Unit weight analysis
•Solid density
•Grain Size
•LL/PL Test
Laboratory Test
•Moisture Content
(for Undisturbed sample)
•Consolidation test
•Direct shear test
•Unconfined compression test
Photo R 1.3.3 Site Condition during the Boring Survey

(2) Test Results
The distribution of N-value in the boreholes is shown in Fig. R 1.3.13.
(a) Wat Phnom Northern Area (BH-1, BH-2, BH-3)
The boreholes have sandy silty lean cray and sandy cray layer with the depth up to EL.
-5.0m with a low N-value (0 – 20) below the topsoil. Then all boreholes encounter the
hard layer with N-value of more than 50 (bearing layer) with the depth more than EL.
-15.0m.
(b) Tuol Kork Area (BH-4, BH-5)
N-value shows about 20 with the depth more than EL. +5.0m, and is encountered more
than 50 (bearing layer) with the depth more than EL. -5.0m in both boreholes.
1-14
BH-1 BH-2 BH-3
[EL.m] 0 20 40 60 80 100 [EL.m] 0 20 40 60 80 100 [EL.m] 0 20 40 60 80 100
15.00 15.00 15.00
10.00 10.00 10.00
5.00 5.00 5.00
0.00 N-Value 0.00 N-Value 0.00 N-Value

GWL GWL GWL
-5.00 -5.00 -5.00
-10.00 -10.00 -10.00
-15.00 -15.00 -15.00
-20.00 -20.00 -20.00
-25.00 -25.00 -25.00
BH-4 BH-5
[EL.m] 0 20 40 60 80 100 [EL.m] 0 20 40 60 80 100
15.00 15.00
10.00 10.00
5.00 5.00
0.00 0.00
-5.00 -5.00
-10.00 -10.00
-15.00 -15.00
-20.00 N-Value -20.00 N-Value

GWL GWL
-25.00 -25.00
Fig. R 1.3.13 Distribution of N-value of Boreholes
1-15
1.3.2.4 Underground Facilities Survey and Test Excavation
(1) Data Collection of Underground Facilities

The survey was conducted with the aim of ascertaining the existing underground facilities
might be obstacles to install new drainage pipes or box culverts in target areas. As shown
in Table R 1.3.5, there are six types of underground facilities such as drainage pipe, water
supply pipe, electric cable, telephone cable, television and optical cable, are laying in
Phnom Penh City. The JICA Survey Team called management authorities of each
underground facilities, and explained the outline of the Project, then collected necessary
information and data of existing underground facilities.
Table R 1.3.5 Management Authorities of Underground Facilities
Underground Facility Public / Private Management Authority
Public Department of Public Works and Transport (DPWT)
Drainage pipe
Public District Offices
Water supply pipe Public Phnom Penh Water Supply Authority (PPWSA)
Electric cable Public Electricité du Cambodge (EDC)
Public Telecom Cambodia
Telephone cable
Private Camintel
Television Private PPFO TV
Optical cable Private Cambodia Fiber Optic Communication Network (CFOCN)
Among the collected data, only the drawing of transmission pipeline (Diameter 1,200mm)
of PPWSA is mentioned detailed and exact locations of facilities while other drawings are
mentioned only rough locations. It was difficult to grasp detailed location and depth of
existing underground facilities from the collected data.
(2) Test Excavation
All newly drainage pipes and box culverts, which will be constructed in the Project, are to
be installed under the public roads which also include traversal on main traffic frequent
roads. When designing a pipeline without grasping the exact locations of existing
underground facilities, it might be happened the unexpected discrepancy in designed
locations at the time of construction stage. Therefore, it may need a change of alignment
and depth of pipelines which will affect the extra construction cost and duration. For the
purpose of avoiding the difference between design stage and construction stage, the test
excavation was conducted in five locations where there are expected important
underground facilities within the designed pipeline. Test excavation was conducted from
May 16 to 20 2016, the locations are shown in Fig. R 1.3.14.
It was clarified underground condition at major and important locations through this test
excavation. However, the total length of test excavation is too short, less than 1% of
planned drainage pipeline length. Therefore, is necessary for contractor to carry out test
digging in all designed locations of pipeline before implementing the installation work, and
to ascertain the accurate location and depth of each facility.
1-16
St.90East
St.90West
St.88
St.315
St.337
Fig. R 1.3.14 Location of Test Excavation Site
1-17
(a) Drainage Pipe
Data on the existing drainage system has been collected from DPWT. However, the data
on the DPWT drawing do not show the minor drainage line laid by the district offices.
The existing major drainage line has been laid underneath the walkway along the main
road, basically. However, these drainage pipelines often run across the branch roads. As
the basic policy of design, the existing drainage pipe will be left in the ground, and new
pipe will be installed.
Therefore, if the newly designed drainage pipes will intersect with these existing
drainage pipes, the alignment and elevation of the new pipeline have to be examined
carefully prior to the completion of detail design work.
(b) Water Supply Pipe
Data on the water supply network has been obtained from the Phnom Penh Water Supply
Authority (PPWSA). The drinking water treated in the treatment plant at PPWSA is
distributed to the entire city area through the complicated pipe network. There is an
intake facility in Tonle Sap River around the Wat Phnom northern area. Transmission
pipes are laid from intake to treatment plant. Especially, transmission pipes which were
installed in 1964, have two alignments which are laid in St.90 and St.88. There are no
drawings and data of these transmission pipes because of their age. Therefore, test
excavation was conducted in these roads, St.90 and St.88. Distribution pipe which is
diameter of 900mm is laid in St.315 around Tuol Kork area. Test excavation was also
conducted in St.315.
In case that the new drainage pipeline will run across a road, the driving of steel sheet
piles for the temporary retaining wall and the excavation works have to be carefully
executed to avoid accidents. The precise alignment and elevation of the piles also have
to be checked.
(c) Electric Cable
Data on electric cables has been obtained from the Electricite du Cambodge (EDC).
Electric cables consist of a high-voltage power cable distributing power to each
sub-station and a low-voltage power cable distributing power to each household. In case
of high-voltage power cable, the cables are laid with the depth of 0.9m in paved road,
and with the depth of 0.7m in sidewalk. On the other hand, low-voltage power cables are
laid with the depth 0.5m – 0.8m in sidewalk, and are laid with overhead lines in some
places.
These electric cables are not serious obstructions to the drainage pipe installation work
in the Project. If new drainage pipes will interfere with the electric cables, the cables
should be relocated. The driving of steel sheet piles for the temporary retaining wall and
the excavation works have to be carefully executed to avoid accidents. The precise
alignment and elevation of the cables also have to be checked.
(d) Telephone Cable
Data on the telephone cables has been obtained from Telecom Cambodia. The telephone
cables are laid along the sidewalk basically within 1.0m depth from the ground level.
Therefore, these telephone cables will not be a serious obstruction to the new drainage
construction work in the Project. However, major telephone cables are installed in St.315
1-18
of Tuol Kork area. The test digging in advance is needed in order to confirm the exact
locations and depth of the telephone cables.
(e) Television
The television cables for Cable TV are owned by PPFO TV (a private company). The
television cables are laid under sidewalk within 1.0m depth from the ground level.
Therefore, the television cables will not seriously obstruct the new drainage pipe
construction work in the Project.
(f) Optical Cable
Data on the optical cable laid in Phnom Penh Capital City has been obtained from the
Cambodia Fiber Optic Communication Network Co., Ltd. (CFOCN). According to
CFOCN, the optical cables bundled into 8 pieces of two layers (4 pieces per layer) inside
PVC pipes are laid basically under the sidewalk at a maximum depth of 1.0m.
However, in cases where the PPCC did not approve the excavation and laying of optical
cables across a busy road, the drilling method of laying optical cables across the road
between the manholes at opposite sides of the sidewalk was adopted. The depth for
laying optical cables in the center of road is estimated to be 4m to 5m.
In case that the new drainage pipes encounter an optical cable across a road, the cable
will be lifted up and relocated in order to excavate the trench for the installation of the
new drainage pipes. However, prolonged and costly relocation work of the optical cables
or design change of the drainage pipes have to be executed if optical cables installed by
drilling method at the busy intersections obstruct the drainage pipe alignment.
Consequently, when the new drainage pipes will intersect with these optical cables, the
alignment and elevation of the cable have to be examined carefully prior to the
commencement of the construction work. In addition, test digging works before the
installation of pipes at all sites have to be executed, although collected information
regarding underground facilities can be adopted for all drainage pipe designs because
length of test excavation pit and resulting information from the test excavation is very
limited. If the new drain pipe and optical cables interfere with each other, discussion
with CFOCN is needed to take appropriate measures.
1.3.2.5 Inundation Condition Survey (Social and Environmental Survey)
(1) Purpose of the Survey

The objective of the survey was to clarify the present environmental and social conditions
and inundation conditions in and around the Project target areas, and to grasp the
improvement condition from inundation damages in past Japan Grant Projects. The result
was contributed to consideration of placement and size of facilities in the target area,
construction plan, examination of matters concerning environmental and social condition
and evaluation of the past projects.
(2) Methods
(a) General
The JICA Survey Team had sublet the survey to an appropriate survey team. The
contents of the survey in each survey area are shown in the table below.
1-19
Table R 1.3.6 Items for the Project Requested by the Government of Cambodia
Project Area Survey Area Survey to be Done
Phase IV Wat Phnom Northern area, Tuol Kork area - Interview to Sangkat Chiefs
(the Project) - Interview to Households (170)
Phase II, III Central Market area, Royal Palace & National - Interview to Households (130)
Museum area, Trabek basin & adjacent area
(b) Interview with Sangkat Chiefs (Interview-1)

Items of questions of interview survey to the Sangkat chiefs in the area were 1) Location
of inundated road, inundated length and its inundation level; 2) Location and length of
existing drainage pipes; and 3) Desired location to improve the drainage condition in the
Sangkat. Six Sangkats were subjected to be interviewed. Interview survey was also
conducted to DPWT in the same manner.
(c) Interview with Households (Interview-2)
300 households were interviewed. Among 300 households, interviews of 170 households
were conducted in the Project target area and 130 households were in the project area of
Phase II and Phase III. In the Project area, 170 households were randomly extracted in
heavy flooding area based on the results of interview survey with Sangkat chiefs and
DPWT. In Phase II and Phase III project area, 130 households were extracted near
drainage facilities constructed in Phase II and Phase III. Area of interview survey with
household is shown in Fig. R 1.3.15.
Fig. R 1.3.15 Survey Area for Interview with Household (Interview-2)
1-20
The interview items were as follows:
(i) General Question
These questions included the type of interviewee, address, employment of the house
master, number of persons staying in the house and dwelling years at the place, type of
dwelling, rental cost of dwelling if rented, monthly household expenditure, and
previous land use of their house space.
(ii) Questions on Inundation Situation
These questions included the experiences of flooding in front of house, frequency of
flooding, depth and duration of flood.
(iii) Questions on Sanitary Condition
These questions included the problems encountered after flooding, disposal method of
night soil, and disease experienced after flooding.
(iv) Questions on Social Considerations
These questions included the opinions on drainage improvement project in front of
house, expectation for the Project, and reasons for objection of the Project, if opposed.
(v) Question on Effects of Projects Phase II and Phase III
These questions included the effects of Project Phase II and Phase III, how the effects
are; frequency of food, depth and duration of flood.
Photo R 1.3.4 Interview with Household

(3) Results
(a) Interview with Sangkat Chiefs and DPWT
The major interview results are as follows and all of the results are shown in Fig. R
1.3.16.
 St.317 and part of St.592 in Tuol Kork area have inundation damages
 St.283, St.285, St.287 and part of St.528 in Tuol Kork area have inundation
damages.
 St.47, St.88, St.90 and around Wat Phnom in Wat Phnom northern area have
inundation damages.
1-21
Legend
Inundation Road answered by DPWH
Inundation Road answered by Sangkat Chiefs
Road without Drainage system
Boundary of the survey area
Fig. R 1.3.16 Results of Interview with Sangkat Chiefs and DPWT (Interview-1)
1-22
(b) Interview with Households (170 Households, target area of the Project)
(i) General Questions
Survey results for general questions are shown in Table R 1.3.7 to Table R 1.3.12.
The number of housewives is the largest among the interviewees. Masters’
occupations are mostly in tertiary industries. As shown in Table R 1.3.9 and Table R
1.3.10, the households of interviewees consist of a large number of families and have
lived in their houses for a long period. Some 3 in 4 houses are owned. As shown in
Table R 1.3.12, about 40 percent of interviewees are living with less than 500 USD
per month of expenditure.
Table R 1.3.7 Number and Type of Interviewees
Other
Type Housewife Master Children House Housekeeper Others Total
Members
Number of
94 15 24 14 16 7 170
Respondents
Weight (%) 55.3 8.8 14.1 8.2 9.4 4.2 100
Table R 1.3.8 Number of Masters and Employment Type

Primary Secondary Tertiary Pensioner
Type Unemployed Others Total
Industry Industry Industry (Retired)
Number of
1 7 115 11 12 24 170
Respondents
Weight (%) 0.6 4.1 67.6 6.5 7.1 14.1 100
Table R 1.3.9 Number of Persons Staying in the House

More
No. of Persons 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Total
than 8
Number of Respondents 0 4 15 27 28 22 17 52 165
Weight (%) 0.0 2.4 8.8 15.9 16.5 12.9 10.0 30.6 97.1

Period (Year) Less than 5 5 to 9 10 to 19 20 or more No Answer Total
Number of Respondents 36 37 26 68 3 170
Weight (%) 21.2 21.8 15.3 40.0 1.7 100
Table R 1.3.11 Number of Type of Dwelling

Type Own House Rental No Answer Total
Number of Respondents 132 33 5 170
Weight (%) 77.6 19.4 3.0 100
Table R 1.3.12 Expenditure of Household (USD per month)

Type 100 or less 101-200 201-500 501-1000 1001-2000 2001 or more Total
Number of
3 6 53 70 33 5 170
Respondents
Weight (%) 1.8 3.5 31.2 41.2 19.4 2.9 100
1-23
Some 136 respondents corresponding to 80 percent of the total number of interviewees
replied that they had experienced flooding in front of their houses. About 93 percent of
interviewees who had experienced flooding in front of their houses mentioned that
flooding frequently occurs multiple times in a year, as shown in Table R 1.3.14.
The experienced flood depth ranges from ankle to waist deep. Around 80 percent of
the interviewees who had experienced flooding mentioned that the depth was up to the
shin (approximately 20cm) or higher. The experienced flood duration ranged from less
than 30 minutes to 1 day. Around 63 percent of the interviewees who experienced
flooding mentioned that the duration was longer than 2 or 3 hours.
Table R 1.3.13 Experience of Flooding in Front of House
Answer Yes No Do not know Total
Weight (%) 80.0 14.7 5.3 100
Table R 1.3.14 Frequency of Flooding

Once in 2–3 2–3 times a More than 4 Do not
Type Once a year Others Total
years year times a year know
Number of
1 4 50 81 0 9 170
Respondents
Weight (%) 0.7 2.8 34.5 55.9 0.0 6.1 100
Table R 1.3.15 Depths of Flood

Up to Up to Up to Up to Higher Do not
Type Up to shin Total
ankle knee thigh waist than waist know
Number of
23 65 40 7 1 0 9 145
Respondents
Weight (%) 15.9 44.8 27.6 4.8 0.7 0.0 6.2 100
Table R 1.3.16 Durations of Flood

Less Around More
30 min. 2-3 Almost Do not
Duration than 30 4-6 1 day than 1 Total
to 1 hour hours half day know
min. hours day
Number of
8 46 53 4 1 17 7 9 145
Respondents
Weight (%) 5.5 31.7 36.6 2.8 0.7 11.7 4.8 6.2 100
1-24
No. Conditions
Legend (1) All of the interviewees replied that flood inundation frequency is more than 4 times a year.
(2) Half or more interviewees replied that inundation depth is higher than the shin.
Corresponding (1）+ (2) + (3)
(3) Half or more interviewees replied that inundation duration is longer than 2 or 3 hours.
Corresponding (1）+ (2)
Corresponding (2) + (3)
Corresponding (1）or (2) or (3)
Boundary of the Study Area
Fig. R 1.3.17 Results of Interview with Households (Interview-2, the Project Area)
1-25
Some 77 percent of the interviewees replied that they had some problems after a flood.
Most of the problems concern the smell in their houses and the disturbance of their
businesses and daily living environment. The problems regarding family health
include skin diseases, influenza, diarrhea, typhoid fever and dysentery. Regarding the
disposal method of night soil, 87 percent of it flow into the drainage pipes.
Table R 1.3.17 Problems after Flood
Answer Yes No No answer Total
No. of Respondents 130 40 0 170
Weight (%) 76.5 23.5 0.0 100
Table R 1.3.18 Occurrence of Diseases in Family after Flood

Skin Food
Type Flu Diarrhea Typhoid Dysentery Total
Disease Poisoning
No. of Respondents 55 78 2 31 10 19 195
Table R 1.3.19 Disposal Method of Night Soil

No treatment
Flow into
Answer (defecate in Septic Tank Others Do not know Total
drainage pipe
backyard)
No. of Respondents 0 8 147 3 12 170
Weight (%) 0.0 4.7 86.5 1.8 7.0 100
(iv) Questions on Social Considerations

About 75 percent of the interviewees replied that they agree with the drainage
improvement even if the project requires construction works in front of their houses.
Table R 1.3.20 Opinions on Drainage Improvement Project in front of Houses
Answer Agree Disagree Do not know Total
Weight (%) 75.3 24.7 0.0 100
Table R 1.3.21 Opinions on Construction Work for Project in front of Houses

Answer Agree Disagree Do not know Total
Weight (%) 99.2 0.8 0 100
1-26
(c) Interview with Households (130 Households, Phase II, Phase III target area)
(i) General Questions
Survey results for general questions are shown in Table R 1.3.22 to Table R 1.3.27.
The number of housewives is the largest among the interviewees. Masters’
occupations are mostly in tertiary industries. As shown in Table R 1.3.24 and Table R
1.3.25, the households of interviewees consist of 4 - 6 persons and have lived in their
houses for a long period. About 65 percent houses are owned. As shown in Table R
1.3.27, about 30 percent of interviewees are living with less than 500 USD per month
of expenditure.
Table R 1.3.22 Number and Type of Interviewees
Other
Type Housewife Master Children House Housekeeper Others Total
Members
Number of
92 4 8 12 0 14 130
Respondents
Weight (%) 70.8 3.1 6.1 9.2 0.0 10.8 100
Table R 1.3.23 Number of Masters and Employment Type

Primary Secondary Tertiary Pensioner
Type Unemployed Others Total
Industry Industry Industry (Retired)
Number of
0 21 99 4 3 3 130
Respondents
Weight (%) 0.0 16.2 76.2 3.1 2.3 2.3 100

More
No. of Persons 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Total
than 8
Number of Respondents 2 11 10 26 27 23 6 25 130
Weight (%) 1.5 8.5 7.7 20.0 20.8 17.7 4.6 19.2 100

Period (Year) Less than 5 5 to 9 10 to 19 20 or more No Answer Total
Number of Respondents 32 20 32 46 0 130
Weight (%) 24.6 15.4 24.6 35.4 0.0 100
Table R 1.3.26 Number of Type of Dwelling

Type Own House Rental No Answer Total
Weight (%) 65.4 32.3 2.3 100
Table R 1.3.27 Expenditure of Household (USD per month)

Type 100 or less 101-200 201-500 501-1000 1001-2000 2001or more 計
Number of
0 5 34 41 37 9 126
Respondents
Weight (%) 0.0 3.8 26.2 31.5 28.5 6.9 96.9
1-27
Some 108 respondents corresponding to 83 percent of the total number of interviewees
replied that they had experienced flooding in front of their houses. About 97 percent of
interviewees who had experienced flooding in front of their houses mentioned that
flooding frequently occurs multiple times in a year, as shown in Table R 1.3.29.
The experienced flood depth ranges from ankle to waist deep. Around 80 percent of
the interviewees who had experienced flooding mentioned that the depth was up to the
shin (approximately 20cm) or higher. The experienced flood duration ranged from less
than 30 minutes to 4-6 hours. Around 65 percent of the interviewees who experienced
flooding mentioned that the duration was only less than 1 hour.
Table R 1.3.28 Experience of Flooding in Front of House
Weight (%) 83.1 16.1 0.8 100
Table R 1.3.29 Frequency of Flooding

Once in 2–3 2–3 times a More than 4 Do not
Type Once a year Others Total
years year times a year know
Number of
1 0 23 82 2 0 108
Respondents
Weight (%) 0.9 0.0 21.3 75.9 1.9 0.0 100
Table R 1.3.30 Depths of Flood

Up to Up to Up to Up to Higher Do not
Type Up to shin Total
ankle knee thigh waist than waist know
Number of
22 43 32 8 2 0 1 108
Respondents
Weight (%) 20.4 39.8 29.6 7.4 1.9 0.0 0.9 100
Table R 1.3.31 Durations of Flood

Less Around More
30 min. 2-3 Almost Do not
Duration than 30 4-6 1 day than 1 Total
to 1 hour hours half day know
min. hours day
Number of
19 51 28 9 0 0 0 1 108
Respondents
Weight (%) 17.6 47.3 25.9 8.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.9 100
1-28
No. Conditions
(1) All of the interviewees replied that flood inundation frequency is more than 4 times a year.
(2) Half or more interviewees replied that inundation depth is higher than the shin.
(3) Half or more interviewees replied that inundation duration is longer than 2 or 3 hours.
Legend
Corresponding (1）+ (2) + (3)
Corresponding (2) + (3)
Corresponding (1）or (2) or (3)
Boundary of the Study Area
Fig. R 1.3.18 Results of Interview with Households (Interview-2, Phase II, Phase III Area)
1-29
Some 72 percent of the interviewees replied that they had some problems after a flood.
Most of the problems concern the smell in their houses and the disturbance of their
businesses and daily living environment. The problems regarding family health
include skin diseases, influenza, diarrhea, typhoid fever and dysentery. Regarding the
disposal method of night soil, 59 percent of it flow into the drainage pipes.
Table R 1.3.32 Problems after Flood
Answer Yes No No answer Total
Weight (%) 72.3 27.7 0.0 100
Table R 1.3.33 Occurrence of Diseases in Family after Flood

Skin Food
Type Flu Diarrhea Typhoid Dysentery Total
Disease Poisoning
No. of Respondents 29 26 4 6 1 2 68
Table R 1.3.34 Disposal Method of Night Soil

No treatment
Flow into
Answer (defecate in Septic Tank Others Do not know Total
drainage pipe
backyard)
No. of Respondents 0 49 76 2 3 130
Weight (%) 0.0 37.7 58.5 1.5 2.3 100
(iv) Questions on Effects of Past Projects

About 82 percent of the interviewees replied that they have seen the effect of Phase II
and Phase III. Most of interviewees who have seen the effects of the past Projects have
recognized reduction of frequency, duration and depth of flood.
Table R 1.3.35 Effects of Past Projects
Weight (%) 81.5 10.0 8.5 100
Table R 1.3.36 Detailed Effects

Reduction Reduction Convenient Reduction
Reduction Reduction
Type of of of of traffic Others Total
of depth of disease
frequency duration commute jam
Number of
102 104 106 59 75 88 3 537
Respondents
Weight (%) 19.0 19.4 19.7 11.0 14.0 16.4 0.6 100
1.4 Environmental and Social Considerations Study
1.4.1 Environmental Impact Assessment

1.4.1.1 Outline of the Project having an environmental impact
(a) Title of the Project

The Project for Flood Protection and Drainage Improvement in Phnom Penh (Phase IV)
1-30
(b) Location of the Project
The Project areas having approximately 6.63 km2 in total are Tuol Kork Area (4.75 km2),
Wat Phnom Northern Area (1.88 km2), and the existing four (4) pumping stations as
shown in the figure below.
Fig. R 1.4.1 Location of the Project
(c) Outline of the Project Components

The objective of the Project is to minimize inundation by local rainfall and reduce
inundation damage in the sites of the Project, Tuol Kork Area, Wat Phnom Northern
Area and four existing pumping stations. Items of construction works and procurement
works which will be covered by Japan’s Grant Aid in the Project are as shown in the
following table.
Table R 1.4.1 Outline of the Project Components
Covered by Japan’s Grant Aid
Construction Works
Manhole Pump 1 unit
Box Culvert 1.4 km
Mechanical Screen Cleaning Facilities to Screen Auto Raking Chak Tomuk (PS1) 4 units
Pits at Pumping Stations Constructed in Phase II Machine Preah Kumlung (PS2)
Phsar Kandal (PS4)
Phsar Chas (PS5)
Procurement Works
1-31
1.4.1.2 Status of IEIA/IEE on the Project
(a) Former IEE(IEIA) prepared for the Project of Phase II and Phase III
The Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of Phase II was prepared by the Department
of Public Works and Transport (DPWT) of PPCC in February 2006, and was submitted to
the Department of Environment (DOE) of PPCC. The survey area of the IEE included the
Project Area of Phase III. The DOE evaluated IEE and considered no need to carriy out
EIA (Environmental Imapct Assessment) because of no significant negative impacts by
the project of Phase III. The DOE approved the IEE on June 8th, 2006.
(b) IEE/IEIA adopted to the Project

The Ministry of Environment (MOE) demands severer correspondence from 2015 with an
approval of Initial Environmental Impact Assessment (IEIA) or EIA procedures in
Cambodia. There was the meeting held on 05 May 2016 at the Director’s office of EIA
Department in the MOE regarding an adaptation of IEIA or EIA for the Project, with the
attendance of the Director of the EIA Department of MOE, Deputy Director of
DPWT-PPCC, DOE-PPCC, and JICA Survey Team.
Through the discussion, it was confirmed that the MOE decided to adopt IEIA for the
Project, based on the following reasons.
 The Project is Japan’s Grand Aid (in category “B”),
 General Guideline for conducting IEIA/EIA report (Declaration N.376 BRK.BST.
MOE issued in September 2009)
It was also instructed by the MOE that based on Sub-decree (Declaration) No.215, MOE,
issued in May 2009, an implementing agency of the project shall employ the registered
local consultant companies (13 companies as of January 2016) to conduct a subletting
work for IEIA/EIA survey for the Project. The JICA Survey Team agreed to follow this
Sub-decree for subletting for the Project.
1.4.1.3 Baseline Survey of Existing Environmental and Social Considerations
(a) Outline of the Project Area

Current information on topography, geology, soil erosion, meteorology, ecology, status
of inundation damage, land use, population, air quality, noise & vibration, water quality
in the river around PPCC, and environmental concerns on living are quoted mainly from
“Project for Comprehensive Urban Transport Plan in Phnom Penh Capital City, 2014
JICA” and “The Study on Drainage and Sewerage Improvement Project in Phnom Penth
Metropolitan Area, JICA May 2016”.
(i) Topography
The Phnom Penh Capital City (PPCC) is located in alluvial lowland formed by
Mekong River and Tonle Sap River, at the right bank of the confluence of Mekong
River and Tonle Sap River, and at the fork of Mekong River and Bassac River. The
city center is located inside of the natural levee and the suburban residential area is in
a swampy plain, which is prone to inundation. The area is topographically relatively
flat and its elevation is lower than the maximum water level of the Mekong River that
potentially reaches more than 10 m during the rainy season. Therefore, the urban and
1-32
suburban areas of Phnom Penh are highly prone to flooding, despite being surrounded
by dikes.
(ii) Geology
In terms of geological conditions of Cambodia, almost all of the land is situated on
relatively recent ground, such as quaternary sedimentary rocks and unconsolidated
sediments. Relatively old soil also exists such as the upper Jurassic-cretaceous
sedimentary units in the northeast area. Lower-middle Jurassic sedimentary units are
situated in the southwest part of Cambodia. Phnom Penh is located mainly on
quaternary sedimentary rocks.
In the central area of Phnom Penh, monadnock of basic rock is found under Wat
Phnom area, and basic rock is found in relatively shallow depth under Chroy
Changvar Bridge (about 7 m in depth) and Phnom Penh Port (about 17 m in depth).
No basic rock is found up to the depth of 36 m in the southern area where the Japanese
Embassy is located and thick organic clay is found in some places.
(iii) Soil Erosion and Sedimentation
Geologic structure of the Mekong Delta region, where the Preparatory Survey Area is
situated, had been formed in Precambrian to Holocene ages. Old Alluvium was formed
in deltaic shape between the Pliocene and Pleistocene by the Mekong River and its
tributaries and then Holocene deltaic alluvium was formed. The Holocene Alluvium,
consisting largely of unconsolidated silt and clay with some lenses of sand, virtually
blankets the entire delta. The Holocene Alluvium in and around the Preparatory
Survey Area generally has a thickness of less than 25 m.
The Holocene Alluvium differs from the Old Alluvium in having a generally finer
texture, almost no laterite, and a relative abundance of shell and lignite layers. The
surface geological condition of Phnom Penh capital is characterised by the sandy mud
covered on base terrane inclined from west to east, as well as soft clay layer at some
places.
(iv) Meteorology
1) Climate and Temperature
According to the observed data from 1985 to 2013 at Pochentong Station, the averages
of monthly maximum and minimum temperature are 35.3 and 21.8 degrees Celsius in
PPCC.
Temperature in March to May is higher than other seasons, and the difference between
maximum and minimum is about 20 degrees Celsius.
Annual average of humidity is 77%, ranging from 70% to 80% and secular change is
not observed.
Maximum and minimum monthly temperature is shown in the following figure.
1-33
Maximum annual temperature ℃ Minimum annual temperature ℃
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
0
1986
1997
2002
2013
1985
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1998
1999
2000
2001
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
Fig. R 1.4.2 Annual Maximum and Minimum Temperature (1985-2013)
2) Wind Direction and Speeds
Wind speed tends to be stronger in the dry season than that in the rainy season. The
maximum wind speed between 2001 and 2010 was 20 m/s, which was recorded in
June 2006. Generally, the wind flows in the northerly direction from October to
January, southeasterly from February to April, and westerly to southwesterly from
May to September.
3) Evaporation
The daily average evaporation between 2000 and 2010 is 4.6 mm. The daily maximum
evaporation in the rainy and dry seasons is 9.5 mm and 43.8 mm, respectively. The
seasonal variation of evaporation is large as that in dry season is five times as much as
that in rainy season.
4) Rainfall
PPCC belongs to the tropical monsoon climate. The annual average rainfall in 2000 to
2010 is 1,500 mm/year with minimum of 1,171 mm/year (2006) and maximum of
2,147 mm/year (2010). In the dry season, especially from January to March, recorded
rainfall is almost zero. On the other hand, 80% of rainfall is recorded in the rainy
season (May to November).
5) Water Level in Tonle Sap River
The water level of Tonle Sap River is high during August to October generally
recorded at about EL. +8.00 m and the lowest water level is recorded at about
EL. +2.00 m from March to May. There is no big difference in yearly maximum and
minimum. Annual highest water level is generally recorded in October.
The highest water level recorded at Chaktomuk station in past 9 years is EL. +9.73 m
(recorded in September 2001) and lowest level is EL. +0.33 m (recorded in May 2005).
Average annual maximum and minimum at the station are EL. +8.70 m and
EL. +0.68 m, respectively.
1-34
The highest water level of past 10 years at the station is EL. +9.84 m (recorded in
2011). Historical highest level was recorded at EL. +10.18 m on 20th September, 2000.
(v) Ecology
1) Aquatic Biodiversity
There is no important fauna in the Project area, like migratory birds or important fish
species nor important flora in the ponds which is partly covered by water hyacinth.
2) Terrestrial Biodiversity
Terrestrial biodiversity in the Project area is limited to scattered trees, both exotic and
endemic, alongside of the roads and pet fed by city dwellers. “Cambodia
accommodates more than 135 species of mammals, 599 species of birds, 173 species
of reptiles, 72 species of amphibians, 350 species of moths and butterflies, 955 fresh
and marine fish and aquatic species, and more than 4,500 vascular plant species (2014,
The Fifth National Report to the Convention on Biological Diversity”. Located at the
middle Cambodia, Phnom Penh also has the similar potential for biodiversity. Among
the species, 75 vertebrate animals and 23 plant species were listed as endangered
species in the Red List in the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN)
at 2011. The statuses are shown below.
Table R 1.4.2 Status of Endangered Species in Cambodia
Red List Species Red List Status Red List Species Red List Status
Taxon Total Taxon Total Taxon Total Taxon Total
VU 18 VU 2
Mammal 26 EN 6 Amphibians 2 EN 0
CR 2 CR 0
VU 9 VU 0
Bird 26 EN 10 Fish 9 EN 6
CR 7 CR 3
VU 7 VU 0
Reptile 12 EN 3 Plant 23 EN 13
CR 2 CR 10
Notes: VU-Vulnerable, EN-Endangered, CR-Critically Endangered
Source: National Biodiversity Steering Committee in Kingdom of Cambodia (2014) 5th National Report to the
Convention of Biological Diversity based on the IUCN 2011 and Bird Life International Cambodian Program 2013
“The Study on Drainage and Sewerage Improvement Project in Phnom Penh Metropolitan Area, JICA May 2016”
(vi) Protected Areas

There is no protected area in Phnom Penh Capital City. In Cambodia, naturally
important environmental features are protected under No. 07 NS/RKM/2008,
Protected Areas Law (Royal Decree No. NS/RKM/2008/007).
1-35
(vii) Status of Inundation Damage
The inundation condition survey in the Project area was carried out by the JICA
Survey Team in April 2016 and the result was summarized as shown in the table
below.
Table R 1.4.3 Results of Inundation Survey in the Project Area
Project Area Survey Method Results
Wat Phnom Northern Area  Interview with Sangkat  Inundated areas along Roads of St.47, St.88,
Chiefs/ DPWT-PPCC St.90, and the Northern area around Wat
 Interview with Phnom.
Households  Inundated with a frequency of less than four
(4) times a year, or inundation duration of
two (2) - three (3) hours, and inundation
depth of higher than the shin.
Tuol Kork Area  Interview with Sangkat In Tuol Kork Area,
Chiefs/ DPWT-PPCC  Inundated partly along Roads of St.317 and
 Interview with St.592.
Households  Inundated partly along Roads of St.283,
St.285, and St.287.
 Inundated with a frequency of more than four
(4) times a year, or inundation duration of
two (2) - three (3) hours, and inundation
depth of higher than the shin.
(viii) Land Use

Administration area for the Phnom Penh Capital City (PPCC) was changed in 2008
and the area was expanded from approximately 377 km2 to approximately 678.5 km2
at 2008. Approximate areas for the land use in the previous capital (old Phnom Penh
capital area of approximate 377 km2) are shown below.
Land use in the Project area is a mixture of residential, small to medium scale
commercial development areas along the roads. Most part of the project area is highly
dense-populated.
1-36
0 5 10 km
Legend
Source：White Book on Development and Planning of Phnom Penh, PPCC

Fig. R 1.4.3 Land Use in Phnom Penh Capital City (2035)
1-37
(ix) Population
Population up to 2035 has been projected based on the results of census in 1998 and
2008, and population projection up to 2030 in the “Project for Comprehensive Urban
Transport Planning in Phnom Penh Capital City” (2014 JICA), as shown below.
Table R 1.4.4 Population Projection by JICA Project
Name of Khan 1998 2008 2012 2016 2020 2035
01 Chamkarmon 187,082 182,004 184,200 196,500 200,900 240,400
02 Daun Penh 131,913 126,550 119,500 123,300 126,700 138,200
03 7 Makara 96,192 91,895 93,300 95,100 96,600 102,700
04 Tuol Kork 154,968 171,200 186,100 187,900 185,100 181,100
01-04 Sub-total 570,155 571,649 583,100 602,800 609,300 662,400
05 Dangkor 48,921 73,287 96,100 128,500 148,900 183,700
06 Po Senchey 73,414 159,455 234,900 269,300 321,600 349,500
07 Meanchey 97,190 194,636 282,700 349,100 403,300 490,800
08 Chbar Ampov 108,796 133,165 160,500 194,300 210,100 251,500
09 Reussey Keo 76,473 115,740 152,600 178,800 204,300 251,300
10 Chroy Changvar 53,231 68,708 84,000 102,900 126,700 155,500
11 Sen Sok 70,676 137,772 198,600 237,000 296,700 392,500
12 Prek Pnov 34,574 47,313 59,700 84,700 84,500 129,900
05-12 Sub-total 563,275 930,076 1,269,100 1,544,600 1,796,100 2,204,700
Total Population 1,133,430 1,501,725 1,852,200 2,147,400 2,405,400 2,867,100
* The population is corrected based on new administrative area in PPCC (678.5 km2)
Source: JICA, “Project for Comprehensive Urban Transport Planning in Phnom Penh Capital City, 2014”
The Project area is approximately 6.63 km2 in total, consisting of 4.75 km2 of Tuol
Kork Area and 1.88 km2 of Wat Phnom Northern Area. Estimated populations in 2016
are 75,858 persons in total, consisting of 17,588 persons in Tuol Kork Area and 58,270
persons in Wat Phnom Northern Area. In terms of population density, the Project area
has 12,267 person/km2 which is equivalent to the population density of 12,403
person/km2 in Koto-ku Tokyo Metropolitan, Japan.
(x) Air Quality
The air quality monitoring result as available secondary information is still limited in
Cambodia and some available data are shown below. The result of the monitoring of
Ambient Air pollution (2014, Project for Comprehensive Urban Transport Plan in
Phnom Penh Capital City, Table R 1.4.5) shows that CO, NO2 and SO2 values are
within the standard. However, the dust parameters of particulate matters (PM2.5,
PM 10) are found very high. The trend also found in the record in 2001 having high
Total Suspended Particles (TSP) (Table R 1.4.6).
Table R 1.4.5 Air Quality along the Road NH4 in Phnom Penh
Point 3 Point 5
Point 1 (near (near
Point 2 Point 4 Cambodian WHO
Type Unit (7 Hanoi Junction
(Sen sok) (Airport) Standard standard
Makara) road with
Junction) NH3)
CO mg/m3 2.86 1.79 2.86 3.58 3.58 20
NO2 mg/m3 0.057 0.029 0.045 0.056 0.058 0.1
SO2 mg/m3 0.033 0.027 0.027 0.025 0.033 0.3
PM2.5 µg/m3 128 107 284 186 248 n.a. 25
PM10 µg/m3 93 68 150 71 169 n.a. 50
Note: The results are average of 24 hours continuous survey
Source: Project for Comprehensive Urban Transport Plan in Phnom Penh Capital City, 2014
1-38
Table R 1.4.6 Ambient Air pollution in Phnom Penh
2000 2001 2002 2014
Parameters
Mean Max Mean Max Mean Max Mean Max
CO (mg/m3) 3.06 7.12 1.98 2.42 3.50 5.71 3.02 3.87
NO2 (μg/m3) 32.08 47.17 2.45 3.77 30.19 56.60 24 71
SO2 (μg/m3) - - 2.60 7.80 7.80 13.00 10 27
TSP (mg/m3) - - 0.63 0.84 0.41 1.00 0.128 0.169
CO=Carbon Monoxide: mg/m3=milligrams per cubic meter; μg/m3=micrograms per cubic meter; NO2=Nitrogen Dioxide; TSP=Total
Suspended Particles. Mean Value in the 2014 were received as tentative values.
Source: MOE (2014), ADB (Asian Development Bank) 2006 Country Synthesis Report on Urban Air Quality Management, “Research
collaboration with Yokohama University from 2000-2002.
Project for Comprehensive Urban Transport Plan in Phnom Penh Capital City, 2014
Quoted in MOE and Ministry of Health (2006). Country Report: Cambodia, Hang Dara, Chin Chamroeun, Sourn Pun Lork, and Chim
Sophan, Paper presented at the Clean Air for Asia Training Course for Developing Countries, Thailand, 24 May-02. from ADB.
As the normal requirement of the IEIA survey, the baseline survey of air quality in the
Project area is required by the MOE, Cambodia. Along this line, an actual
measurement of air quality, noise/vibration, and water quality was carried out in July
2016 in the Wat Phnom Northern Area and Tuol Kork Area of the Project. The results
of the air quality measurement are tabulated in Table R 1.4.7. As shown in the table,
the all results are lower than the standard. It is said that at present the ambient air
quality at the Project area seems good.
Table R 1.4.7 Results of Air Quality Measurement at the Project Area (2016)
Measurement Results
Cambodian at Kunthak Bopha
Parameters Unit at Gasoline (Tela)
Standards(i), 24h Hospital, Wat Phnom
station Tuol Kork,
Northern. date July
date July 21-22, 2016
20-21, 2016
Carbon Monoxide (CO) mg/m3 20(ii) 12.88 8.44
Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) mg/m3 0.1 0.028 0.025
Sulfur Dioxide (SO2) mg/m3 0.3 0.022 0.018
Total Suspended Particles (TSP) mg/m3 0.33 0.285 0.243
PM10 mg/m3 - 0.149 0.126
Notes: There was heavy rain at 12:30 pm during measurement.
(i) Sub-decree No.42, on Air Pollution Control and Noise Disturbance, Annex 1: Ambient Air, Quality Standard
(ii) 8hs. average
Source: JICA Survey Team, MOE’s laboratory staff in July 2016.
(xi) Noise and Vibration

Air quality, noise and vibration are regulated by the Sub-decree No.42 declared in
2000. Annex 6 of this Sub-decree indicates maximum standard of noise level
allowable in the public and residential area (dB(A)) as shown below.
Table R 1.4.8 Maximum Standard of Noise Level Allowable in the Public and Residential
Areas (dB)
Period of Times
No. Areas
6 a.m. - 6 p.m. 6 p.m. - 10 p.m. 10 p.m. - 6 a.m.
1. Quiet Area
(Hospital/Library/School/Kindergarten) 45 40 35
2. Residential Area
(Hotel/Administrative office/Villa/ flat) 60 50 45
3. Commercial and service areas and Area of
70 65 50
multiple business
4. Small industrial factories mingling in
75 70 50
residential area
Source: Sub-decree No.42 ANK/BK The Control of Air Pollution and Noise Disturbance, the Royal Government of Cambodia、2000
1-39
The Department of Air Quality, Noise and Vibration Management of the MOE are
supposed to carry out the monitoring of measurement of noise and vibration with their
own equipment and establish a database of monitoring records, based on this
Sub-decree. However, according to the Department of Air Quality, Noise and
Vibration Management, they have not carried out the measurement yet and there is no
record of data due to lack of manpower. On the other hand, JICA Survey Team of
PPUTMP (Project for Comprehensive Urban Transport Plan in Phnom Penh Capital
City, 2014) monitored noise and vibration measurement data along NR No.4 Route
(Russian Avenue between Canter of PPCC and the Airport). Tuol Kork area, one of the
survey area of the Project, is located along the NR No.4.
According to the results, the noise slightly exceeds Cambodian standard (70 dB)
applied to commercial and multiple business area from 6 AM to 6 PM and the noise
substantially exceeds the standard (50 dB) from 6 PM to 6 AM, as shown in Fig. R
1.4.4. As for vibration, the results are compared with Japanese standard (65dB from
6 AM to 6 PM and 60dB from 6 PM to 6 AM), because Cambodian standard is not
available. As a result, no records exceed the Japanese standard, as shown in Fig. R
1.4.5.
1-40
75
70
65
60
55
50
6AM
6PM
6AM
Fig. R 1.4.4 Survey Location and Result in PPUTMP (Noise)
65
55
45
35
7AM
7PM
7AM
Fig. R 1.4.5 Survey Location and Result in PPUTMP (Vibration)
1-41
On the other hand, the air quality measurements of noise and vibration were conducted
on the same location and date of the air quality measurement carried out through the
Project by the MOE’s laboratory staff of the general department of environmental
protection. The following table described the results of noise and vibration
measurement at both stations, Wat Phnom Northern Area and Tuol Kork Area of the
Project area. According to the tables, noise measurements obtained during the day
time and evening time are almost lower than the Cambodian standards, while the night
time is slightly higher value than the standards, which is caused by the road network in
place. As for the vibration measurements, all were below the standard.
Table R 1.4.9 Results of Noise Measurement at the Project Area (2016)
Time Cambodian Standard (*), dB(A) Result, dB(A)
Station 1: at Kunthak Bopha, Wat Phnom Northern, date July 20-21, 2016
Day (6:00 - 19:00) 70 63-66
Evening (19:00 - 23:00) 65 58-65
Night (23:00 - 6:00) 50 55-64
Station 2: at Tela Station, Tuol Kork date July 21-22, 2016
Day (6:00 - 19:00) 70 68-75
Evening (19:00 - 23:00) 65 59-67
Night (23:00 - 6:00) 50 53-68
Notes: Sub-Decree on Air Pollution Control and Noise Disturbance, Annex 6: Maximum permitted noise in public
(*)
and residential area, point 3 Commercial and service areas and mix.
Source: JICA Survey Team, MOE’s laboratory, the IEIA report on the Project, 2016.
Noise standards (Cambodian standard, Japan standard, WHO guideline) are compared as
shown in the following table.
Table R 1.4.10 Comparison of Noise Standards (Cambodia, Japan and WHO)
Value
Area Standard
Daytime (6 a.m. – 10 p.m.) Nighttime (10 p.m. – 6 a.m.)
AA Cambodia 1) 40 – 45 dB 35 dB
Japan MOE 50 – 60* dB 40-55* dB
WHO Guideline 2) 50 – 55 dB 30 – 45 dB
A・B Cambodia 1) 50 – 65 dB 45 dB
Japan MOE 55 – 65* dB 45-55* dB
WHO Guideline 2) 50 – 55 dB 45 dB
C Cambodia 1) 65 – 75 dB 50 dB
Japan MOE 60 – 70* dB 50-65* dB
WHO Guideline 2) 55 – 70 dB 55 dB
Notes:
*Areas facing traffic roads having a traffic lane or more than two traffic lanes.
1) Sub-decree No.42 ANK/BK the Control of Air Pollution & Noise Disturbance
2) WHO environmental noise values, 24 hours duration, healthy influence protection guideline.
AA: Medical treatment facilities, social welfare facilities, etc.
A・B: Residential area, administration, government & municipal areas, hotels.
C: Small scale factory and residential areas.
1-42
(xii) Water Quality in the Rivers around PPCC
Water quality in and around PPCC is monitored by the MOE. According to the data of
the MOE from January 2010 to December 2013, water quality is monitored at 9 points
as shown in the table below. The Project area directly connects with the Tonle Sap
River. Of the nine points, 5 points (A, B, C, D and E) are monitored to meet “Water
Quality Standard at River” and other 4 points (F, G, H and I) are monitored to meet
“Effluent Standard for Public Water Area and Sewer”
Table R 1.4.11 Minimum, Maximum and Average at Monitoring Point

pH TSS BOD CODMn CODCr T-N T-P Cr6+
Location
(-) (mg/l) (mg/l) (mg/l) (mg/l) (mg/l) (mg/l) (mg/l)
A. Min 6.35 16.0 0.1 1.6 - 0.01 0.01 ND
Mekong River Max 8.50 592.0 4.9 7.8 - 1.15 0.50 0.090
(Chroy Changvar) Average 7.41 108.5 2.0 4.0 - 0.26 0.08 0.023
B. Min 6.49 22.0 0.2 1.4 - 0.08 0.02 ND
Tonle Sap River Max 8.24 474.0 6.5 9.3 - 8.11 0.50 0.320
(Phnom Penh Port) Average 7.32 106.5 2.3 4.5 - 1.23 0.11 0.027
C. Min 6.09 5.8 0.2 1.3 - 0.13 0.03 ND
Prek Thnot River Max 8.21 520.0 57.9 145.0 - 3.97 4.08 0.220
(Thakhmao Bridge) Average 7.30 157.3 13.8 23.8 - 1.33 0.98 0.038
D. Min 4.85 26.0 0.1 0.8 - 0.07 0.01 ND
Bassac River Max 8.50 526.0 5.8 9.4 - 0.74 0.34 0.110
(Thakhmao) Average 7.31 108.3 2.0 4.2 - 0.31 0.12 0.023
E. Min 5.52 29.0 0.0 0.6 - 0.04 0.00 ND
Mekong River Max 8.47 526.0 6.5 9.7 - 1.73 0.32 0.120
(Kien Svay) Average 7.33 114.7 1.9 3.6 - 0.31 0.08 0.019
Cambodian Standard for A. to E. 6.5-8.5 <100 <10 - - - - <0.005
Min 6.24 40.0 0.7 - 2.6 0.26 0.01 ND
F. Kop Slov Max 8.59 300.0 54.8 - 126.4 8.56 1.88 0.010
Average 7.49 129.1 16.4 - 35.4 2.08 0.56 0.007
Min 6.41 42.0 1.0 - 3.4 0.09 0.03 ND
G. Prek Pnov Max 8.18 442.0 58.4 - 126.7 11.93 1.74 0.010
Average 7.36 119.5 17.4 - 31.8 4.91 0.53 0.006
Min 6.35 46.0 70.9 - 47.9 1.48 0.81 ND
H. Trabek Max 8.35 378.0 258.1 - 215.0 18.40 6.73 0.200
Average 7.39 153.1 152.1 - 117.7 7.39 3.03 0.021
Min 6.78 70.0 68.9 - 63.5 0.32 0.23 ND
I. Tumpun Max 8.02 402.0 261.3 - 226.2 18.55 6.60 0.020
Average 7.39 155.2 161.9 - 111.6 6.05 2.93 0.009
Cambodia Standard for F to I. 5.0-9.0 <120 <80 - <100 - - <0.05
Notes: ND: Not Detected. CODMn: <8 mg/L based on ANNEX 4
Since there are no standards of COD (Chemical Oxygen Demand), T-N and T-P in Cambodia, the standard in
parenthesis in the above table shows Japanese standard of Ministry of the Environment Japan for reference purpose
only.
Source: MOE, “The Study on Drainage and Sewerage Improvement Project in Phnom Penth Metropolitan Area, JICA May 2016”
1-43
As the measuring baseline of water quality before the project implementation and
based on the request by the MOE, the water quality measurement was carried out
during the Preparatory Survey stage on the Project. The base line survey was
conducted at the selected three (3) sampling points selected by the JICA Survey Team
as shown in table below.
Table R 1.4.12 Water Quality Examination at the Project Area (2016)
Standards 2) and Test Results of
Standards 1) and Results of River Water Test
Sewage
Standards Test Results Standards Test
No. Parameters Unit
Results
*1 *2 *3 *1 *2 *3 WW1=S3
R1=S1* R2=S2*
*
6.5 -
1 pH 6-9 - 6.7 6.9 5-9 5.8-8.6 - 6.9
8.5
2 Temperature 0C <45 - - 36 29.3 <45 - - 30.2
Electrical
3 Conductivity µS/cm - - - - 184 - - - 400
(EC)
4 Turbidity NTU - - - - 8.75 - - - 22.60
Dissolved 2.0-
5 mg/l 2.5 - 1.68 5.89 >1 - - 3.27
Oxygen (DO) 7.5
Total Suspended 25- 25
6 mg/l - 180 68 <120 200 -<120 77
Solid (TSS) 100 -100
Biochemical
1.0- 3.0 -
7 Oxygen mg/l - 122.40 3.46 <80 160 - 38.90
10 8.0
Demand(BOD5)
Chemical
ND (not
8 Oxygen Demand mg/l 1-8 < 8 - 0.94 - <100 - -
detected)
(COD)
9 Oil and Grease mg/l - - - 4.85 <15 - - 7.84
10 Nitrate mg/l - <0.6 - 6.66 0.42 <20 - 50 4.69
11 Phosphate (PO4) mg/l - <0.05 - 3.26 ND <6 - - 0.35
MPN/ <500
12 Total Coliform - - 9.3x103 2.1x103 - - - 2.4 x104
100ml 0
Notes: 1) Water quality standard in public areas for bio-diversity conservation for river, lake and reservoir.
2) Effluent standard for pollution sources discharging wastewater to public water area or sewer.
Standards: *1: Cambodia standards, *2: Japan standards, *3 WHO guideline
Three (3) water
sampling GPS (Global Positioning
Location Remarks
locations; System) point
*Sample code
R1=S1 in front of water pumping X=491743; Y=1280024 Tonle Sap River
station Wat Phnom
R2=S2 Pres Komlong Station X=492484 ; Y=1278920 Tonle Sap River
WW1=S3 Existing sewage pipeline in X=487712; Y=1280337 Sewage water in manhole
front of Tela gas Station along the main road
Note: Sampling and testing done on 15 July 2016.
(xiii) Environmental Concerns on Living

1) Deterioration of Drainage System
Drainage facilities in the Project Area constructed from the beginning of the 1900’s
are not functioning well due to old age, as well as poor maintenance after the 1970’s.
As a result, the city suffers from habitual inundation and poor environmental
conditions caused by stagnant wastewater in lowland areas, which are serious
constraints to the residents’ living environment, as well as social and economic
development, in not only of the PPCC but the whole country in general. Such
1-44
deteriorated drainage condition is alerted in a tourist guide book as dangers
information
2) Traffic Congestion
Under economic significant growth and population growth, the number of traffic has
been rapidly increased in Cambodia. It frequently causes the traffic congestion in the
Project Area. The traffic volume in the PPCC area is 60,000 - 90,000 vehicles/day and
75% of the vehicular traffic is motorcycles (2014, Project for Comprehensive Urban
Transport Plan in Phnom Penh Capital City). Associated with the drainage pipe
installation in the city area, public traffic movement may be affected.
1.4.1.4 Laws and Regulations related to Environmental Consideration
(1) Laws for Environmental and Social Considerations

In Cambodia, the Law on Environmental Protection and Natural Resource Management,
1996 (Kram/NS-PKM-1296/36, 1996, 24 Dec.) provides general policy on environmental
protection as the principal environmental law. Based on the law, the GOC should manage
the environment deliberately under a periodical National and Regional Management Plan
which is supposed to be prepared and revised every 5 years. The requirement of the
Environmental Assessment at the project is also included in the law. Private and public
project should refer to the law in conducting the required study depending on the scale and
location.
Under the law, the Sub-Decree on Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Process, 1999
(No. 72 ANRK.BK, 1999) and the Declaration on General Guideline for conducting
IEIA/EIA Reports, 2009 (No. 376 BRK.BST, 2009) provide detail procedure for the
environmental assessment. The sub-decree consists of Institutional Responsibilities, EIA
required projects, Procedures of EIA Process, Conditions for Approving Project(s) and
Penalties. The projects which require environmental assessment are listed in the Annex to
the sub-decree. The declaration also provides the timeframe and required documents for
submission at the approval process in IEIA and EIA in detail. Annex-1 in the declaration
specifies the basic contents of IEIA/EIA Reports. The declaration also provides the
demarcation between environmental authorities in the national level and the provincial
level which are the Ministry of Environment (MOE) in the national level and the
Department of Environment (DOE) in provincial/municipal level. In 2014, Declaration
No.215 MOE on the Registration of selected local consultant companies for conducting
IEIA and EIA reports is issued.
Regarding pollution control, several standards are issued by the government. Water
pollution, Sub-Decree (Anukret) on Water Pollution Control, 1999 (No. 27 ANRK. BK,
1999) provides the standard for water quality. No. 36 ANRK.BK, in 1999, Sub-decree on
Solid Waste Management, 1999 regulates the general standard of solid waste. No. 42 in
2000, Sub-Decree on the Control of Air Pollution and Noise Disturbance, regulate
environmental air condition and noise level to be permitted.
As to environmental protection, the protected area is prescribed in the law of protected area
(Royal Decree No. NS/RKM/0208/007). Based on the law, the important natural features
are protected under the responsibility of the MOE.
Relative laws and regulations for Environment in Cambodia are as follows;
1-45
Table R 1.4.13 Relative Laws and Regulations for Environment and Social Considerations
in Cambodia
No. Legislation Description
1. Preah Reach Kram/NS-PKM-1296/36, As the principal law on environmental protection, the law
1996, Law on Environmental Protection and provides for a national environment policy, national and regional
Natural Resource Management environment plans, assessment of impact on the environment of
(18 November 1996) projects and activities, management of natural resources,
monitoring, data collection and inspection, and participation of
the public in relation to the environment.
2. No. 72 ANRK.BK, 1999, Anukret This Sub-decree provides the detailed guidelines for
(Sub-decree) on Environmental Impact implementation of the IEIA/EIA Process.
Assessment (EIA) Process (11 August 1999)
3. No. 376 BRK.BST, 2009 Declaration on General Guideline for Preparing Initial
Prakas(Declaration) on General Guideline Environmental Impact Assessment (IEIA) and EIA Reports was
for conducting IEIA1/EIA Reports, 2009 issued by the Ministry of Environment (MOE) in 2009.
4. No.27 ANRK/BK/1999, Anukret This Sub-decree regulates activities that cause pollution in public
(Sub-decree) on Water Pollution Control, water areas in order to sustain good water quality so that the
1999 (April 6, 1999) protection of human health and the conservation of biodiversity
are ensured.
5. No.36 ANRK.BK. in 1999, Anukret This Sub-decree regulates solid waste management to ensure the
(Sub-decree) on Solid Waste Management, protection of human health and the conservation of biodiversity.
1999
6. No. 42 in 2000, Anukret (Sub-decree) on the This Sub-decree provides for the management, prevention and
Control of Air Pollution and Noise control of air and noise pollution, detailing in the Annexes the
Disturbance, 2000 (July 10, 2000) threshold values for emissions, outlaying the procedures and
legal requirements to limit and provide for the pollutants.
7. No. 745 MEF/MOE 2000, Prakas (Joint This declaration provides the fee for the environmental services.
Declaration) between MOE and MEF The fees are determined depending on the categories. The
(Ministry of Economy and Finance) on categories are Industrial, Agriculture, Tourism, and
Determination of Service Fee for EIA Infrastructure.
reviewing and Monitoring (20th October
2000)
8. No. 07 NS/RKM/2008, Protected Areas This Law provides for the management, conservation and
Law (Royal Decree No. development of natural protected areas to ensure the
NS/RKM/2008/007) conservation of biodiversity and guarantee the use of natural
resources in a sustainable manner consisting of 11 Chapters
divided into 66 articles.
9. No. 1033, 1994, Prakas (Declaration) on This "Prakas" (Declaration) of the Ministry of the Environment
Protected Areas, 1994 prohibits a series of acts in natural protected areas in the sense of
Royal Decree of 1 November, 1993 on the Protection of Natural
Areas.
10. No. 230 in 2005, Prakas (Declaration) on Declaration on the Delegation of Power of Decision-Making on
the Delegation of Power of Project Development to the Provincial Department of
Decision-Making on Project Development Environment (PDOE), 2005,
to the Provincial Department of
Environment, 2005
11. No.215 in 2014, Prakas (Declaration), Sep. Declaration on the Registration of Selected Local Consultant
MOE, May 2014 Companies for studying and preparing the IEIA and EIA survey
report. As of Jan. 2016, there is a list of 13 national registered
companies for IEIA/EIA survey for this Declaration.
Source: “The Study on Drainage and Sewerage Improvement Project in Phnom Penth Metropolitan Area, JICA May 2016”
JICA Survey Team based on English Translation supplemented by JICA env. Profile 2013, Faolex, ADB (2014) Integrated Urban
Environmental Management in the Tonle Sap Basin Project – Kampong Chhnang Urban Area Environment Improvements,
1-46
(2) Projects subject to the Provisions on EIA
In Sub-Decree No. 72, projects required an Initial Environmental Impact Assessment
(IEIA), almost equivalent to IEE, or EIA are categorized as A; Industry, B; Agriculture, C;
Tourism and D; Infrastructure in ‘Sub-degree on Environmental Impact Assessment
Process, Aug. 1999’. In the Sub-degree, the drainage system is categorized as Agriculture
instead of Infrastructure and the project of drainage system with 5,000 ha or more is
required to carry out IEE or EIA.
Also, in Sub-Decree No.230 issued in 1999, Article 1 mentions that DOE would manage a
project having a project cost of not more than USD 2 million. The MOE is responsible for
a project with a project cost of more than USD 2 million.
As shown in the flowchart below, the project owner firstly submits the Environment
Application Form together with his IEIA (IEE) report to the competent authority, which
means, the MOE or DOE. After the MOE/DOE has reviewed the report, it may require the
project owner to revise the report or implement further survey as the IEIA. Should the
environmental survey fulfil the requirement of the authority, the report is approved and
forwarded to the CDC (Cambodia Development Council) or Sub-Committee of Royal
Municipality, Provincial Department of Environment for the approval of succeeding
project implementation.
Source: Declaration on General Guidelines for Conducting Initial and Full Environmental Impact Assessment Reports, No.376
BRK.BST, 2009
Fig. R 1.4.6 Flowchart of the IEIA/EIA Process for National Level Projects
(3) Procedure of IEE or I EIA for the Project

Procedure of IEE or IEIA is as follows;
 Responsible and implementing agency (DPWT) shall prepare IEE or IEIA.
 IEE or IEIA will be submitted to MOE, Provincial Environmental Office if the
project is at provincial/urban level.
 MOE examines submitted IEE or IEIA, and in case of necessary, requests to revise
1-47
the IEE/IEIA or further detailed survey as EIA.
 MOE approves the project if the environmental assessment is satisfied their
requirements.
(4) Agency Setting the Principles and Procedures for Initial Environmental Impact
Assessment (IEIA, IEE)
The MOE is an agency setting the principles and procedures for IEE or IEIA of the Project.
DOE is responsible to review EIA for the project in PPCC under the supervision of the
MOE. For the Project, MOE is the main agency for the review, evaluation and approval of
IEE and/or IEIA report of the Project on schdule with supporting of DEO, especially
during construction stage.
(5) Comparison between JICA Guideline and Cambodian Laws and Regulations
Environmental impact assessment process in Cambodia is basically similar to that of JICA
guidelines (2010) while the importance on “Accident”, “Global warming”, “Employment”
and other social considerations are not much shown in Cambodian laws and regulations.
Especially, detailed procedures of land acquisition and resettlement have not been defined
yet. Especially, Cambodian laws and regulations do not put emphasis on reconstruction of
livelihood as previous level or more. A gap comparison between JICA Guideline (2010)
and Laws and Regulation in Cambodia is shown in Appendix-7.
1.4.1.5 Comparison of Alternative Plans
The Project consists of laying drainage pipe and box culvert to improve a drainage network of the
stormwater in the urban area and performs construction of drainage and pumping station facilities
at the drainage system end. While there are no proposed relocation and resettlement structures in
Wat Phnom Northern area, there were approximately more than twenty (20) project affected
families proposed in Tuol Kork Area. Based on the results of the first field survey conducted by the
JICA Survey Team in April 2016, an effort to minimize the number of affected families was finally
made. Only two (2) land lots without any resettlement are expected for « Alternative 2 » (the
Project).
Table R 1.4.14 Comparison of Alternative Plan on Relocation and Land Acquisition for
Drainage Improvement Works in the Project
Alternative 1 Alternative 2 No Project
Item Drainage Plan in Tuol Kork Area Revised Drainage Plan in Tuol Kork Current condition
Area
Tuol Kork Area Tuol Kork Area -
Pipeline length: 2.5km in total Pipeline length: 8.4km in total
Box culvert: 1.9km Drainage Pipe: 7.0km
Outline of Drainage Facilities
Box culvert: 0.6km Box culvert: 1.4km

Sluiceway: three units
(Source: “Proposal” of the Project)
Provisional
－－－－－ Not applicable
Rating
1-48
Alternative 1 Alternative 2 No Project
Item Drainage Plan in Tuol Kork Area Revised Drainage Plan in Tuol Kork Current condition
Area
<Drainage Channel/ Drainage Pipe <Drainage Channel/ Drainage Pipe Present flood and
Lines> Lines> inundation damages exist.
Natural Environment  There is no major change in the  Same as on the left.
comprehensive drainage system in
Tuol Kork areas conducted by the
DPWT. As a positive influence, the
reduction of flood damage by the
Project is expected.
<Enhancement of/ New Installation of

Pumping Station>
There is no seriously affected impact in
terms of natural environment in Tuol
Kork area.
<Improvement of Drainage Pipe <Improvement of Drainage Pipe A problem caused by the
Installation> Installation> current flooding and
 With the laying work of drainage  As for the number of relocation inundation continues or
pipe and culvert box under the and land acquisition required for turns worse. Those are;
Environmental and Social Considerations
public roads, influence on traffic the Project, only two (2) housing  Damages by inland
such as traffic jams is assumed. lots are proposed successfully. No inundation almost occur
<Enhancement/ New Installation of resettlement is required for the every year in the Wat
Pumping Station> Project. Phnom northern area
 An additional site (occasionally with  With the laying work of drainage and the Tuol Kork area
Social Environment
the move) is necessary with the pipe and box culvert under the left behind as a drainage
construction of a new pumping public roads, influence on traffic maintenance and
station. such as traffic jams is assumed. It operation objective.
 The rise in land value in the is the same as “Alternative 1”.  The PPCC has rapidly a
enforcement place is possible. <Enhancement/ New Installation of dense population and
 Due to the improvement of drainage Pumping Station> the areas of lakes,
system and reduction of inundation  “Alternative-A (New pumping watersheds, streams
by the implementation of the station (TK-3) and drainage pipe which play the role of
Project, a traffic flow on roads in the installation)” is compared with natural flood regulating
wet season becomes easy. “Alternative-B (Box culvert)”. As ponds reduce their water
<Installation of Sluiceway> a result of comparison of areas recently.
 A relocation plan on the proposed effectiveness and economic Reduction of such as
three (3) sluiceways in Tuol Kork performance (cost of construction land development areas
area would require approximately a and land acquisition) between may cause other
resettlement of more than twenty Alternative-A and Alternative-B, inundation in the near
(20) affected houses. Box culvert is proposed. future.
<Improvement of drainage channel / <Improvement of drainage channel / The water pollution in the
drainage pipeline> drainage pipeline> existing channel may cause
 Due to the interceptor pipe, which  Same as on the left. the healthy damage such as
separates wastewater and rainwater the infectious diseases of
Pollution
will be proposed to prevent habitants.

wastewater from being directly
discharged to Tonle Sap River. As a
result, it is expected for PPCC that a
drainage flow becomes much
improved.
Notes: Provisional rating (---: large negative influence ⇔ --: small negative influence)
1-49
1.4.1.6 Scoping Results for the Project
(a) Title of the Project

The Project for Flood Protection and Drainage Improvement in Phnom Penh (Phase IV)
(b) Categorization and its Reason

Categorization: Category B (according to the JICA’s Guideline)
Reasons: The project is not located in a sensitive area, nor has sensitive characteristics,
nor falls into sensitive sectors under the JICA guidelines for environmental and social
considerations (April 2010), and its potential adverse impacts on the envornment are not
likely to be significant.
(c) Adverse Environmental and Social Impacts

The possible adverse impacts that might be caused by the proposed Project are as shown
below.
Table R 1.4.15 Possible Adverse Impact (1/2)
Construction Operation
No. Potential Impacts Description
Stage Stage
I. Human Health & Safe and Natural Environment
1 Air Pollution, Dust B- D Earthwork for pipe installation, road repairing and earth
Generation backfilling will generate dust.
2 Offensive Odor D D There will be no effect on offensive odor during the
construction and the operation stages.
3 Noise B- D Construction equipment may cause offensive noise.
4 Vibration B- D Construction equipment may cause vibration effects on
nearby structure.
5 Accident B- D Potential of accidents during the construction can be
considered.
6 Water Pollution D D There will be no effect on water quality during the
construction and the operation stages.
7 Change to Drainage B- B+ There will be a minor impact to stormwater flooding
Pattern patterns during construction, because some sewer pipe
will be cut and/or diverted during new pipe installation.
The drainage condition will be improved after the
construction.
8 Soil Contamination D D There will be no effect on soil contamination during
construction and operation stages.
9 Construction Waste B- D There will be no significant impacts on disturbance of
and Waste Soil hazardous soil during the construction and the operation.
(The asbestos pipes are not used in the existing pipe
networks.) Proper management of construction work
including general wastes treatment is required.
10 Soil Erosion and B- D Improper installation work of new drainage pipe may
Slope Failure cause soil erosion and slope failure.
11 Vegetation and Trees D D There will be no effect on vegetation and trees removal.
Removal
12 Impact on D D There will be no effect on endangered species.
Endangered Species
13 Loss of Biodiversity D D There will be no effect on biodiversity.
Legend： A +/-: Serious positive (+)/negative (-) impact is expected.
B +/-: Some positive (+)/negative (-) impact is expected.
C: Extent of positive/negative impact is unknown. (Further examination is needed, and the impact could be clarified as
the survey progresses.
D: No impact is expected.
1-50
Table R 1.4.16 Possible Adverse Impact (2/2)
No. Potential Impacts Description
Stage Stage
II. Social Considerations
1 Involuntary B- D There is no impact because the construction site is
Resettlement located within the road right of way and public lands
except a need of two (2) existing relocation structures in
Tuol Kork area. There is no resettlement to be relocated
to resettlement site by the Project.
2 Effect on Amenity of B- B+ There will be a minor impact since the construction site
Tourism-related is close to tourist attraction area.
Development The Project will reduce stormwater inundation and will
improve environment condition in the area. It will
therefore support to the increased tourism development
in PPCC as well as in whole country.
3 Impact on Road Safety B- D Road safety during the construction is possibly
decreased because of the operation of construction
equipment.
4 Impact on Road Traffic B- B+ During the construction stage, there will be some
and Vehicle Movement disruptions to traffics. During the operation stage, the
traffic condition will be improved with flood mitigation.
5 Sanitation D B+ Reduction of stormwater inundation and dust level will
reduce the incident of water borne disease and
respiratory diseases.
6 Risk of Infectious B- D Many of labors will be employed for the construction.
Diseases such as There may be a potential of infectious diseases such as
HIV/AIDS HIV/AIDS.
7 Impact on B-, B+ B+ During the construction stage, shops and restaurants etc.
Livelihood/Income alongside of the roads where sewer pipe installation is
taking place will be temporary affected due to
temporary road closure. The business activities will
recover when the construction site move forward to the
next road work section.
On the other hand, there will be opportunities for local
people to be employed in the construction works.
During the operation stage, the Project will contribute to
increased tourism development and improvement of
livelihood.
8 Ethnic Minority People D D There are no ethnic minority people living in the Project
Area.
9 Poverty Incident D D The Project will not cause any poverty incident in the
Project Area.
10 Employment B+ B+ During the construction stage, there will be
Opportunity opportunities for local people to be employed in the
construction works.
11 Social Activity D B+ The Project will improve social and commercial
activities in the city because of the inundation reduction
effect.
12 Destruction/Disturbance D D There will be no destruction or disturbance of cultural
to Items or Places of and archeological heritage.
Cultural and
Archeological Heritage
Source : JICA Survey Team
1-51
(d) Mitigation Measures
The mitigation measures for the key impacts are shown below. The measures will be
clearly specified in the technical specifications for the construction works.
Table R 1.4.17 Mitigation Measure for the Key Impacts (1/2)

No. Potential Impacts Mitigation Measures
Stage Stage
I. Human Health & Safe and Natural Environment
1 Air Pollution, Dust B- D - Dust suppression measure will be used in urban area
Generation to minimize dust generation.
3 Noise B- D - Low-noise type equipment such as the Silent Piler
and vibrate hammer will be used.
- Construction activities in dense residential area
would be limited to daytime hours.
- Due to a temporary relocation of the affected house
near TK-1 to the safe place, an affect by the Project
is reduced drastically.
4 Vibration B- D - Low-vibration type equipment such as the Silent
Piler and vibrate hammer will be used.
- Construction activities in dense residential area
would be limited to daytime hours.
- Due to a temporary relocation of the affected house
near TK-1 to the safe place, an affect by the Project
is reduced drastically.
5 Accident B- D - Safety measures with the installation/construction of
fence around the work areas to avoid accidents to
third parties.
- Safety instruction carried out for every labor in
every morning of working day
- Safety patrol carried out by DPWT, contractor and
consultant once a week
7 Change to Drainage B- B+ - Temporary inconvenience can be mitigated by using
Pattern drainage pump or diverted pipes to drain
sewage/stormwater to the city/municipal pipe line.
9 Construction Waste B- D - Soil materials suitable for backfilling works will be
and General Waste stockpiled temporarily at the designated stock yard.
- The soil materials unsuitable for backfilling works
will be transported and dumped directly into the
designated dumping ground.
- Reusable formwork such as steel forms will be
applied as well as possible.
10 Soil Erosion and B- D - During the installation of pipes, appropriate
Slope Failure temporally work such as installation of steel sheet
pile and/or trench sheet will be carried out.
1-52
Table R 1.4.18 Mitigation Measure for the Key Impacts (2/2)
No. Potential Impacts Mitigation Measures
Stage Stage
II. Social Considerations
1 Involuntary Resettlement B- D - There were more than 20 houses to be affected
by the Project in the original plan. Due to
proper layout rearrangement of the Project
components with the Project executing agency
of DPWT/PPCC, number of affected houses
were drastically reduced into 2 owners (one is
a vacant shop /land, the other is an existing
residential house near TK-1 ).
2 Effect on Amenity of B- B+ - Carrying out of night works to ensure the
Tourism-related commercial activity of the surrounding
Development markets, shops and restaurants.
3 Impact on Road Safety B- D - Road safety control signs and signals will be
installed especially in night time.
- Security of the present traffic and safety
conditions by the setting of detour roads and
installation of panel decks.
4 Impact on Road Traffic and B- B+ - Security of the present traffic and safety
Vehicle Movement conditions by the setting of detour roads and
installation of panel decks.
- When the construction works is carried out in
heavy traffic road, detour route shall be
planned clearly.
- On the heavy traffic areas, such as the junction
on major roads, construction works will be
carried out night time, and during the daytime,
steel plate will be covered the site for the
normal traffic function.
6 Risk of Infectious Diseases B- D - Proper guidance carried out for construction
such as HIV/AIDS workers to prevent infectious diseases.
7 Impact on B-, B+ B+ - Carrying out of night works to ensure the
Livelihood/Income commercial activity of the surrounding
markets, shops and restaurants
(e) Consultation
During the Preparatory Survey of the Project, the JICA Survey Team made the subletting
contract for the environmental and social considerations to follow up the required
documents of IEE/IEIA and draft RAP (Resettlement Action Plan) in a tight schelue of
the Preparatory Survey.
On the other hand, the Kick-off meeting was carried out on 25th April 2016. Related
person for the Project such as staffs of PPCC and DPWT and Sangkat Khans
participated the meeting and the Basic Design for the Project was announced. After
completion of the Draft Final Report, the Project contents shall be explained to people
affected by the Project. Before the construction works, the contents and detail schedule
will be explained in related residences in public meetings.
1-53
1.4.1.7 Terms of Reference (TOR) for the Initial Environmental Impact Assessment (IEIA)
Based on the scoping plan mentioned in Subsection 1.4.1.6, the Terms of Reference (TOR) for the
Initial Environmental Impact Assessment (IEIA) survey for the items having the “B”
environmental and social evaluation is summarized in the following table.
In addition, the Cambodian legal formation system does not demand it about a strategic
environmental evaluation as stated in the JICA environmental and social considerations guidelines
(2010) in particular. It is noted here that through early information disclosure for the Project it is
expected to perform the stakeholder meetings necessary for the project affected peoples and public
consultation meetings for all the project related agencies during a series of the Project stages such
as the JICA Preparatory Survey stage, the detailed design stage, and the construction stage.
Table R 1.4.19 TOR of IEIA
Item Necessary Contents Source Information
1 Introduction  The Project summary: Outline of the Project  Existing document investigation
background, the objectives of the Project, the Project
area
 Purpose of the IEIA (IEE) report
• The purpose of the Preparatory Survey and the
investigation, necessary information, information and
data collection, information analysis.
(Influence on human health and security and influence on natural environments)
2. Outbreak of  Confirmation of the environmental standard values  Existing document survey
air pollution  Grasp of the influence range under construction  Collection of data & information
& dust for the construction and
confirmation
3. Noise and  Confirmation of the environmental standard value  Existing document survey
vibration  Grasp of the influence range  Field survey
 Grasp of the influence range under construction  Collection of data & information
for the construction and
confirmation
4. Accident  Road safety measures  Existing document survey
 Traffic regulation, industry action, etc.  Collection of data & information
for the construction and
confirmation
5. Change in the  A temporary sewerage diversion during construction  Existing document survey
drainage period of the drainage pipe installation  Collection of data & information
diversion for the construction and
system confirmation
6. Construction  Earthwork materials for backfill are possible to be  Existing document survey
waste, surplus stocked at the temporary stockyard.  Collection of data & information
soil disposal  Unsuitable soil materials for backfill should be carried for the construction and
to the appointed soil dumping site for disposal confirmation
appropriately.
 Reuse of steel sheet piles is to be performed
appropriately.
7. Soil erosion  During the installation of pipes under the roads,  Existing document survey
and slope appropriate temporally work such as installation of  Collection of data & information
collapse steel sheet pile and/or trench sheet will be carried out for the construction and
against soil erosion and slope collapse. confirmation
 In particular, it is noted that a temporary design and
construction for the soft and sandy ground sites.
Social environment
8. Involuntary  In the construction work of drainage pipe laying at the  Existing document investigation
resettlement Tuol Kork area, two (2) land lots are to be needed land  Land Acquisition and Resettlement
(Land acquisition and building relocation. Action Plan (LARAP) survey and
acquisition contents confirmation
and
resettlement)
1-54
Item Necessary Contents Source Information
8. Influence by the  Road safety measures  Existing document investigation
development on  Traffic regulation, setting of the temporary access, if  Collection of data and information
social necessary. for the construction and
infrastructure confirmation
and service
9. Security  Road safety measures (setting of an instruction for  Existing document investigation
around the road safety, the setting of the signboard/a detour and  Collection of data and information
road site the bulletin board, placement of the traffic control for the construction and
staff) confirmation
10. Road traffic,  Road safety measures (setting of an instruction for  Existing document investigation
vehicle road safety, the setting of the signboard/a detour and  Collection of data and information
service the bulletin board, placement of the traffic control for the construction and
staff) confirmation
 The construction by night at the point with much
traffic including the crossing should be considered.
11. Infectious  Proper guidance carried out for construction workers to  Existing document investigation
diseases such prevent infectious diseases.  Collection of data and information
as HIV/AIDS for the construction and
confirmation
12. Living &  Although an inconvienience may not be happedned,  Existing document investigation
income any access required to shops and restaurants should be  Collection of data and information
set up so that influence does not occur to living and for the construction and
income during construction stage more. confirmation
13. Inhabitants  Report of the public consultation  Stakeholder meeting report

participation
in stakeholder
meetings
Summary
14. Conclusions Conclusion of the environmental assessment minimizing A temporary countermeasure should
and environmental and socioeconomic impacts be proposed by the discussion with
recommendati the relevant agencies.
on
1-55
1.4.1.8 Results of Survey based on TOR
According to the TOR described in Subsection 1.4.1.7, findings are described below.
Table R 1.4.20 Findings of Environmental and Social Consideration
Impact
Results
Evaluations
Air Environmental standard in Cambodia and the measurement values of air pollutions in 2014 are shown below.
Pollution Parameters CO (mg/m3) NO2 (mg/m3) SO2 (mg/m3) TSP (mg/m3)
Standards in Cambodia 20 0.1 0.3 0.33
Data measurements in 2014 3.87 0.071 0.027 0.169
Source ：MOE
Results of air quality measurement (2016) in the Project Area can be referred to the above baseline.
Cambodian Measurement Results
at Kunthak Bopha Hospital, at Gasoline (Tela) station
Parameters Unit Standards(i),
Wat Phnom Northern. date Tuol Kork, date July
24h July 20-21, 2016 21-22, 2016
Carbon Monoxide (CO) mg/m3 20(ii) 12.88 8.44
Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) mg/m3 0.1 0.028 0.025
Sulfur Dioxide (SO2) mg/m3 0.3 0.022 0.018
Total Suspended Particles (TSP) mg/m3 0.33 0.285 0.243
PM10 mg/m3 - 0.149 0.126
Notes: There was heavy rain at 12:30 pm during measurement.
(i)
Sub-decree No.42, on Air Pollution Control and Noise Disturbance, Annex 1: Ambient Air, Quality Standard
(ii)
8hs. average
Noise  Noise standards in Cambodia are as summarized in the table below.

 According to the MOE, there are not the measurement noise data at all.
Maximum Noise Standard of Public and Residential Areas in Cambodia

dB
No. Areas
6:00-18:00 18:00-22:00 22:00-6:00.
1. Quiet Area
45 40 35
Hospital/library/school/Kindergarten
2. Residential Area
60 50 45
Hotel/Admin. office/ Villa/flat
3. Commercial and service areas, and multiple
70 65 50
business
4. Small industrial factories mingling in
75 70 50
residential areas
Source: Sub-decree No.42 ANK/BK The Control of Air Pollution and Noise Disturbance, the Royal Government of Cambodia、2000 MOE
For reference purpose, the air quality measurements of noise and vibration conducted on the same location and
date were shown in the table below.
Results of Noise Measurement (the Project, 2016)
Time Cambodian Standard (*), dB(A) Result, dB(A)
Station 1: at Kunthak Bopha, Wat Phnom Northern, date July 20-21, 2016
Day (6:00 - 19:00) 70 63-66
Evening (19:00 - 23:00) 65 58-65
Night (23:00 - 6:00) 50 55-64
Station 2: at Tela Station, Tuol Kork date July 21-22, 2016
Day (6:00 - 19:00) 70 68-75
Evening (19:00 - 23:00) 65 59-67
Night (23:00 - 6:00) 50 53-68
Note: (*) Sub-Decree on Air Pollution Control and Noise Disturbance, Annex 6: Maximum permitted
noise in public and residential area, point 3 Commercial and service areas and mix.
Refer to Table R 1.1.11 & Table R 1.1.12.
1-56
Impact
Results
Evaluations
Vibration  There is no standared for vibration in Cambodia.
 According to the MOE, there are not the measurement vibration data at all.
Results of Vibration Measurement (the Project, 2016)
Time Japanese Standard (**), dB(A) Result, dB(A)
Station 1: at Kunthak Bopha, date July 20-21, 2016
Day (6:00 - 18:00) 65 25-32
Night (23:00 - 6:00) 60 22-31
Station 2: at Tela Station, date July 21-22, 2016
Day (6:00 - 18:00) 65 21-27
Night (23:00 - 6:00) 60 17-25
Note: (**) Environmental Quality Standard of Japan
Water Base on the observation levels by the DOE in the Tonle Sap River, the water quality
Quality*1 monitoring results (2010 to 2013) is shown below.
Water Quality Monitoring Results (minimum, maximum, mean) of the Tonle Sap River
Location pH TSS BOD COD T-N T-P Cr6+
(-) (mg/l) (mg/l) (mg/l (mg/l) (mg/l) (mg/l)
Tonle Minimum 6.49 22.0 0.2 1.4 0.08 0.02 not
Sap detected
River Maximum 8.24 474.0 6.5 9.3 8.11 0.50 0.320
Average 7.32 106.5 2.3 4.5 1.23 0.11 0.027
Standards 6.5-8.5 <100 <10 - - - <0.005
 The Project does not affect the quality of drainage water in pipes at all. It is however noted that based on the
request by the MOE, the Project will observe a water quality of sewerage as a baseline before the
construction starts and take a monitoring a water sampling of quality from the drainage pipe for one year after
completion of the Project.
 As the measuring baseline of water quality before the project implementation and based on the request by the
MOE (Cambodia), the water quality measurement was carried out during the Preparatory Survey stage on the
Project. The base line survey was conducted at the selected three (3) sampling points selected by the JICA
Survey Team as shown in table below.
Water Quality Examination (the Project 2016)
Results of River Water Test Results of Sewage
No. Parameters Unit Cambodia Cambodia
R1=S1* R2=S2* WW1=S3*
standard 1) standard 2)
1 pH 6-9 6.7 6.9 5-9 6.9
2 Temperature C
0
<45 36 29.3 <45 30.2
3 Electrical Conductivity (EC) µS/cm - - 184 - 400
4 Turbidity NTU - - 8.75 - 22.60
5 Dissolved Oxygen (DO) mg/l 2.0-7.5 1.68 5.89 >1 3.27
6 Total Suspended Solid (TSS) mg/l 25-100 180 68 <120 77
Biochemical Oxygen Demand
7 mg/l 1.0-10 122.40 3.46 <80 38.90
(BOD5)
Chemical Oxygen Demand ND (not
8 mg/l 1-8 0.94 - <100
(COD) detected)
9 Oil and Grease mg/ l - 4.85 <15 7.84
10 Nitrate mg/ l - 6.66 0.42 <20 4.69
11 Phosphate (PO4) mg/ l - 3.26 ND <6 0.35
12 Total Coliform MPN/100 <5000 9.3x103 2.1x103 - 2.4 x104
Notes: 1) Water quality standard in public areas for bio-diversity conservation for river, lake and reservoir.
2) Effluent standard for pollution sources discharging wastewater to public water area or sewer.
Three (3) water sampling locations;
*Sample code Location GPS point Remarks
R1=S1 in front of water pumping station Wat Phnom X=491743; Y=1280024 Tonle Sap River
R2=S2 Pres Komlong Station X=492484 ; Y=1278920 Tonle Sap River
WW1=S3 Existing sewage pipeline in front of Tela gas X=487712; Y=1280337 Sewage water in manhole along
Station the main road
Sampling and testing done on 15 July 2016.
*1 Water quality
(water quality is not included in scoping of the Project, but listed it here as an item in conjunction with the
reference of the maintenance of future facilities)
1-57
Impact
Results
Evaluations
Accident The Traffic Law (2006) in Cambodia stipulates measures for maintaining order and safety in road traffic,
protecting human and animal lives, curbing the effect on human health, damage and offenses stemmed from the
use of the roads.
On the other hand, there is no provision in the law stipulation about any obligation of setting or allocating
traffic signs and related measures for preventing disturbances with the construction. There is the passing
prohibition in the construction site. In other words there is only a stipulation for the dangerous evasion of the
driver side.
Change in Based on the findings of the field survey, the construction plan on concrete drainage pipe laying ways and the
Water design should be prepared for proper sewerage diversion during construcion period.
Diversion
Construction Based on the construction plan of the Project, a disposal area or temporary stockyard of construction waste
Waste/ should be planned appropriately.
Surplus Cut
Soil
Soil Erosion When a drainage pipe is layed in the ground, it is necessary to prevent the soil erosion and slope collapse at the
& Slope digging site appropriately.. Therefore the contractor in pursuance of the construction works should make
Collapse appropriate preventive measures (this matter shall be stated clearly to the conditions and specifications of the
contract documents).
Involuntary There are two (2) affected private lands and buildings near the TK-1 pumping station (under the construction) in
Resettlement the Tuol Kork area of the Project; namely, 1) land lot and shop structure to be acquired, and 2) a residential
& Land house to be relocated and residential people to be shifted during construction period. IRC (Inter-ministerial
Acquisition Resettlement Committee)-MEF and PPCC are related agencies for the land and relocation.
Infectious Law on the prevention and control of HIV/AIDS in Cambodia (2002) stipulates the impotance of IEC
diseases (Information, Education, Communication) activity, dissemination and prerparatiom of guidlines by the National
such as AIDS Authority, and an exhibition are also required in the law in the country.
HIV/AIDS
Notes : *1 cluded in scoping of the Project, but listed it here as an item in conjunction with the reference of the maintenance of future
facilities).
1.4.1.9 Results of Evaluation
Based on the result of the environmental assessment survey described in Table R 1.4.20 “Findings
of Environmental and Social Consideration”, the evaluation results as reflected the previous survey
are as summarized as shown below.
Table R 1.4.21 Results of Evaluation
Evaluation at Evaluation by
Category No. Impacts Scoping Survey Results Reasons
Pre-/ Pre-/
In-use In-use
At-work At-work
1. Air Pollution B- D B- D At-work: Operation of construction
equipment may cause air pollution by
emission of exhaust gas or dust to a certain
extent.
In-use: there is no impact item to produce air
pollution in the Project operation time.
2. Noise/ B- D B- D At-work: Laying of pipes/culverts under the
Influence on
Vibration roads as well as transporting materials
health and through residential area could cause noise
security to a and vubration disturbance, even temporarily
person and during operation time of equipment.
influence on In-use: there is no impact item to produce air
resources pollution in the Project operation time.
environment 3. Water Pollution D D D D At-work: Drainages from the construction
sites, equipment and camps are anticipated
to be potential sources of water pollution.
Therefoe, it may not cause quality of the
water aggravation.
In-use : The impact item does not exist after the
Project is completed. In the dry season,
sewage is not directly drained into the Tonle
1-58
Pre-/ Pre-/
In-use In-use
At-work At-work
Sap River (interceptor effect). Wain water
and sewerage are drained out from a
drainage pipe as a combined system in wet
season.
4. Accident B- D B- D At-work: Construction work requires traffic
control and restriction. The work could
increase traffic accidents.
In-use: The accident during the time of use
is impossible.
5. Change in B- B+ B- B+ At-work: Falseworks should be performed
Diversion in conformity with an appropriate
construction management plan based on
construction experience of Phase III.
In-use: The drainage condition will be
improved after the construction.
6. Construction B- D B- D At-work: The excavation and surplus soil
Waste/ Surplus materials have to be used backfill and
Cut Soil disposed at a suitable disposal area under
Natural the appropriate construction plan.
Environment In-use: After completion of the Project, the
appropriate management of a temporary
dumping site and the disposal site should be
performed properly
7. Soil Erosion/ B- D B- D At-work: Based on the construction
Slope Collapse experience in Phase III, a proper temporary
falseworks plan such as the steel sheet or
the steel sheet pile should be performed.
In-use: The impact item does not exist after
the Project is completed.
8. Involuntary B- D B- D At-work: About the house/ building, land
Resettlement & area where the relocation is required and the
Land land acquisition is necessary for, a
Acquisition necessary procedure should be completed
before the construction work starts.
In-use: Because a resident is not in the
house for resettlement, the resettlement does
not occur in the Project.
9. Social B- B+ B- B+ At-work: Influence on road traffic is big during
Infrastructures construction.
and Services by In-use : Because the inundation is reduced after
Developement the Project completion and living environment is
also improved, it is thought to contribute to social
Social services such as sightseeing
Environment 10. Road Safety B- D B- D At-work: In around road under construction,
near it is expected by the operation of the
Construction construction equipment/ machine that the
Site road safety decreases.
11. Road traffice/ B- B+ B- B+ At-work: Because the road traffic is
vehicle service restricted/ regulated during a drainage pipe
laying period by one side suspension of
traffic, it is necessary to plan thorough
appropriate traffic control and vehicle
service with the instructions of the
organization concerned.
During the operation stage, the traffic
condition will be improved with flood
mitigation.
1-59
Pre-/ Pre-/
In-use In-use
At-work At-work
12. Infectious B- D B- D At-work: Although the large-scale
diseases such as construction work is not assumed, the
HIV/AIDS workers should be a contributing factor for
increasing the rate of infection with related
diseases because infection of the AIDS is
relatively high in Cambodia
13. Livelihood/ B-, B+ B+ B- B+ At-work: During the laying work of the drainage
Income pipe, the access of the inhabitants along the road
should be kept free.
During the operation stage, the Project will
contribute to increased tourism development and
improvement of livelihood.
14. Employment B+ B+ B+ B+ At-work: On the occasion of drainage pipe laying
and Livelihood construction within the ROW (Right-of-Way) of
the road, there is not that most of the access to
houses and commercial areas along the road is
inhibited basically. However, for the
inconvienience, DPWT/PPCC will arrange an
appropriate explanation by a prior inhabitants
briefing (public consultation) before the
construction work and get the understanding of
inhabitants.
15. Participation on D D D D Society, economic activities are promoted more
social activity by inundation damage in PPCC being reduced at
the time of the use of the Project.
1-60
1.4.1.10 Mitigation Measures
The mitigation measures and costs is shown below.

Table R 1.4.22 Mitigation Measures for the Project
Existing Responsible Cost
No. Affect Items Mitigation Measures
Agencies Agencies (US$)
1. Air Pollution  Keep the equipment in good condition on the site by Contractor DPWT/PPC For the
providing proper maintenance work. C corresponden
 In conformity with an appropriate construction plan/ ce by the
schedule, implement proper equipment operation. laborer in a
construction
 Equipment suitable for the Cambodian
plan and the
environmental standards for air pollutions shall be construction,
selected. it is an
 For the selection of transportation route for expense-free
construction materials as well as wastes, a shortest
route while avoiding popullation crowded area as
much as possible shall be taken.
 Conduct appropriate monitoring of construction
equipment periodically for verifying the conditions
of equipment following Cambodian environmental
standards.
2. Noise and  Avoid the night-time construction work. If it cannot Contractor DPWT/PPC Included in
Vibration be avoided, take preventive measures like usage of C construction
noise-proof sheet in machine for minimizing noise cost.
and vibration for the sake of neighbouring
inhabitants.
 As soon as complaint by residents arises, abort the
construction work. The Contractor shall hold
meetings with the Project owner for discussing and
seeking breakthrough measures.
 Use noise-proof sheet covering for loud construction
equipment to reduce noise generation as much as
possible. For piling work, apply the method not
using a hammer-type pile driver for control of noise
and vibration.
 Conduct monitoring arbitrarily for verifying that
conditions follow Cambodian environmental
standards. As soon as the condition exceeds the
standard, abort construction work. The Constractor
shall hld meetings withthe Project owner for
discussing and seeking breakthrough measures.
3. Water  Keep the construction equipment parts in good Contractor DPWT/PPC For the
Pollution condition on the site by providing proper C corresponden
maintenance work. ce by the
laborer in a
construction
plan and the
construction,
it is an
expense-free
4. Accident  Allocate traffic signs for securing smooth traffic Contractor DPWT/PPC Included in
around construction site. C construction
 Allocate traffic controllers for securing smooth cost.
traffic around construction site.
 Set spped limit for construction vehicles to prevent
happening of accident.
 Before the measure such as construction time is
imposed, consult with local authorities and the local
police for seeking optimum measure for preventin
traffic congestion.
5. Drainage  A temporary drainage water diversion shall be Contractor DPWT/PPC Included in
Water properly planned and performed in accordance with C temporary
Diversion appropriate construction plans and approval. construction
cost .
6. Construction  A disposal of construction waste and surplus cut soil Contractor DPWT/PPC Included in
construction
1-61
Existing Responsible Cost
No. Affect Items Mitigation Measures
Agencies Agencies (US$)
Waste/ materials should be in accordance with an C cost.
Surplus Cut appropriate construction plan.
Soils  A constrcution waste disposal in the final disposal
area should be performed properly, as well as the
management of the final disposal site.
7. Soil Erosion  Based on the appropriate construction plan, a steel Contractor DPWT/PPC Included in
& Slope sheet pile or a trench steel sheet should be utilized C construction
appropriately to prevent soil erosion or slope cost.
Collapse
collapse.
8. Relocation/  Under the Project, no resettlement of inhabitants Contractor DPWT/PPC Included in
Land does not exist at all while only two (2) sites to be C construction
Acquisition relocated and land acquisitions are needed (Under cost.
the subcontracting work for LARAP.)
 According to Cambodian laws and ordinances
(RD-IRC-MEF) and the JICA guidelines (April,
2010), such as building relocation and land
acquisition should be dealt with appropriately.
9. Social  During construction of the drainage pipe laying, a Contractor DPWT/PPC Included in
Infrastructure/ necessary care should be considered so that a trouble C construction
Social Service does not occur for the access to a house or the store. cost.
by  A temporary access to houses/shops/restaurants will
Development be set up, if necessary.
10. Road Safety  An instruction and the beacon for road safety should Contractor DPWT/PPC Included in
near be established, particularly for night construction. C construction
Construction  In addition, a detour should be set and the traffic cost.
Site signboard.
11. Road Traffic/  During construction work for drainage pipe system, Contractor DPWT/PPC Included in
Vehicle a detour plan should be made for traffic control C construction
Service properly together with setting of signboard. cost.
 On the occasion of the construction in the crossing
with much traffic, construction may be required to
carry out by night, if necessary. Necessary cover
means such as an appropriate steel plates may be set
on for normal traffic restore in the daytime.
12. Infectious  Hold appropriate training s or precaution Contractor DPWT/PPC It is a matter
Diseases such seminars for workers to learn the correct knowledge C of
as HIV/AIDS Contractor’s
about the diseases.
expence.
13. Livelihood  Although an inconvienience may not be happedned, Contractor DPWT/PPC Included in
and Income any access required to shops and restaurants should C construction
be set up so that influence does not occur to living cost.
and income during construction stage more.
14. Local  In excavation works at roads near local shops and Contractor DPWT/PPC Included in
Economy market, the access to facilities should be secured C construction
such as always by setting covering panels or any appropriate cost.
Employment material on the excavated area. For
and incommodiousness, the work schedule should be
Livelihood explained to the related people by a prior briefing.
Also, the length of excavation should be shorter and
backfill shall be conducted promptly to minimize.
15. Active  Due to reduction of inundation damage in the Contractor DPWT/PPC Included in
Participation Project area after the Project is completed, social and C construction
by the Project economic activities will be promoted cost.
Completion
1-62
1.4.1.11 Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan
The draft environment management plan and monitoring plan for the Project is shown below.
Table R 1.4.23 Draft Environment Management and Monitoring Plan
Environmental Monitoring Related Responsible Cost
Location Frequency
Item Item Standard Organization
Pre-work
Noise and Noise level 2 points : Once Sub-decree on Sub-contracting Cost involved
Vibration one is in Tuol Air Pollution work in the JICA
Kork area, Control and Preparatory
the other is in Noise
Work
Wat Phnom Distrubance
Northern area. (2000)
Air Pollution CO, NO2, - - Sub-decree on MOE -
SO2 Air Pollution Quoted from
Control and Existing reports
Noise
Distrubance
(2000)
Water Pollution 10 items 3 sampling Once Sub-decree on Sub-contracting Cost involved
(sampling from pH, turbidity, points : Water Pollution work in the JICA
sewerage) conductivity, 1 point at Tuol Control (1999) Preparatory
TSS, DO, Kork area, 2
Work
BOD5, NO3, outlet drainage
PO4, total points in Tonle
coliform, oil & Sap River
grease
At-work
Air Pollution CO, NO2, SO2 2 points : Monthly Sub-decree on Contractor Involved in the
1 point in Tuol Air Pollution Project Cost
Kork area, Control and
1 point in Wat Noise
Phnom Distrubance
Noise and Noise level 2 points : Monthly Sub-decree on Contractor Involved in the
Vibration 1 point in Tuol Air Pollution Project Cost
Kork area, Control and
1 point in Wat Noise
Phnom Distrubance
Water Pollution Drainage 3 sampling Monthly Sub-decree on Contractor Involved in the
(sampling from standard of 10 points : Water Pollution Project Cost
sewerage) items 1 point at Tuol Control (1999)
Kork area, 2
pH, turbidity,
outlet drainage
conductivity,
points in Tonle
TSS, DO,
Sap River
BOD5, NO3,
PO4, total
coliform, oil &
grease
Waste Site survey for Waste Monthly Sub-decree on Contractor There is no cost
confirming disposal site Solid Waste because of field
whether or not Management, survey.
the process of (1999)
generated
wastes (both
general and
works) is
properly
treated.
Ecosystem Field Project area, Once Declaration on Contractor Involved in the
reconnaisance especially, the Protected Areas Project cost
for confirming surrounding (1994)
presence or
area of each
absence of Protected Areas
protected construction Laws (Royal
animals, plants site. Decree (2008)
or any precious
organisms.
Local Economy Hearing survey Every project Once JICA Guideline Contractor There is no cost
1-63
Environmental Monitoring Related Responsible Cost
Location Frequency
Item Item Standard Organization
such as for confirming site. (every (2010) because of field
Employment and presence or work site) survey.
Livelihood, etc. absence of any
complaints or
disturbance on
their
commercial
activities.
Existing social Field Each work site Weekly or as The Traffic Contractor Involved in the
infrastrictures reconnaisance and its work sitemoves Law (2006) Project cost
and services for confirming surrounding.
presence or Connecting
absence of any roads.
trafic
disturbance.
HIV Holding Each Weekly or as The Law on Contractor There is no cost
meetings for construction work site Prevention and because of the
providing site. moves Control of Contractor’s
necessary HIV/AIDS own expences.
instructions to
workers.
Work Inspection for Each Weekly or as The Labor Law Contractor There is no cost
Environment for construction construction work site (2002) because of the
(incl. Work sites regarding site. moves Contractor’s
stipulated rules own expences.
Safety)
are followed or
not.
Accident Site Each work site Weekly or as The Traffic Contractor There is no cost
investigation work site Law (2006) because of the
as accidents moves Contractor’s
occure. own expences.
In use
Water pollution Water 3 sampling Semi-annually Sub-decree on DPWT/PPCC Involved in the
pollution of points : (for one year Water Pollution Project cost
10 items : 1 point at Tuol after the initial Control (1999)
Kork area, 2 operation
outlet drainage period starts.)
pH, turbidity, points in Tonle
conductivity, Sap River
TSS, DO,
BOD5, NO3,
PO4, total
coliform, oil &
grease
1-64
1.4.1.12 Stakeholder Meeting
The JICA Survey Team requested the Cambodian side to hold stakeholder meetings together with
related residents and authorities twice during the field survey period. The results of the stakeholder
meetings conducted for the Project is summarized below.
Table R 1.4.24 Outline of Stakeholder Meeting (SHM) in PPCC
Stakehoder
Contents of SHM, Questions from the Responses to the
Meeting Participants/ Subjects
Residents Comments
Date/Place
First Khan Wat Phnom  Description of the background of By taking mitigation
Stakeholder Sangkat Srah Chak the Japan Grant Aid/ JICA Project measures such as
Meeting Total 25 participants were joined in the and its current situation with 3 selection of area,
Grand total meeting, comprising local authorities, phases since 2001, Phase I to adjustment of
numbers of JICA Survey Team, and 14 women Phase III. construction method,
participants local people in the Project area.  Necessity of Phase IV (the Project). scale, timing, driving
Male=41 sheet-pile, setting
Female=54 Sangkat Wat Phnom  For public notice, it is informed panels,etc. With the
Total= 95 Total 15 participants were joined in the that the measurements of air conduct of monitoring,
meeting, comprising local authorities, quality, noise/vibration and water adverse impacts can be
Venue : JICA Survey Team, and 8 women local quality start in July 2016 in the minimized.
KhanWat people in the Project area. Project area. For the waste
Phnom management, provide
Sangkat Srah Khan Tuol Kork,  Questions : the contractors through
Chak Sangkat Boeung Kok I  The residents welcomed the instruction in waste
Date : Total 35 participants were joined in the Project, but suggested that impacts management.
2016/7/29 meeting, comprising local authorities, should be minimized.
At Village 10 JICA Survey Team, and 22 women  The residents expect a completion
Male=11 local residents in the area of the Project and hope that the
Female=14 effects of the Project appear early
Total=25 Sangkat Boeung Kok II as possible.
Total 20 participants were joined in the  The residents expressed a full
2016/8/1 meeting, comprising local authorities,
support on the Project and want to
At Village 8, JICA Survey Team, and 10 women
see that all people in the Project
Sangkat Wat residents in the area area have access to safe
Phnom
environment by proper drainage
2016/8/3 Local governments :
services by completion of the
At Village 10 29/7/2016
Project.
Male=7 1st Deputy Chief of Sangkat Srah Chak
 The residents hope that during
Female=8 Chief of village 10 Sangkat Srah Chak
construction a trafic jam should be
Total= 15 Village 8 menber of Sangkat Srah Chak
mitigated as much as possible.
Village 11 menber of Sangkat Srah
Venue : Chak
Khan Tuol 02/8/2016
Kork 1st Deputy Chief of Sangkat Srah Chak
Sangkat Chief of village 10 Sangkat Srah Chak
Boeung Kok I Village 8 menber of Sangkat Sras
2016/8/5 Village 11 menber of Sangkat Srah
At Village 8 Chak
Male=13 02/8/2016
Female=22 Chief of Sangkat Boeung Kok I
Total= 35 Chief of Sangkat Boeung Kok I
I
2016/8/8 Village Chief 8 menber of Sangkat
At Village 4 Boeung Kok I
Sangkat Village Chief 4 menber of Sangkat
Boeung Kok Boeung Kok I
II 03/8/2016
2016/8/10 Director Department of Women Affair
At Village 6 Phnom Penh
2016/8/11 04/8/2016
At Village 26 Director Department of Planning of
Male=10 PPCC
Female=10
Total= 20
1-65
Stakehoder
Residents Comments
Date/Place
The Second Deputy Governor, PPCC  Welcome speech by the Governor. By taking necessary
Stakeholder DPWT-PPCC  Introduction and objectives of the mitigation measures to
Meeting DOE-PPCC 2nd public consultation. reduce and minimize
SHM DOP-PPCC  Necessity of the Project. adverse impacts, the
DOWRAM-PPCC  Presentation on the draft IEIA/IEE conduct of monitoring
Venue : DLMUPC-PPCC results. at site may be requried
Phnom Penh Administration Division-PPCC  Discussion and comments by as follows ;
Capital Hall Urbanization Division-PPCC participants and related government  Avoid the night-time
Waste Management Division-PPCC offices on the draft IEIA/IEE construction work. If
Date : Chiefs of Local Authorities results. it cannot be avoided,
24,  Discussion on the negative impacts take preventive
November on the proposed the Project. measures like usage
2016 of noise-proof sheet
 Conclusion and closing remarks
in machine for
Numbers of  Questions and Answers : minimizing noise
participants - The installation work for drainage and vibration for the
Male=14 pipes/box-culverts for the Project sake of neighbouring
Female=2 shall be implemented and inhabitants.
Total= 16 completed appropriately.  As soon as complaint
- Based on the detailed work plan at by residents arises,
site, the contractor shall explain abort the
about the location site, work construction work.
schedule, working time, work The contractor shall
method, etc, to local people hold meetings with
appropreately during public the Project owner for
consultations. discussing and
- The contractor shall follow the seeking breakthrough
Cambodian environmental measures.
standards, subdecrees, laws and  Use noise-proof
regulations in implementation of sheet covering for
the work. loud construction
- To surround the work site with equipment (low-
fences/nets or other means for vibration type
prevention of invation of local equipment such as
people, accident prevention should the Silent Piler and
be prepared and the necessary trafic vibrate hammer will
sign and detour should be provided. be used) to reduce
- The contractor is required to follow noise generation as
the Cambodian MOE’s sub-decrees much as possible.
of noise-vibration. For piling work,
- The contractor shall manage apply the method not
appropriately the disposal of using a hammer-type
construction waste and treat surplus pile driver for control
cut soil materials well in of noise and
accordance with an appropriate vibration.
construction plan. Also,  To conduct
constrcution wastes in the final monitoring
disposal area shall be disposed arbitrarily for
properly, as well as the verifying that
management of the final disposal conditions follow
site. Cambodian
- The contrator shall manage and environmental
operate all construction equipment standards. As soon as
properly at the tourist site of Wat the condition
Phnom area. exceeds the standard,
- The contractor shall pay attention abort construction
to treat the existing trees in the area work. The
of the Project. In particular, since constractor shall hold
old and big trees are often related meetings with the
to a religious belief in Cambodia, Project owner for
they shall be preserved as much as discussing and
possible. seeking breakthrough
- The contractor is requested to train measures.
 The excavation and
1-66
Stakehoder
Residents Comments
Date/Place
their subcontractors not to dispose surplus soil materials
any wastes into the Tonle Sap have to be used
River. backfill and disposed
- Due to bad smell at the areas of at a suitable disposal
Chaktokmuk and Tuol Kork area under the
sometimes, a waste water treatment appropriate
plant might be needed. construction plan.
(Responses from DPWT

- At the downstream end of drainage
network of Wat Phnom Northern
Area, the rain/stormwater from the
Area is drained out into the Tonle
Sap River (i) by gravity when the
water level of the River is low and
(ii) by pump when the water level
of the River is high.
- The proposed facilities such as a
pumping station, trash screen and
an underground reservoir shall be
constructed and maintained by
DPWT-PPCC.
- Also, as with Phase II, the PPCC
plans that an interceptor pipe will
be proposed to prevent wastewater
from being directly discharged to
the Tonle Sap River in rainy season.
In the Project, an interceptor pipe is
proposed in Wat Phnom Northern
Area.
Respose to the query
The Project owner is PPCC and the
executing agency of the Project is
DPWT-PPCC.
1st Stakeholder Meeting 2nd Stakeholder Meeting

Photo R 1.4.1 Stakeholder Meeting for Environmental & Social Considerations
1-67
1.4.2 Land Acquisition and Structure Relocation
1.4.2.1 Necessity of Land Acquisition and Structure Relocation
As mentioned in "1.4.1.5 Comparison of Alternative Plans", the number of the Project affected
houses became able to decrease from approximately more than twenty (20) houses to two (2)
houses in the Tuol Kork Area. Since it is found that there are no residents who live in the shelter
shop or do not need to resettle to a resettlement site in the affected house, there is no permanent
resettlement under the Project although one resident is required temporary moving during the
installation of box culvert.
In terms of the land acquisition for the Project, the new drainage pipe/ box culvert laying,
construction work of the new underground reservoir, and the new Pumping Station No. 6 in the
Wat Phnom Northern Area, are all possible within the public land (ROW : Right-of-Way). On the
other hand, in the Tuol Kork Area, although the construction work for the drainage pipes/box
culverts laying is possible within the road public land (ROW), some expropriation of private lands
are needed in two (2) Affected Households (AHs); one is for the laying work for the drainage
box-culverts at a private land between Roads St. 315 and St. 608, and the other one is the
residential house which seems to be definitely affected by the construction works like steel sheet
piling near the new TK Pumping Station (under construction).
As a result, there is no permanent resettlement of affected houses in the Project after the
reconsideration of drainage improvement plan. There are only two (2) private lands to be affected
by the Project in the Tuol Kork Area after the first field survey work (in April & May 2016) was
carried out as summarised in the following table.
Table R 1.4.25 Land Acquisition and Resettlement for the Project
Land Acquisition for Construction Works of the Project
Area of Underground Pumping Station
Drainage Pipe/ Box Culvert Resettlement
the Project Reservoir (P.S.)
Instalation
(V=6,500m3) (Q=1.4m3/s)
Public land P.S.No.6 There is no
Wat Phnom resettlement.
Public land (ROW) (ROW) Public land (ROW)
Northern Area
without structure
Public land (ROW) - - The
+ residence of
AH-1 :Legal private land AH-2 will
Tuol Kork
(lot (63 ㎡) with a removal of 2 tentatively
Area
story- steel framed structure) + relocate
AH-2:Tentative relocation of during
building structure and residents construction
Source: DPWT/PPCC, JICA Survey Team
1-68
1.4.2.2 Legislation and Legal Procedure for Relocation and Land Acquisition
(a) Legislation
Legal framework for relocation and land acquisition are mentioned in the table below.
Table R 1.4.26 Legislation related to Relocation and Land Acquisition
No. Legislation Description
1. NS/RKM/0801/14, 2001, Land Law (August 30, The law provides the distribution and management of
2001) land in Cambodia as well as protect property rights.
2. No. 224 in 1996 Ministry of Economy and No. 224 in 1996 Ministry of Economy and Finance,
Finance, Prakas (Declaration) on Collection of Prakas (Declaration) on Collection of Tax on Unused
Tax on Unused Land (1996) Land (1996)
3. No. 118 in 2005, Anukret (Sub-decree) on State The Sub-decree provides the framework for state land
Land Management (2005) management with 11 chapters and 33 articles in total.
4. Royal Decree NS/RKT/0806/339, 2006, on The Royal Decree determines the principles and
Provisional Guidelines and Principles Regarding transitional provisions involving the transfer of public
the Reclassification of State Public Properties and properties of the state and legal public entities.
of Public Entities (8 August 2006)
5. Anukret (Sub-decree) No. 129/ANK.BK, 2006 on This Sub-decree was signed by the Prime Minister which
Rules and Procedures for Reclassification of State states that any reclassification of state public land must
Public Properties and Public Entities (2006) comply with the Royal Decree (2006).
6. No. NS/RKM/0210/003, Expropriation Law This Law defines the principles, mechanisms,
(February 26, 2010) compensation and procedures for expropriation relating
to construction, rehabilitation and expansion of public
physical infrastructure in Cambodia.
7. Circular (Letter) No. 02 S.R 2007, related to Supplementing the Land Law (2001), this circular
illegal occupation of state land (February 22, provides the policy/ principle for dealing with illegal
2007) occupants in the state land.
8. Circular (Letter) No. 03 SR 2010, Circular on The circular aims to provide solution to illegal
Settlement of illegal construction on state land in constructions in state land.
cities and urban areas
9. Sechkdey Prakas (Declaration) No. 06 BRK 1999 This provides the required measures to be taken by the
on the Measure of Eliminating Anarchical Land government against anarchical land encroachment:
Encroachment
10. Circular (Letter) No. 06 SR 2015 on Procedure to This will ensure the action required by the
Implement Resettlement of Development Projects implementation agencies in: A. Project Feasibility Study
Stage; and B. Resettlement Plan Implementation Stage
and Post Resettlement Plan Implementation Stage
Notes: It is based on English translation supplemented by JICA env. Profile 2013, Faolex, ADB (2014) Integrated Urban
Environmental Management in the Tonle Sap Basin Project – Kampong Chhnang Urban Area Environment Improvements
and UN Human Rights Council (2012) Report of the Special Rapporteur on the situation of human rights in Cambodia,
Surya P. Subedi
Source: “The Study on Drainage and Sewerage Improvement Project in Phnom Penth Metropolitan Area, JICA May 2016”
(b) Legal Procedure

Acquisition of private land for the public interest shall be in accordance with the Land
Expropriation Law (2010). A flow chart of land acquisition is shown in the following
figure. The amount of compensation is determined based on the market price or
replacement cost as of the date of issuance of the declaration on the expropriation
project as provided in Article 22. The market price or the replacement cost is supposed
to be determined by an independent committee or agent appointed by the Expropriation
Committee.
Expropriation Law (2010) defines the principles, mechanisms, compensation and
procedures for expropriation of private properties relating to construction, rehabilitation
and expansion of public physical infrastructure in Cambodia. The Expropriation
Committee shall prepare an “expropriation project proposal” subjected to be reviewed
and approved by Royal Government. The amount of compensation is determined based
1-69
on the market price or replacement cost as of the date of the issuance of the declaration
on the expropriation project provided in the article 22. The market price or the
replacement cost is supposed to be determined by an independent committee or agent
appointed by the Expropriation Committee.
In case of the government project, expropriation process is implemented following the
law. An Expropriation Committee is headed by a representative from the Ministry of
Economy and Finance, and other representatives from concerned ministries/institutions.
An Expropriation Sub-Committee is headed by the provincial/municipal governor and
composed of representatives from relevant specialized provincial departments and
authorities.
Source: Ministry of Economy and Finance (MEF), 2012, Basic Resettlement Procedure
Fig. R 1.4.7 Flowchart of Land Acquisition
(c) Legal Procedure of Resettlement

PPCC is the Executing Agency (EA). If there are resettlement impacts caused by the
Project, the PPCC requests the Inter-Ministerial Resettlement Committee (IRC) of the
MEF (Ministry of Economy and Finance) to deal with the resettlement impacts.
IRC will work closely with the EA and the Municipality Resettlement Sub-Committee
(MRSC) for coordinating with the Inter-Ministerial Resettlement Committee Working
Group (IRC-WG) in dealing and settling with resettlement activities.
DPWT of PPCC, Project Implementation Unit (PIU) as the lead arm of PPCC under the
1-70
guidance of the IRC, will work closely with the General Department of Resettlement
(GDR) of the MEF in the preparation and implementation of the ARAP (Abbreviated
Resettlement Action Plan). The GDR is the secretariat of the IRC and will work closely
with other relevant institutions to deal with all resettlement issues caused by the Project.
Ministry of National Level

Work
Phnom Penh
Economy and Finance Capital City - PPCC
(MEF) Together for
Land (Executive Agency)
Acquisition
and
Approve Budget Certify Budget Resettlement
Disbursement Request DPWT of PP such as:
- Project Management Unit
Dispatch - Project Implementation Unit
General Department of Resettlement Staff
(GDR) Technical Officers
[Supervision & Budgetary Arrangement]
Secretarial Function
Supervise Report Progress

and Issues
Inter-ministerial ResettlementCommittee
(IRC)
[Management & Decision Making] JICA Cambodia Office
Report Progress Inform Progress of

Supervise
and Issues Land Acquisition and
Resettlement
IRC Working Group (IRC-WG)
[Field Survey & Negotiation]
Prepare
for Budget
Disbursement Cooperate with each
other for Field Work
Support Field Work
Municipality Level
Report Progress
Municipality Resettlement and Issues
Sub-Committee (MRSC) NRSC-Working Group (MRSC-WG)
Request for [Support IRC-WG & [Support of Field Survey & Negotiation]
Budget Management of Payment]
Disbursement
Source：JICA Survey Team, the ARAP report on the Project, 2016.

Fig. R 1.4.8 Inter-Ministerial Resettlement Committee (IRC) and
Relevant Organizations
1.4.2.3 Scale of Land Acquisition and Resettlement
(a) Project Affected Lands and Houses/Structures

In the Project area, there are only 2 affected private households (AHs) in Tuol Kork Area
while there is no AH in Wat Phnom Northern Area, as shown in Photo R 1.4.2 and
Table R 1.4.27 to Table R 1.4.33. Out of 2 AHs, one AH is a parking shelter and there is
no resident in the shelter. A private land and shelter structures are acquired for the
Project without resettlement.
Another AH is a residential building next to the public land lot led to the under
construction pumping station (TK-1 P. S.). The Project is affected the resident during the
installation of box culvert. Hence, the resident will temporarily move to the safe place as
close as possible during the construction. Then after the construction, the resident will
relocate to the new house at the same place as before the construction.
1-71
Affected House to be
relocated during
Affected land and construction period
structures to be and be rebuilt after
acquired by the works.
Project.
Box-culvert
St.608
St.315 alignment to be
Box-culvert alignment
installed.
to be installed.
St.608
Affected House to be relocated

during construction period and
be rebuilt after works.
St.608
Box- Box-
Culvert Culvert
alignme alignme
nt nt
Project affected building & lot (shop) to be Project affected building to be relocated during
acquired by the Project between St. 315 and St.608 box/culvert installation and rebuilt after completion
of the works. (between the shop along St.608 and
the pumping station TK-1)
Photo R 1.4.2 Project Affected Lands and Structures
Affected Building
(There is no resident to
be resettled.)
Affected House to
be relocated during
construction
Fig. R 1.4.9 Location of Land Acquisition
1-72
Affected House to
be relocated during
construction.
Fig. R 1.4.10 Typical Cross Section of House for Land Acquisition (A-A)
(b) Inventory of Losses Survey and Socio-economic Survey
There are two (2) affected households (AHs) for the Project based on the Inventory of
Losses Survey and Socio-economic Survey on the AHs.
Table R 1.4.27 Survey Result for Residential Land Acquisition and Structure Compensation
Resettlement/
No. Khan Sangkat Village Land Structure Remarks
Relocation
AH-1 Khan Boeung Village Private Steel frames, There is no Owner of
Tuol Kak II 8 residential etc. resident in this land and
Kork area to be building structure to
acquired: structure and no be acquired
63m2 resettlement is is under
required. negotiation.
AH-2 Khan Boeung Village Private Residential Temporary Land
Tuol Kak II 8 residential house to be relocation of the owner
Kork area to be relocated affected house agreed to
relocated during the buildings and sell his
during the Project works residents during land.
project and be rebuilt the works.
work: after
105m2. completion of
the works.
Notes：Based on the socio-economic survey of the AHs, lands and structures in 2016.
Under the Project there is no resettlement of affected persons.
Source：JICA Survey Team, DPWT/PPCC, the ARAP report on the Project, 2016.
(c) Inventory of Assets Survey and Socio-Economic Survey

The Inventory of Losses (IOL) survey and a socio-economic survey of the affected
households (AHs) in the Project were conducted. The investigated topics of the survey
were basic demography, literacy and education, employment, possession of durable
goods, household expenditure and income. There are only 2 affected private households
(AHs) for the Project. One house is vacant (AH-1), and seven persons lives in another
house (AH-2).
1-73
Table R 1.4.28 Population of Affected Household Size
Affected Population (person)
Household Male Female Note
Both
(AH) No. % No. %
Information of the owner,
AH-1 4 1 25.0 3 75.0
currently nobody in the house
Affected House to be relocated
AH-2 7 5 71.4 2 28.6
during construction.
Total 11 6 54.5 5 45.5
Table R 1.4.29 Literacy of Affected Household

Affected Household Literacy
(AH) Male (%) Female (%)
AH-1 100.0 100.0
AH-2 100.0 100.0
Total 100.0 100.0
Table R 1.4.30 Main Income Source of Affected Household

AH-1 AH-2
Total
Item (4 members) (7 members)
Person % Person % Person %
Wages/Salary 4 36.4 1 25.0 3 42.9
Business/Trade 3 27.3 0 0.0 3 42.9
House/Land renting 2 18.2 1 25.0 1 14.3
Total 9 81.8 2 50.0 7 100.0
Table R 1.4.31 Average Annual and Monthly Income of Affected Household

Annual Income (USD)
Items
AH-1 AH-2 Total %
Wages/Salary 3,000.00 26,400.00 29,400.00 70.00
Business/Trade 0.00 3,600.00 3,600.00 8.60
House/Land renting 6,000.00 3,000.00 9,000.00 21.40
Total 9,000.00 33,000.00 42,000.00 100.00
21,000.00 (Annual)
Average household income (USD)
1,750.00 (Monthly)
Table R 1.4.32 Average Annual and Monthly Expenditure of Affected Household

Annual Expense (USD)
Items
AH-1 AH-2 Total Percent (%)
Food (rice, water, fish, meat, vegetable, and spices) 5,400.00 3,600.00 9,000.00 30.24
Transportation 1,200.00 2,400.00 3,600.00 12.10
Education (material, tutoring, and meals at school) 120.00 300.00 420.00 1.41
Health (drug, treatment fee). 120.00 1,500.00 1,620.00 5.44
Social function NA 300.00 300.00 1.01
Loan repayment 0.00 14,400.00 14,400.00 48.39
Tax 210.00 210.00 420.00 1.41
Other (specify) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Total 7,050.00 22,710.00 29,760.00 100.00
Annual expense per AH USD 14,880.00
Monthly expense per AH USD 1,240.00
In everywhere in Cambodia, bicycles are more common use as a transport vehicle,

especially in rural areas, and motorcycles are more convenient and common use in
urban areas. Mobile phone is also convenient and common household appliance in
Cambodia.
The assets survey result is as shown in the following table. Some AHs have car,
motorcycles, bicycle, telephones, air-conditioners, refrigerators, washing machine
and televisions. The household assets are estimated at USD 22,275.
1-74
Table R 1.4.33 Affected Household’s Assets and its Cost
Item AH-1 AH-2 Total Amount (USD)
Car 1 2 3 40,000.00
Motorbike 0 2 2 1,000.00
Bicycle 0 1 1 50.00
Telephone 2 6 8 1,500.00
Air-conditioner 1 3 4 700.00
Refrigerator 1 1 2 300.00
Television 1 4 5 900.00
Washing machine 0 1 1 100.00
Total 44,550.00
Average per AH 22,275.00
All AHs (land/house owners) consented to implementation of the Project. One AH

prefers to temporarily relocate (to rent a house during construction) somewhere near the
existing house/place during the construction period.
(d) Impact on Vulnerable Household

According to the IOL survey, there is only one affected household head (AH). The
national poverty line in 2009 is less than US$48 per capita per month.
1.4.2.4 Compensation
(a) Loss Compensation

(i) Contents of Loss Compensation
There are contents of loss compensation for the AHs such as lands used for reseidence
or commerce including dwelling units ; stalls, shops, miscellaneous structures such as
fences, tolilet, etc., and allowances and assistances such as transport fees for
temporary relocation/settlement, imcome loss, house rental fees during construction
period, etc.
(ii) Project Cut-Off Date
During the stakeholder meeting for the Project date 24th June 2016, it was informed by
the DPWT/PPCC that the Cut-off date was on 24th June 2016 and an inventory of
losses (IOL) was conducted after the Cut-off date.
(b) Livelihood Plan

There are no affected househoulds (AHs) to be resettled to a resettlement site under the
Project. Only one AH is supposed to relocate during the construction period with
compensation allowances and assistances given by the Grievance Redress Committee
(GRC) (refer to Table R 1.4.34 Entitlement Matrix). Furthermore, the AH is to stay a
temporary house located near the curent house and is to continue the same job and
business as of today.
(c) Resettlement Site

There is no Affected People (APs) to be resettled to a resettlement site for the Project,
eventhough the APs will be given allowances and assistances by the GOC. (Refer to
Table R 1.4.34).
1-75
(d) Entitlement Matrix
The Project entitlement matrix was developed and presented below.
Table R 1.4.34 Entitlement Matrix
Item Responsible
Type of Loss Eligible Persons Entitlement Implementation Issues
No. Organization
A. Impact on Land
Inside ROW (Public State Land)
1. Partial impact on AHs with main - AHs should be removed - AHs to be notified at least 90 days MEF
residential and / or house and/or small entirely from ROW and in advance before the start of civil PPCC
commercial land, shop no cash compensation is works in the actual date that the land
in which the (independent/ available for affected will be acquired by the Project.
remaining land is family-owned land in ROW. - IRC will ensure the payment of all
STILL VIABLE business) - No new permanent compensation and allowances for
for continued use. structures (i.e. structures which AHs are entitled to at least 30
on a foundation or days prior to the scheduled start of
wooden house larger than civil works.
the affected one) are - Remaining ROW is still public
permitted to be state land.
constructed in the ROW.
Outside ROW (Private Land)
2.
I. Loss of Land All Affected AHs have two options: - AHs to be notified at least 90 days MEF
(all kinds); Either Households (AHs) -Land replacement (land in advance before the start of civil PPCC
Partial or Entire with recognized to land): Land replacement works in the actual date that the land
Land is Lost proof of will be provided with will be acquired by the project.
ownership whose similar land quality and - IRC will ensure payment of all
land will be productivity potential. compensation and allowances for
acquired (for the which AHs are entitled to at least 30
- Cash compensation at
project days prior to the scheduled start of
replacement cost.
construction). civil works.
- IRC will support the AHs to
separate or transform the affected
land title certificate. Cost of the
procedure will be borne by the
GOC.
B. Loss of Structures
1. I. Loss of Houses All the AHs - Cash compensation at - AHs to be notified at least 90 days MEF
or Shop/Store; confirmed to be replacement cost without in advance before the start of civil PPCC
Either Partial residing in, doing deduction for works in the actual date that the land
or Entire business or having depreciation or will be acquired by the project.
Structure is right over salvageable materials - AHs to get cash compensation at
Lost resources within (i.e. present cost of least 30 days ahead of civil works to
the project construction materials in have the AHs sufficient time to
affected area the locality plus cost of reorganize the house and/or shop,
during the conduct labor). avoiding any disruption in their
of IOL and census - AHs are also entitled to livelihood.
of AH (on Cut have transport (moving) - If the structure is found no longer
-off Date) allowance (cf. Item C). viable for living, compensation can
be paid for the entire structure and
the AH will also be entitled to other
allowances.
Renters Renters are entitled to get - AHs to be notified at least 90 days
allowances as below: in advance before the start of civil
- Transportation (moving) works in the actual date that the land
allowance: USD200 will be acquired by the project.
- Disruption allowance: A - IRC will ensure a payment of all
lump sum cash assistance allowances for which AHs are
of USD300 (if it is a entitled to at least 30 days prior to
renting for business the scheduled start of civil works.
purpose as provided in - AHs should know that a rent house
C.IV Temporary loss of and/or shop are entitled to a
business income during one-time transport allowance only.
relocation). - The renter is also entitled for the
- Local authority will help disruption allowance.
the renter in finding
alternate rental
accommodation (if
requested by the AH).
2. II. Other All the AHs - Cash compensation at - AHs to be notified at least 90 days MEF
Structures (porch, confirmed to be replacement cost without in advance before the start of civil PPCC
1-76
Item Responsible
Type of Loss Eligible Persons Entitlement Implementation Issues
No. Organization
extended eaves, residing in, doing deduction for works in the actual date that the land
spirit house, business or having depreciation or will be acquired by the project.
fence, etc.) right over salvageable materials. - IRC will ensure a payment of all
resources within allowances for which AHs are
the project entitled to at least 30 days prior to
affected area the scheduled start of civil works.
during the conduct
of IOL and census
of AH (Cut- off
Date)
C. Allowances and Assistances
1. I. Transport AHs that relocate - Houses relocating in the - Owners of the living houses are MEF
(moving) their living house other village outside the entitled to one time transport PPCC
Allowance ROW: USD 500 allowance only.
- Remaining ROW is still public
state land.
Affected Shop - Shop – USD 250
2. II. Vulnerable Vulnerable AHs - One time cash assistance - As indicated above, relocating MEF
AHs Allowance equivalent to USD150 landless AHs are entitled to replace PPCC
per Vulnerable AHs. a land with title at no cost.
3. III. Disruption Relocating shop - Three months of the shop - Allowance shall be paid at the same MEF
Allowance renting fee at one time time with compensation. PPCC
cash assistance
equivalent to USD 1,500.
Relocating AH for - Three months for the
renting renting house fee at one
time cash assistance
equivalent to USD 750.
4. IV. Temporary Owners of shop Lump sum cash MEF
loss of business who relocate their assistance of USD300. PPCC
income during shop
relocation
5. V. Temporary Owner of Living - Living House rental fee - IRC will ensure payment of the MEF
Settlement House (AH-2) is 800 USD/month. allowances for which AHs are PPCC
Allowance who will Owners of living houses entitled to at least 60 days prior to
temporarily (AH-2) are entitled for the scheduled start of civil works.
relocate by the rental allowance up to 12
project months (tentatively) until
construction work. completion of the house
restoration.
D. Temporary Impacts caused by the Contractor’s Own Convenience or Fault
1. I. Affected assets Owners of assets - Compensation for lost - PPCC and DPWT-PPCC shall PPCC
during assets in cash at supervise the Contractor’s act DPWT/PPCC
construction replacement cost, or during construction. Contractor
- Compensation as leasing - Contractor shall be required by the
fee based on replacement contract to pay these costs.
cost, and temporarily - Construction shall be carried out so
affected land will be as to minimize damage.
returned to original - Construction work shall be carried
owner/occupant. out within ROW.
2. II. Damage on Owners - Repair of damage or - As part of the civil works stipulated PPCC
private or payment for repair of in the contract, all access roads/ DPWT/PPCC
community damage at replacement driveways to properties affected by Contractor
infrastructure cost. the construction work shall be
including walls, rehabilitated with the same or better
drains and condition.
channels, etc. - Disruption period shall be
minimized as much as possible.
- Affected land shall be repaired to its
original condition after completion
of the construction work.
Source: JICA Survey Team、the entitlements adopted in the above table were guided by the applicable national laws and regulations of
Cambodia, JICA guidelines.
1-77
Based on the entitlement matrix, affected assets and allowances/assistances for the AHs
for the Project are summarized below.
Table R 1.4.35 Affected Assets and Allowances / Assistances for AHs for the Project
Allowance (US$)
Popul Affected Price Total
No. Affected Assets Transp Vulnera Busine Temporary Sub-
ation Area (US$) Disrupt (US$)
ort ble ss Loss Relocation Total
AH 4 Shop/Building 192.0m2 22,154 250 - 1,500 - - 1,750 23,904
-1 (semi-concrete
with 2 stories)
Commercial 63.0m2 163,800 - - - - - - 163,800
Land (US$2,600/m2)
AH 7 House 87.1m2 19,198 250 150 750 - - 1,150 20,348
-2 (semi-concrete
with 3 stories)
House (concrete 69.3m2 32,086 250 - - 300 9,600 10,150 42,236
with 2 stories)
Total 237,238 750 150 2,250 300 9,600 13,050 250,288
Notes: The total amounts above do not include the costs of administration, external monitoring and contingency.
1.4.2.5 Grievance Mechanism
In connection with the implementation of the ARAP, the grievances of the AHs will be handled
through negotiation with the aim of achieving consensus. Complaints will go through the following
three (3) stages before they may be elevated to a court of law as a last resort. The PPCC and the
IRC will shoulder all administrative and legal fees that will be incurred in the resolution of
grievances and complaints.
(1) First Stage, Sangkat Level

An aggrieved AH may bring his/her complaint to the Sangkat leader. The Sangkat leader
will call for a meeting of the group to decide the course of action to resolve the complaint
within 15 days, following the lodging of complaint by the aggrieved AH. The meeting of
the group consists of the Sangkat leader, representative/s from MRSC-WG of the Khan
offices, and the aggrieved AH. The Sangkat leader is responsible for documenting and
keeping file of all complaints that are coursed through him/her. If after 15 days the
aggrieved AH does not hear from Village or Sangkat, or if the AH is not satisfied with
the decision taken by in the first stage, the complaint may be brought to the Khan
Office either in writing or verbally.
(2) Second Stage, Khan Office
The Khan office may have a decision to resolve the complaint to the satisfaction of all
concerned within 15 days. If the complaints cannot be solved in this stage, the Khan
office will bring the case to the Municipality Grievance Redress Committee (MGRC).
(3) Third Stage, Municipality Grievance Redress Committee, MGRC
The Municipality Grievance Redress Committee (MGRC), which consists of
Municipality Governor or Deputy Governor as a committee chairman and Directors of
relevant Departments as members will be established in Phnom Penh municipality prior
to Detailed Measurement Survey (DMS), meets with the aggrieved party and tries to
resolve the complaint. The Committee may ask for a review of the DMS by the EMA
(External Monitoring Agency). Within 30 days of the submission of the grievance the
Committee must make a written decision and provide the written decision to the
1-78
complainant and submit a copy of the same to PPCC and IRC
(4) Final Stage, the Court Procedures

If the aggrieved AH is not satisfied with the solution made by the Municipality
Grievance Redress Committee based on the agreed policy in the ARAP, the committee
shall file administrative procedures against the AHs with the participation of
municipality prosecutors. The case will be brought to the Municipality Court and the
same will be litigated under the rules of the court. At the same time, the AH can bring
the case to the Municipality court. During the litigation of the case, the GOC will
request to the court that the project proceed without disruption while the case is being
heard. If any party is unsatisfied with the ruling of the municipality court, that party can
bring the case to a higher court. The GOC shall implement the decision of the court.
1.4.2.6 Implementation of Tentative Relocation of Affected Household during Construction
Work
As for the tentative relocation of the AHs during the construction period for the Project, the GOC,
especially the Ministry of Economy and Finance (MEF) has made effort for the establishment of
legal basis for resettlement action in Cambodia, such as the Expropriation Law. As shown in Fig. R
1.4.8, the PPCC together with the DPWT-PPCC which is the line/ executing agency (EA) for
the Project, if there is a tentative resettlement impact caused by the Project, requests the
Inter-Ministerial Resettlement Committee (IRC) of the MEF to deal with the resettlement
impacts. The IRC will work closely with the EA and the Municipality Resettlement
Sub-Committee (MRSC) for coordinating with the Inter-ministerial Resettlement Committee
Working Group (IRC-WG) in dealing and settling with resettlement activities. The DPWT of
PPCC, Project Implementation Unit (PIU) as the lead arm of the PPCC under the guidance of the
IRC, will work closely with the General Department of Resettlement (GDR) of the MEF in the
preparation and implementation of the ARAP. The GDR is the secretariat of the IRC and will
work closely with other relevant institutions to deal with all resettlement issues caused by the
Project. The GDR changed its name from the Record of Discussion in May 2016 and has about
30 officials. The GDR is a commandery of the MEF in mission in order to solve on
socio-economic impacts by the development projects and consists of 5 departments, namely,
1)Department of General Affairs (DGA), 2)Department of Internal Control and Data
Management (DICDM), 3)Department of Resettlement 1 (DR 1), 4)Department of Resettlement
2 (DR 2), 5)Department of Resettlement 3 (DR 3), as shown in Fig. R 1.4.11. The DGA is for
staff management, admission, finance, law and planning through information technology, the
DICDM is for internal control, data management through information technology, receiving and
observation on complains and public relationship, and the DR 1/the DR 2/the DR 3 are for
resettlement impacts resolving such as land, structure and other assets and entitlement of AH
which are affected by development projects.
On the other hand, the Environmental and Social Considerations (hereunder referred to as “ESC”)
including tentative resettlement/relocation of the AHs is the foundation for the proper and effective
implementation of the Project. The ESC for the Project, namely IEIA/IEE, was studied through the
PPCC and DPWT-PPCC and the final IEIA/IEE report will be assessed and approved by the
Department of Environmental Impact Assessment of the MOE within this year. The MOE is
empowered by law to protect and enhance the nation’s environmental resources and implement
sub-decrees related to the environmental impact assessment (EIA), air and water pollution control,
and solid waste management that aim to mitigate in environmentally damaging activities. The
1-79
MOE develops then legislated rules related to the environment, involving implementation of
environmental policies, promotion of environmental assessments, protection of public water areas
and natural resources, and execution of water quality testing at public water areas. As of May,
2016, the MOE has official staff of over 600. Its organization structure is shown in Fig. R 1.4.11.
The draft environment management plan and monitoring plan for the Project was prepared for the
implementation of the construction work as shown in the aforementioned Table R 1.4.23. The draft
plan will be managed and monitored by the DPWT-PPCC and the related government agencies. As
for air and noise quality management and monitoring in the Project area, it is noted that the
DPWT-PPCC should be cooperated with the MOE together during the construction period for the
Project.
Minister
Cabinet of Minister Advisors
General Inspection Secretaries of State
Under Secretaries of
Dept. of Internal Audit
State
General Directorate of General Directorate of General Directorate of

General Directorate of
Environment Knowledge and Administration for Nature Administration & Financial Checking Unit
Information Environment Protection Conservation & Protection Finance
Dept. of Administration Dept. of Administration Dept. of Administration

Dept. of Administration
Planning and Finance Planning and Finance Planning & Finance
Dept. of Geospatial Dept. of Air Quality & Dept. of Terrestrial Protected Dept. of Human
Information Service Noise Management Areas Conservation Resources
Dept. of Environment Dept. of Water Quality Dept. of Freshwater Dept. of Planning &
Education Management Wetlands Conservation Budgeting
Dept. of Rewards & Dept. of Solid Waste Dept. of Marine & Coastal Dept. of State Properly
Incentive Management Zone Conservation Management
Dept. of Hazardous Dept. of Finance and

Dept. of Heritage Parks
Substances Management Accounting
Dept. Environmental Dept. of Community

Impact Assessment Protected Areas
Dept. of Inspector and Dept. of Protected Areas

Law Enforcement Development
Dept. of Inspector and

Laboratory
Law Enforcement
Phnom Penh Capital

Dept. of Environment
Source：MOE
Fig. R 1.4.11 Organization Chart of MOE
1-80
1-81
Source：GDR-MEF
Fig. R 1.4.12 Organization Chart of GDR-MEF

1.4.2.7 Implementation Schedule
Implementation schedule of the Project including the sub-contracting works for IEIA (IEE) and
ARAP including the structure relocation /land acquisition will be shown below.
Calendar Year
Item Activity 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 I II III IV I II III IV I II III IV I II III IV
1 Preparatory Survey for Outline Design (Phase IV)
MOE
1.1 Process of "Approval" from the MOE
(Environmental compliance certificate) Submittal of IEIA (IEE) Report
"Approval" given by MOE
PPCC,
DPWT-PPCC
1.2 Environmental and Social Considerations Submittal of IEIA (IEE) Report
(1) Initial Environmental Examination (IEE /IEIA) Report
(2) Stakeholder Meetings/Public Consultations 1st SHM 2nd SHM
1.3 Sub-contractings
(1) Initial Environmental Impact Assessment (IEIA) Survey
1) Survey Works DFR
2) Submittal of Report FR
(2) Abbreviated Relocation Action Plan (ARAP) Survey

1) Survey works DFR
2) Submittal of Report FR
2 Implementation Schedule of the Project (Phase IV) E/N

2.1 Approval by the Japanese Cabinet Council (E/N) G/A
2.2 Grant's Agreement (G/A) with JICA
2.3 Contract for Consultant
2.4 Detailed Design (D/D) including Preparation of Tender Documents
2.5 Tendering & Contract for Contractor
2.6 Construction Works ( 3 years)
2.7 Environmental & Social Monitoring
Notes：MOE : Ministry of Environment, DPWT/PPCC : Department of Public Works and Transport, Phenom Penh Capital City,
IEE : Initial Environmental Examination, IEIA : Initial Environmental Impact Assessment
Fig. R 1.4.13 Implementation Schedule for Environmental and Social Considerations for
the Project
During detailed design stage, DMS and RCS (Replacement Cost Survey) will be conducted under
the management of IRC-WG. DMS will be implemented by IRC-WG in close cooperation with
MRSC-WG and relevant local authorities. RCS will be updated by an independent agency hired by
IRC. Based on the result of DMS and RCS, IRC will calculate compensation amount and request
budget disbursement to the GOC.
During DMS, consultation meeting will be held and project information booklet will be distributed
to all AHs by IRC-WG assisted by
MRSC-WG. Grievance redress Table R 1.4.36 Tentative Schedule of Relocation
procedures and its structure will be Activities
established prior to DMS. Activities Schedule
Compensations are paid at least 30days Submission of Draft ARAP to PPCC/JICA Sep. 2016
before start of construction. External Review of ARAP by IRC Nov. – Dec. 2016
Submit letter for setting IRC WG Jan. 2017
monitor will be conducted during all of Setting up IRC WG Jan. 2017
stages of implementation of the ARAP. DMS process Feb. 2017
Land acquisition and relocation of the Updating ARAP Feb. – Mar. 2017
Submit updating ARAP to JICA Apr. 2017
AHs will not commence until the Contract making process May. 2017
updated ARAP are reviewed and Compensation process Jun. 2017
Internal Monitoring
approved by both IRC and JICA. (Submission of Quarterly Progress Reports)
Jan. – Dec. 2017
External Monitoring Jan. – Jun. 2017
Various inter-related activities, which
Post-evaluation Nov. 2017
relates to updating and implementation Start of Civil Works* Dec. 2017
of the ARAP, are summarized in Table Note：*There is no resettlement impact in the Project.
R 1.4.36.
1-82
1.4.2.8 Budget and Financial Source
The cost for land acquisition and resettlement will be covered by the government counterpart funds
managed by MEF. Funds for the implementation of the ARAP are part of the Project cost. The land
acquisition and resettlement cost was estimated based on the results of the IOL and the RCS
conducted during the Project Survey in June 2016.
(a) Procedures for Flow of Funds

IRC will request the land acquisition and resettlement budget from MEF and the
compensation amount will be transferred to PPCC for releasing compensation and
allowances to AHs who will be notified through the village chiefs with regards to the
schedule of payment of compensation and other entitlements. Payment of
compensation and other entitlements will be in cash and will be distributed in public
place (commune centre, school, pagoda etc.).
(b) Updating of the Compensation Rates

An RCS were conducted by a local consultant during the Project Preparatory Survey
as a basic unit rate to estimate the cost for resettlement. Since compensation to AHs
will be commenced in 2017 (tentative schedule), the conducted RCS will be updated
to reflect the current market price of the affected property. The RCS updating will be
conducted in parallel with the DMS.
(c) Estimated Costs for Resettlement

Based on the RCS and the IOL conducted during the Preparatory Survey for the
Project, the estimated costs for resettlement is about USD 300,000 which includes
the cash compensation, assistance for administration cost, external monitoring cost
and contingency as shown below. The resettlement estimated cost will be updated
during the resettlement implementation based on the DMS and the updated RCS.
Table R 1.4.37 Summary of Resettlement Costs
Unit Cost Amount
No. Items Unit Quantity
(US$/Unit) (US$)
A Land 163,800.00
1 Commercial land m2 63.00 2,600.00 163,800.00
B House/Building Structures 73,438.00
2 Shop (semi-concrete with 2 floors) LS 1.00 - 22,154.00
3 House for renting (semi-concrete with 3 floors) LS 1.00 - 19,198.00
4 House for living (concrete with 2 floors) LS 1.00 - 32,086.00
C Allowances 13,050.00
5 Transport allowance LS 1.00 750.00 750.00
6 Disruption allowance LS 1.00 2,250.00 2,250.00
7 Special allowance/vulnerable AH 1.00 150.00 150.00
8 Temporary loss of business income during relocation AH 1.00 300.00 300.00
9 House rental fee month 12.00 800.00 9,600.00
Subtotal 250,288.00
10 Administrative cost (5%) LS - - 12,514.40
11 External monitoring LS - - 12,000.00
12 Contingency (10%) LS - - 25,028.80
Total 299,831.20
Notes : JICA Survey Team
1-83
1.4.2.9 Monitoring Framework of Implementation Organization and Monitoring Form
As the acting agency for the Project, the DPWT/PPCC will act on the environmental monitoring
program on some environmental impact items caused by the pre-construction stage, construction
stage and in-use stage. The monitoring cost will be born from the Project owner (DPWT/PPCC)
and included in the Project implementation cost.
1.4.2.10 Stakeholder Meeting
Stakeholders of the Project include municipality, Khan/District, Sangkat/commune and village

officials, local people around the Project area, and managers and staff of DPWT of PPCC.
(a) Participatory Activities in Resettlement Plan

The table below summarizes the participatory activities in the ARAP preparation
with the responsibilities of the related agencies.
Table R 1.4.38 Participatory Activities in ARAP Preparation
Project Process Participatory Activities and
Outputs Responsible Institution
Stage Participants
Briefing of the DPWT of PPCC to The local population including PPCC/DPWT and
Khan, Sangkat and village officials, AHs and their representatives, Consultant (JICA
local people around the Project local government officials, and Survey Team)
area, about the Project technical managers and technical staff of
assistance, the resettlement impact, DPWT participated in the meeting
and activities of the consultant (first and were consulted on the
commune stakeholder meeting). objectives, planning and impact of
the project and of resettlement.
Conduct of IOL, census of AHs, An IOL, census of AHs and RCS Consultants (JICA
social impact assessment, and were conducted and the results Survey Team), assisted
Preparatory replacement valuation. were included in the ARAP. by local authorities and
Survey Work DPWT.
Discussion/consultation with IRC was consulted about social Consultant (JICA
IRC-GDR and PMU (Project impact and resettlement policy Survey Team)
Management Unit)-MPWT
(Ministry of Public Works and
Transport) about the proposed
project resettlement policy
Drafting of the ARAP and Project Drafts of ARAP and PIB would be Consultant (JICA
Information Booklet (PIB) and provided to and reviewed by Survey Team)
submission to PMU-PPCC, PPCC, DPWT, IRC-GDR and
PIU-DPWT, IRC-GDR and JICA JICA.)
for review.
(b) ARAP Preparation SHM

During the ARAP preparation stage, the following public consultations were held at
different stages.
Table R 1.4.39 Public Meetings Held for the Project
No. Municipality Khan/Sangkat Venue Date Participants
1 Public
st
Public Consultation Meeting before cut-off date (1st Sangkat SHM)
consultation
Khan Tuol Kork Male=13
Sangkat Boeung 24 June 2016
Phnom Penh Female=12
- Sangkat Boeung Kak 2 Kak 2 center at 8:30 am
Total=25
2nd Public Public Consultation Meeting after cut-off date (2nd Sangkat SHM)
consultation 27 September
Khan Tuol Kork Male=20
Sangkat Boeung 2016
Phnom Penh Female=11
- Sangkat Boeung Kak 2 Kak 2 center (Scheduled)
Total=31
at 8:30 am
1-84
1st Public Consultation
After an introduction of the local authorities, the representative of DPWT/PIU
mentioned the background of the Project and its impacts, both positive and negative.
During the meetings, all participants were reinformed and explained about the cut-off
date is 24th June 2016、and there was also an open floor for discussion among the
participants. The discussion results of the three sub-meetings are summarized below.
(1st Sangkat SHM)
Questions Responses
1. About the project implementation
Question-Participant (male): Up to which year, Answer-DPWT: The drainage facilities might be capable up to 2035.
will the project be capable to against the
population growth and city development?
Question-Participant (male): When will the Answer-DPWT: The survey will start on 25th June 2016. The cut-off
IOL conduct? date is 24th June 2016. It means any structure constructed after the date,
it will not entitle to receive compensation.
2. About the ROW
Question-Participant (female): At the entrance Answer-DPWT: By the plan, it will be temporary affected on left hand
to pumping station (street 608), the project will side of house to flow direction. The flat need to be relocated and can
be affected on both sides of the existing houses? reconstruct after the project finishes. The project will compensate for the
affected properties with replacement cost which the owner can reinstate
it.
3. About the compensation and other assistance

Question-Participant (male): How will the Answer-DPWT: The compensation will be paid by the GOC/IRC
project solve for the affected properties? (Inter-ministerial Resettlement Committee), represented by Ministry of
Economy and Finance (General Department Resettlement) based on
market price which will be studied by Independent Agency, who is
widely experience for asset evaluation and resettlement issues. JICA
will provide a Grant for construction work only. Even though, the
compensation has to follow the project compensation policy which has
been agreed by the GOC and JICA.
4. About the Grievance Redress

Question-Participant (male): In case that there Answer-DPWT: A Grievance Redress Committee (GRC) will be set up
is a problem for resettlement implementation, during the project implementation. The GRC will be divided into three
who can help us? levels: i) Grievance Committee at Sangkat Level, ii) Grievance
Committee at Khan Level and iii) Grievance Committee at Municipality
Level. (The final level is at the court.)
First Sangkat SHM - Cut-Off-Date announcement (24th June 2016)

Photo R 1.4.3 1st Stakeholder Meeting
1-85
2nd Public Consultation
2nd public consultation meeting led by the chairman of the representative of PIU/DPWT
was performed about the meeting purposes, introduction of the participation local
government agencies, explanation of affects by the Project, influence of the plus and
minus by the Project. Then, the meeting was proceeded to discussions for all the
participants on the significance of the cut-off date (June 24, 2016), conduct of the
inventory of loss (IOL) survey, two affected houses/buildings (AHs), and explanation of
compensation costs, dealing with grievances redness system. Main items discussed in
the meeting were summarized below.
(2nd Sangkat SHM)
Questions Responses
1. About the Project Implementation
Question-Participant (male): Answer-DPWT of PPCC: The construction of the Project is to be carried
A contractor was requested to complete the out based on the international standards. Particularly, the JICA grant project
following matters after the construction is conducted by a Japanese international contractor and the construction
work of the Project was over; i) to reinstate work is basically supervised by the international civil engineers and a
the present conditions of the roadside and Japanese expert for the Japanese engineering consultant. They are Japanese
the house entrance, ii) to reduce the resident experts in the Project site. In addition, when a problem about water
influence on inhabitants during the service and the electric supply occurs, as the Project executing agency,
construction. It is noted that people request DPWT/PPCC calls the contractor, PPWSA and EDC to care their
to continue the supply service of PPWSA immediate repair services. Good cooperation with the inhabitants is
and EDC as long as possible. necessary and welcome for the implementation of the Project.
Question- Sangkat chief, Boeung Kak 2 Answer- Deputy Governor, Khan Tuol Kork:
(man): Because there were some problems It is noted that all the related residential people and agencies will trust in
in the case of the construction work for the the JICA grant Project which the construction works and its resettlement
last phase, I wanted to confirm some points, are carried out based on the international standards in the enforcement of
say, reinstatement of the roadside and the construction works, policies and guidelines of engineering issues,
house entrance, damage of the water pipe, environmental and social considerations.
and cutting of the electric wire. The
contractor of the Project should take a more
careful consideration on them.
2. About the Compensation
Question-Participant (female): How much Answer-DPWT of PPCC:
is the compensation price of the affected Because the amount of compensation is estimated based on market price,
land per square meter? the final compensation amount is determined in the Project implementation
stage. As the Project implementation of the Project will be carried out in
2017, the price of the affected land is calculated with market price of 2017.
A current price of 2016 is therefore not market price of the compensation.
The compensation unit price of property, assets to be affected are calculated
by an independent agency that has a lot of knowledges and experiences
about property valuation.
JICA provides the project for a grant gratuitous fund construction work,
and the compensation costs are paid by the GOC represented in IRC/MEF.
The compensation for the affected assets and properties are performed in
conformity with the Project compensation policy agreed between the GOC
and JICA.
1-86
Second Sangkat SHM - (27th September 2016)
Photo R 1.4.4 2nd Stakeholder Meeting
1.4.3 Others
1.4.3.1 Environmental and Social Monitoring Plan
(1) Monitoring Plan

As shown in Subsection 1.4.1.6 ‘(c) Adverse Environmental and Social Impacts’, the
Project may have some negative impacts during construction stage. Mitigation measures
shall be carried out and monitored. Environmental monitoring is planned as below.
Table R 1.4.42 Environmental and Social Monitoring Plan during Construction Stage
Responsible
Category Contents Reporting
Organization
Continuous Self-monitoring of environmental impacts of Contractor The activity reported to the
Monitoring construction works. Undertaken on an ongoing Consultant and DPWT/PPCC
basis throughout construction period with regular every month. The contractor will
monitoring frequencies. prepare a self-monitoring form.
Periodical Monitoring by implementation authority shall be DPWT/PPCC Monitoring shall be carried out
Monitoring carried out periodically. (to be sublet) once in three month.
(2) Monitoring Form (Draft)

MOE will monitor the key impacts caused by the Project periodically. They may conduct
or sublet the work because of lack of manpower or experiences with them though MOE
has available equipment. Monitoring results will be recorded, and in case of necessary, the
record will be submitted to JICA. Examples of monitoring forms for construction stage are
shown in the following tables.
1-87
Table R 1.4.43 (Monitoring Form 1/4) Noise Measurement of the Project
Date: Place:
Measured Measured Referred Remarks (Measurement
Country’s
Item Unit Value Value International Point, Frequency,
Standards
(Mean) (Max.) Standards1) Method, etc.)
Noise
Quiet Area (Hospital, library, school dB 45 85
and kindergarten) (6 am to 6 pm) (A)
Residential Area (Hotel, admin’ offices dB 60 85
and house) (6 am to 6 pm) (A)
Commercial and service areas and mix dB 70 85
(6 am to 6 pm) (A)
Small industrial factories in residential dB 75 85
areas (6 am to 6 pm) (A)
Note: 1) Japanese law for construction works
Table R 1.4.44 (Monitoring Form 2/4) Vibration Measurement of the Project

Date: Place:
Measurement (dB(A))
Place・Time Japanese Standard (**), dB(A)
Average Maximum
Station 1: Wat Phnom Northern Area
Day (6:00 - 18:00) 65
Night (23:00 - 6:00) 60
Station 2: Tuol Kork Area
Day (6:00 - 18:00) 65
Night (23:00 - 6:00) 60
Note： (**)
Environmental Quality Standard of Japan
Table R 1.4.45 (Monitoring Form 3/4) Report of Monitoring Result of the Project
Monitoring Item Monitoring Result during Report Period
Dust generation
Vibration
Accident
Change to drainage pattern
Soil erosion and slope failure
Construction waste and general waste
Effect on amenity of tourism-related development
Impact on road safety
Impact on road traffic and vehicle movement
Risk of infectious diseases such as HIV/AIDS
Impact on livelihood/income
Table R 1.4.46 (Monitoring Form 4/4) ARAP Monitoring Form of the Project
Relocation Monitoring Sheet
Name of AH:
1. Progress of Tentative Relocation during construction
Progress Date Check Remarks
Official Notice
Confirmation on survey results of inventory
Survey on relocation if any
Negotiation 1st
2nd
3rd
4th
Agreement on compensation and relocation
Compensation payment
2. Record of Grievance / Perception and Redress
Date Record of Grievance / Perception and Redress Remarks
1-88
1.4.3.2 Environmental Checklist
Environmental checklists are shown in following tables.

Table R 1.4.47 Environmental Checklist for the Project (1/4)
Environmental Confirmation of Environmental
Category Main Check Items
Item Considerations
1. Approval (1) IEIA/EIA 1) Was IEIA (IEE) or EIA for the Project 1) In May 6, 2016, the MOE
officially confirmed? confirmed that IEIA (IEE) report
in Permits and was needed for the Project not
and Environmental EIA.
Explanation Permits
(2) Explanation 1) Are the contents of the Project and the 1) The Project contents and the
potential impacts adequately explained to the potential impacts shall be
to the Public public based on appropriate procedures, explained to affected people after
including information disclosure? Is before and completion of the Draft
understanding obtained from the public? Final Report of the Project to
obtain the understanding of the
2) Are the proper responses made to comments public.
from the public and regulatory authorities? 2) In the environmental and social
consideration survey for in the
Project, twice stakeholder
meetings are to be made in May
and August 2016 through
subletting to comments from the
public and regulatory authorities.
2. Pollution (1) Air Quality 1) Do air pollutants, (such as sulfur oxides (SOx), 1) There will no effect on air
nitrogen oxides (NOx), Carbon Monoxide pollution.
Measures
(CO), and soot and dust) emitted from the
proposed infrastructure facilities and ancillary
facilities comply with the country’s emission
standards and ambient air quality standards?
(2) Water 1) Do effluents or leachates from various 1) The Project will flow the waste
facilities, such as infrastructure facilities and water from the PPCC.
Quality
the ancillary facilities comply with the
country’s effluent standards and ambient water
quality standards?
(3) Wastes 1) Are wastes from the infrastructure facilities 1) The Project will not product any
and ancillary facilities properly treated and wastes.
disposed of in accordance with the country’s
standards?
(4) Soil 1) Are adequate measures taken to prevent 1) There will no effect on soil
contamination of soil and groundwater by the contamination.
Contamination
effluents or leachates from the infrastructure
facilities and the ancillary facilities?
(5) Noise and 1) Do noise and vibrations comply with the 1) The Project will not make noise
country’s standards? and vibrations during the operation
Vibration
stage.
(6) Subsidence 1) In the case of extraction of a large volume of 1) The Project will not extract
groundwater, is there a possibility that the groundwater.
extraction of groundwater will cause
subsidence?
(7) Odor 1) Are there any odor sources? Are adequate odor 1) There will no effect on offensive
control measures taken? odor.
1-89
Item Considerations
3. Natural (1) Protected 1) Is the Project site located in protected areas 1) The Project is not located in
Environment Areas designated by the country’s laws or protected areas. There is no
international treaties and conventions? Is there possibility that the Project
a possibility that the Project will affect the will affect the protected areas.
protected areas?
(2) Ecosystem 1) Does the Project site encompass primeval 1) The Project site does not
forests, tropical rain forests, ecologically encompass ecologically
valuable habitats (e.g., coral reefs, mangroves, valuable habitats.
or tidal flats)? 2) The Project site does not
encompass the protected
2) Does the project site encompass the protected
habitats of endangered
habitats of endangered species designated by
species designated by the
the country’s laws or international treaties and country’s laws or
conventions? international treaties and
3) If significant ecological impacts are anticipated, conventions.
are adequate protection measures taken to 3) There is no significant
reduce the impacts on the ecosystem? ecological impacts.
4) Is there a possibility that the amount of water 4) The Project will not use
(e.g., surface water, groundwater) used by the water.
project will adversely affect aquatic
environments, such as rivers? Are adequate
measures taken to reduce the impacts on
aquatic environments, such as aquatic
organisms?
(3) Hydrology 1) Is there a possibility that hydrologic changes 1) There are the positive changes
due to the Project will adversely affect surface on drainage condition in the
water and groundwater flows? Project Area.
(4) Topography 1) Is there a possibility the Project will cause 1) There is no possibility the
and Geology large-scale alteration of the topographic Project will cause large-scale
features and geologic structures in the project alteration of the topographic
site and surrounding areas? features and geologic
structures in the Project site
and surrounding areas
1-90
Item Considerations
4. Social (1) 1) Is involuntary resettlement caused by the 1) In the initial stage of the
Environment Resettlement Project implementation? If involuntary Preparatory Survey of the
resettlement is caused, are efforts made to Project, more than 20 AHs were
minimize the impacts caused by the considered. Effort was made to
reduce the Project affected
resettlement?
buildings into only 2
2) Is adequate explanation on relocation and
structure-owners (No
compensation given to affected persons prior to resettlement is required for the
resettlement? Project.) by proper
3) Is the resettlement plan, including proper rearrangement of drainage pipe
compensation, restoration of livelihoods and installation with PPCC and
living standards developed based on DPWT.
socioeconomic studies on resettlement? 2) Through a subletting contract
4) Does the resettlement plan pay special attention for relocation the necessary
to vulnerable groups or persons, including meetings with affected houses
women, children, the elderly, people below the & stakeholders were conducted
in June and September 2016.
poverty line, ethnic minorities, and indigenous
3) Following proper procedure for
peoples?
land acquisition and relocation
5) Are agreements with the affected persons process with DPWT-PPCC &
obtained prior to resettlement? RD-IRC-MEF, relocation plan
6) Is the organizational framework established to and payment will be discussed
properly implement resettlement? Are the and carried out.
capacity and budget secured to implement the 4) Relocation plan to vulnerable
plan? groups is considered by the
7) Is a plan developed to monitor the impacts of related law for the Project.
resettlement? 5) Same as the above 4).
6) Proper relocation framework is
under process of
IRC-GDR-MEF.
7) A monitoring plan on relocation
will be developed by the
relevant agencies such as
DPWT, MOE, etc.
(2) Living and 1) Is there a possibility that the Project will 1) The Project will improve the
Livelihood adversely affect the living conditions of living conditions of inhabitants
inhabitants? Are adequate measures considered during the operation stage.
to reduce the impacts, if necessary?
(3) Heritage 1) Is there a possibility that the Project will 1) There is no possibility that the
damage the local archeological, historical, Project will damage the local
cultural, and religious heritage sites? Are archeological, historical,
adequate measures considered to protect these cultural, and religious heritage
sites.
sites in accordance with the country’s laws?
(4) Landscape 1) Is there a possibility that the Project will 1) There is no possibility that the
adversely affect the local landscape? Are Project will adversely affect the
necessary measures taken? local landscape.
(5) Ethnic 1) Does the Project comply with the country’s 1) There are no ethic minority
Minorities and laws for rights of ethnic minorities and people living in the Project
Indigenous indigenous peoples? Area.
Peoples 2) Are considerations given to reduce the impacts
on culture and lifestyle of ethnic minorities and
indigenous peoples?
1-91
Item Considerations
5. Others (1) Impacts 1) Are adequate measures considered to reduce 1) Adequate measures
during impacts during construction (e.g., noise, considered to reduce impacts
Construction vibrations, turbid water, dust, exhaust gases, during construction
and wastes)? stage.(Refer to tables of
Mitigation Measure for the
2) If construction activities adversely affect the
Key impacts).
natural environment (ecosystem), are adequate
2) The construction activities
measures considered to reduce impacts? will not adversely affect the
3) If construction activities adversely affect the natural environment.
social environment, are adequate measures 3) Adequate measures
considered to reduce impacts? considered to reduce the
4) If necessary, is health and safety education impacts.
(e.g., traffic safety, public health) provided for 4) Health and safety education is
project personnel, including workers? necessary and provided for
project personnel, including
workers.
(2) Monitoring 1) Does the proponent develop and implement 1) The implementation plan of
monitoring program for the environmental monitoring program for the
items that are considered to have potential environmental items will be
impacts? prepared by the
implementation authority
2) Are the items, methods and frequencies
(DPWT/PPCC).
included in the monitoring program judged to
2) The items, methods and
be appropriate? frequencies included in the
3) Does the proponent establish an adequate monitoring program are
monitoring framework (organization, judged to be appropriate.
personnel, equipment, and adequate budget to 3) DPWT/PPCC will establish
sustain the monitoring framework)? an adequate monitoring
4) Are any regulatory requirements pertaining to framework including budget.
the monitoring report system identified, such as 4) There are some regulatory
the format and frequency of reports from the requirements pertaining to the
proponent to the regulatory authorities? monitoring report system
identified.
1.4.3.3 Necessary Action
(1) Explanation Meeting with Local Residents

In the construction stage of the Project, explanation meetings with local residents are to be
held by the relevant agencies including the DPWT/PPCC and local residents at site before
the construction works start in Wat Phnom Northern Area and Tuol Kork Area, both are
highly-dense populated areas in the PPCC. The explanation meeting with local residents is
indispensable for the public infrastructures to carry out the construction works in the urban
area especially in such highly-dense population area.
The DPWT has a good experience obtained from Phase III that the Project received no
claims from the local residents during construction. Most construction works of Phase III
were also executed in the urban area of the PPCC.
Since some portions of the drainage pipe are adjacent to houses, shops and restaurants, the
Cambodian side is required to hold meetings with the local residents to explain the works
of the Project before the commencement of construction work. These explanation meetings
shall be held for each “Khan” or “Sangkat” concerned. The resident’s opinion shall be
1-92
taken into consideration, and it is necessary to facilitate the understanding and cooperation
of the inhabitants on project implementation.
(2) Securing the Environmental Monitoring

The DPWT/PPCC, responsible and implementing agencies of the Project, has to carry out
the environmental monitoring during construction and operation stages. However, the
DPWT/PPCC has no equipment and skills to measure the adverse impacts quantitatively
such as noise level, while the MOE has equipment enough to measure noise and vibration.
Therefore, the MOE together with the DPWT/PPCC have to carry out the monitoring
works each other for manpower development.
1-93
CHAPTER 2 CONTENTS OF THE PROJECT
2.1 Basic Concept of the Project
2.1.1 Overall Goal and Project Objective

Phnom Penh City is prone to flooding and inundation because of its topography. Besides, flood
protection and urban drainage facilities are not functioning well because of old age and insufficient
maintenance.
Although the drainage condition in some parts of the city had gradually improved in the past
decade, the other areas such as the northern part of city core area and surrounding area of inner ring
dike still suffer from inundation in the rainy season. As a result, the city is beset with poor
environmental conditions caused by stagnant wastewaters in the lowland areas causing
deterioration of the residents’ living environment and posing a serious constraint to social and
economic development.
To find a solution to these issues, the GOC and the PPCC have been conducting various efforts for
flood protection and drainage improvement to achieve the following goal:
Overall Goal
 Stabilization of the livelihood of people in the Phnom Penh Capital City;
 Development of the city through the mitigation of flood damage; and
 Improvement of sanitary and environmental conditions in the city.
The Project has the following objective under the overall goal mentioned above:
Project Objective
 To minimize inundation and damage in the Project area caused by local rainfall by
improving the drainage system and providing equipment for emergency drainage works.
2.1.2 Basic Concept of the Project

The Project is to be implemented as a part of master plan which was formulated in “the Study on
Drainage Improvement and Flood Control in the Municipality of Phnom Penh” (1998~1999)
(hereinafter referred to as “MP1999”) and revised in “the Study on Drainage and Sewerage
Improvement Project in Phnom Penh Metropolitan Area” (2014~2016).
This Project is to succeed the three (3) previous Japan’s Grant Aid projects for Flood Protection
and Drainage Improvement in the Phnom Penh Capital City.
To achieve the objective of the Project, drainage facilities in the Project area, including drainage
pipe, drainage pump and underground reservoir, shall be installed or improved at the planning scale
of 2-year probability, and equipment such as the Vehicle-Mounted Drainage Pump shall be
procured.
As a result of “the Preparatory Survey on the Project for Flood Protection and Drainage
Improvement in Phnom Penh (Phase IV)”, following construction of structures, procurement of
equipment and soft components shall be implemented by the Project as the Japan’s Grant Aid.
2-1
Detailed contents of the study done in Preparatory Survey will be described hereinafter in this
Chapter.
Table R 2.1.1 Contents of Japan’s Grant Aid for the Project
Construction Works
Manhole Pump 1 unit
Box Culvert 1.4 km
Mechanical Screen Cleaning Facilities to Screen Auto Raking Machine Chak Tomuk PS 4 units
Pits at Pumping Stations Constructed in Phase II Preah Kumlung PS
Phsar Kandal PS
Phsar Chas PS
Procurement Works
Soft Component
The soft component (technical assistance) aims to enable the DSD carry out the systematic and scheduled
maintenance work and to utilize drainage facilities/equipment constructed/procured by Japan’s Grant Aid Projects.
PPCC is required to install garbage boxes and to carry out activities for raising public awareness to stop garbage
dumping in and around the markets during the soft component (technical assistance) of the Project.
Note) PS: Pumping Station
2.2 Outline Design of the Japanese Assistance
2.2.1 Design Policy

(1) Basic Design Policy
This Project was requested by the GOC based on the development plan proposed in the
Final Report of MP1999. The GOC had requested assistance for reduction of inundation
damages in Wat Phnom Northern area and Tuol Kork area in the urban area of Phnom Penh
Capital City. In order to improve drainage system, the Project will implement the
construction of drainage pipes, pumping station and underground reservoir. In addition, the
mechanical screens will be installed at four pumping stations which were constructed in
Phase II and vehicle-mounted drainage pump vehicles will be also procured.
In principle, project components are studied based on the request from the PPCC, and their
quantity and specification are determined considering urgency and effectiveness to reduce
the inundation damages.
The development plan of drainage facilities is based on the flood/drainage simulation. As a
result of this, the layout plan of drainage pipes, pumping station and underground reservoir
is examined, and scale and specification of the drainage facilities are determined.
Basic design policy for each component is as described below.
(a) Basic Design Policy for Improvement of Drainage System in Wat Phnom Northern
Area
As the goal of mitigation of inundation damages, construction of pumping station, and
underground reservoir, as well as rehabilitation/construction of drainage facilities such
2-2
as drainage pipes, are proposed. The objective of the construction of these facilities is to
reduce inundation area and duration caused by heavy rain, to minimize the damage, and
thus to promptly recover sound living condition of the residents.
In the area, it is proposed to construct or install a pumping station and drainage pipes in
order to collect stormwater in the area and discharge them to the Tonle Sap River which
is close to the area. In addition, the drainage facilities in the area are proposed to
minimize construction as well as operation and maintenance cost for such equipment as
pump facilities. The pumping station therefore will be equipped in the site of
underground reservoir which regulate stormwater and thus reduce the capacity
requirement of pumping equipment.
Currently, the wastewater from this area has been discharged directly into the Tonle Sap
River without treatment. The wastewater is a source of negative impact to Tonle Sap
River in PPCC. In addition, the intake of water supply operated by Phnom Penh Water
Supply Authority (hereinafter referred to as “PPWSA”) is located along Tonle Sap River.
Impact on the raw water of the Phum Prek water treatment plant which takes water from
the river has also been a concern. In order to solve these issues, the wastewater from the
drainage network should be intercepted before discharging to the river, and then,
discharged into the wetland located northern area of PPCC through the newly
constructed interceptor.
The project area and scale shall be determined in consideration of emergency, necessity,
benefit and cost effective on the basis of the result of topographic survey, boring survey,
manhole survey, interview survey on the present inundation condition and drainage
simulation.
(b) Basic Design Policy for Improvement of Drainage System in Tuol Kork Area
The policy in the area is to mitigate inundation damages through setting up appropriate
target area depending on the current inundation damages identified by the interview
survey.
The target area of Tuol Kork is divided into three drainage areas, Northern drainage area,
Central drainage area and Southern drainage area. Stormwater in the drainage areas
discharged to the Poung Peay lake, Tuol Kork-1 pumping station and Tuol Kork-2
pumping station, respectively.
The length of pipelines and diameter shall be determined in consideration of emergency,
necessity, benefit on the basis of the result of topographic survey, boring survey,
manhole survey, interview survey on the present inundation condition and drainage
simulation.
(c) Basic Design Policy for Installation of Mechanical Screens in Pumping Stations
constructed in Phase II
Chak Tomuk pumping station (PS1), Preah Kumlung pumping station (PS2), Phsar
Kandal pumping station (PS4) and Phsar Chas pumping station (PS5) were constructed
in Phase II. In the pumping stations, in order to prevent clogging of the wastes in the
impeller of the pump, stationary bar screens were installed at inlet of their pump. The
bar screen catches wastes, garbage, plants and so on flowing from the drainage pipe.
Those wastes are manually removed by DPWT staff with a rake.
2-3
In the rainy season, the staff works every day to remove the wastes. However, the wastes
flow fast and are big in volume, especially in the rainy days. Furthermore, many plastic
wastes are easily caught on the screen. Therefore, the wastes make removal work
difficult and thus disturb smooth flow of stormwater to the underground reservoir.
DPWT has been tried to assign more staff and start the removal work as fast as possible,
but the problem cannot be solved without structural measures.
The policy is to install mechanical screen to improve current condition. There is no
enough space to install mechanical screens at existing screen chamber. It is proposed to
demolish the existing bar screen and screen chamber, and to construct extended screen
chamber and install mechanical screen.
(d) Basic Design Policy for Procurement of Equipment related to Drainage
Management
The drainage facilities have been constructed with assistance from Japan and other
donners as well as Government of Cambodia (hereinafter referred to as “the GOC”)
funds since 2000. However, the inundation damages still occur in the areas where
improvement of drainage facilities are not in progress, areas where drainage does not
function well due to aged pipes, and areas where the ground elevation is lower than that
of neighbours. In addition, landfill of lowland and wetland in the new development area,
induce inundation in the area where no inundation occurs in past days. In these areas,
mitigation of inundation damages has been done by emergent drainage works.
The emergent drainage work is implemented by DSD (Drainage and Sewerage Division)
under the responsibility of DPWT. DSD is also in charge of cleaning work of drainage
pipes, channels, and other related facilities such as pumping stations. When the emergent
drainage work is required, under the instructions by DPWT, DSD dispatches drainage
pump vehicle. But currently PPCC has only one vehicle and the following issues exist.
 DSD has only one drainage pump vehicle, aged more than 30 years, with
inadequate drainage capacity. Often the emergency drainage work is required at a
plurality of locations at the same time. However, DSD could not dispatch the
drainage pump vehicle timely due to lack of the vehicle.
 DSD has drainage pumps at their workshop but they are stationary type. In addition,
they need to be equipped with power supply device, pipes and control panel.
Therefore, these pumps cannot be used in emergency.
The policy for procurement of drainage equipment is to improve emergency drainage
work for the mitigation of the inundation damages.
The equipment of emergency drainage shall be mobile type and the specification and
quantity of the equipment should be determined in consideration of its use, needs, DSD’s
capacity for operation and maintenance of the equipment and so on.
(2) Policy on Design Conditions

The policy on design conditions for drainage facilities is set based on the existing data such
as MP1999 and the result of natural condition surveys conducted in the Preparatory
Survey.
2-4
(a) Design High Water Level of Tonle Sap River
The design high water level of Tonle Sap River is utilized for designing the pumping
station which will be constructed along the Tonle Sap River of the Wat Phnom Northern
Area. The design high water level of Tonle Sap River is set at 10.00 m based on the
water level of 30-year return period which is computed by the observation data at
Chaktomuk Hydrological Station.
Table R 2.2.1 Probable High Water Level of Tonle Sap River
Return Period (year) High Water Level (EL. m) at Chaktomuk Hydrological Station
2 8.9
5 9.4
10 9.7
20 9.9
30 10.0
50 10.1
Source: JICA M/P1999
(b) Protection Level of Drainage Facilities

The following table shows the protection levels which are applied to drainage plan and
design of similar cities in the neighbouring countries.
Table R 2.2.2 Protection Level Applied to Drainage Plan of Neighbouring Countries
City (Country) Protection Level (A: Area of Catchment Basin)
A<0.2km2 A=0.2～1.0km2 A>1.0km2
Bang Kok (Thailand) 1-year return period of 2-year return period of 5-year return period of
rainfall rainfall rainfall
Hanoi (Viet Nam) 10-year return period of rainfall
A<0.1km2 A=0.1～1.0km2 A>1.0km2
Jakarta (Indonesia) 1 to 2-year return period of 2 to 5-year return period of 5 to10-year return period of
rainfall rainfall rainfall
A<5km2 A>5km2
Manila(Philippines)
3-year return period of rainfall 5-year return period of rainfall
Dacca (Bangladesh) 2-year return period of rainfall
The following table shows the protection levels for each scale of facilities, which were
set in the MP1999 in consideration of similar cities in the neighbouring countries.
Table R 2.2.3 Protection Level for Each Facility
Structure or Facility Protection Level
Major drainage facilities such as pumping stations, floodgates/sluiceways, reservoirs and 5-year return period
drainage mains, with a catchment area more than 1 km2 (approximately). of rainfall
Minor drainage facilities and sewer systems with a catchment area less than 1 km2 2-year return period
(approximately). of rainfall
In Phase I, Phase II and Phase III of Japan’ Grant Aid Project, above protection level was
set in accordance with MP1999. In order to ensure consistency in flood protection and
drainage improvement level in the same city, the Project follows those this protection in
the preceding Project. The catchment area of drainage pipeline in the Project shall be
less than 1 km2. The protection level in the Project is set at 2-year return period of
rainfall.
(c) Rainfall Intensity Curve
The adopted value of probable rainfalls for the design of drainage facilities in MP1999,
2-5
Phase I, Phase II and Phase III of Japan’ Grant Aid Project are as summarized in the
following table.
Table R 2.2.4 Probable Rainfall
Return Period (years) Hourly Rainfall (mm/hr) Daily Rainfall (mm/hr) Rainfall Intensity Curve
2 44.8 87.8 I=2,566.07x(T+25.48)-0.93
5 63.2 112.3 I=5,009.12x(T+31.38)-0.98
The above value is based on the observation data of Pochentong Meteorological Station
I: Rainfall Intensity (mm/hr), T: Rainfall Duration (minutes)
Source: MP1999 and Study on Drainage and Sewerage Improvement Project in Phnom Penh Metropolitan Area
The above rainfall is computed based on the observation record duration between 1981
to 1997. The rainfall is re-evaluated by the combined data the above observation record
with recent observation record. The result of rainfall analysis is as shown below.
Table R 2.2.5 Result of Rainfall Analysis per Return Period
Computed Daily Rainfall (mm/day) per Duration Difference
Return Period
From 1981 to 1997（①） From 1981 to 2013（②） ②－①
2 87.8 90.1 +2.3
5 112.3 109.6 -2.7
10 128.4 125.4 -3.0
30 152.9 154.5 +1.6
50 164.0 170.3 +6.3
There is a variation in the difference of computed rainfall per return period but no
significant difference. Based on the above result and consistency of the past projects, the
2-year return period of rainfall on MP1999 (hourly rainfall: 44.8mm/hr, daily rainfall:
87.8 mm/day) is applied.
(d) Rainfall Duration
The hourly rainfall data during heavy rain was available duration between 1981 to 1997
in MP1999. The analysed waveform of rainfall on MP1999 indicated that the all rainfall
duration is within six (6) hours. Thus, the duration of design rainfall was defined in
MP1999 as six (6) hours based on single rainfall patterns of recent heavy rains causing
severe inundation in the Project area.
On the other hand, there was not available hourly rainfall data in Phase I, Phase II and
Phase III of Japan’ Grant Aid Project. Hence, the duration of the design rainfall in the
past projects were set at six (6) hours.
The hourly rainfall data are not published and authorized due to lack of the credibility
although MOWRAM have recorded the hourly rainfall data by automatic observation
since 2012.
Based on the above result and consistency of the past projects, the design rainfall
duration in the Preparatory Survey is set at six (6) hours.
(3) Policy on Socio-Economic Condition

The acquisition of private land and house relocation often cause social conflicts. To avoid
such conflicts, the right of way for the improvement of drainage pipes shall be set within
the area of road and pavement. The location of the existing underground facilities shall be
carefully examined in determination of drainage pipes’ alignment. The location of pumping
station and underground reservoir should be planned in the public land or the park along
the river.
2-6
The project area is located in a densely-populated area, economic center and tourist zone.
Therefore, the facilities shall be designed paying attention to the landscape. The
implementation plan of construction works shall pay special attention to minimize noise,
vibration and negative impact to economic activities.
(4) Policy on Construction/Procurement
(a) Design Standard
The Ministry of Public Works and Transport established design standards for bridges and
national roads in 2003. Since the other structural design standards in Cambodia have not
yet been established, well known standards of advanced nations such as Japan, the
European Union, Australia and the USA are adopted.
Since previous Japan’s Grant Aid projects have adopted Japanese design standards, the
Preparatory Survey also adopted the Japanese design standards.
(b) Procurement Situation
Main construction materials such as cement, reinforcing bars, aggregates and so on, and
basic construction equipment are available in Cambodia, but the local availability of
particular construction components like steel sheet pile, drainage pump and so on is
difficult. Therefore, locally available materials and construction equipment shall be used
as much as possible for the construction work to minimize the construction cost. The
Preparatory Survey also considered the future improvement plan to avoid the duplication
of investment.
Mechanical screen, gate-mounted pump, special electrical materials and
vehicle-mounted drainage pump will be procured in Japan or another country and
disembarkation point will be the port in Sihanouk Ville.
(c) Related Law/Regulation
The Phnom Penh Capital City (PPCC) is vested with the right to approve the execution
of various construction works in public spaces including road works in the city. Since
the superintendence organization of this Project is PPCC, there will be no obstacle to
project execution.
The Project should implement the Initial Environment Impact assessment (hereinafter
referred to as “IEIA”) before commencement of the Project based on the environmental
standard of Cambodia. It is also required to be approved by the Ministry of
Environment.
(5) Policy on the Applicability of Cambodian Company
(a) Civil Works
There are local contractors in Cambodia who have some experience in construction
work related to Japan’s Grant Aid projects and adequate skill on general construction
works such as roads, drainage channels and simple concrete structures. Therefore, local
contractors can be employed as subcontractors for the general construction components
to reduce the construction cost.
Some local engineers capable of supervising general construction work are also
available in PPCC. These local engineers also could be employed as site managers of the
2-7
contractor or site inspectors of the consultant for the general construction components to
reduce the construction cost.
(b) Pump Installation
It is limited availability of the engineers who has experiences for installation of large
sized pump, and related electrical and mechanical works. In these special works, the
engineers could be dispatched from japan.
(6) Policy on Operation and Maintenance Condition of the Implementing Agency

The pumping station, underground reservoir, drainage pipes, manholes, mechanical screens
and related facilities should be designed in consideration of the capability and budget for
operation and maintenance of the implementing agency. To enable the appropriate
management and maintenance in present budget, structure and staff of the implementing
agency shall be considered in the Preparatory Survey. The operation and maintenance of
the equipment related to drainage management should be provided technical assistance by
the soft component of the Project.
(7) Policy on Determination of Planning Scale of the Objective Facilities and Equipment
The locations, dimensions, specification and so on of the objective facilities/equipment are
to be optimized based on the present inundation condition and the result of the hydraulic
analysis in the Preparatory Survey. However, Japan’s Grant Aid shall be extended for
projects where grant aid is urgently necessary in the present situation.
(a) Improvement of Drainage Network
It is desirable to achieve ‘Inundation duration and Inundation depth becomes zero, i.e.
there is no longer inundation occurred’ after improvement of drainage pipe, pumping
station and underground reservoir. In order to achieve this condition, it is needed huge
size of objective facilities. However, there are many negative factors for huge drainage
facilities to achieve “no inundation”, such as limited construction space for new facilities,
excessive costs, lengthy construction period, relocation of obstructive existing
underground facilities. Therefore, it is realistically set at “toleration of flood depth is less
than 20 cm and flood duration is 2 hours under the condition of 2-year return period”
which is same condition with drainage improvement in Phase II and Phase III. It is
decided to follow the target same as previous Project from the following points of view.
 Drainage improvement plan in the same city should be consistency and coherency.
 In Tuol Kork area, discharge destinations are existing pumping stations and lake
through existing drainage pipe line. Drainage capacities of existing facilities shall
be design conditions for outline design of new drainage facilities. There is no space
to install large size of drainage pipes in the area.
 In Wat Phnom Northern area, to achieve “no inundation, it is required to construct
excessive size of facilities, such as drainage pump with discharge capacity of 5m3/s
and underground reservoir with excessive storage capacity of 70,000 m3 or more.
 Toleration of flood depth is set as “no inundation damage in the house” and “no
traffic closure and ensure walking access”.
Size of objective facilities shall be decided based on the result of drainage simulation
with the condition of above.
2-8
(b) Improvement of Mechanical Screen
Specifications of mechanical screen should be decided to match designed flow rate at
screen. In order to secure the function of the drainage facilities constructed in Phase II,
the following items should be satisfied in the outline design.
 Screen should be constructed at same location of existing one. Existing facilities
could be demolished, and newly constructed with auto-raking machine.
 New screen should not block wastewater flow from the drainage pipe to
underground reservoir.
 Screen should be designed to ease operation and maintenance.
(c) Procurement of Equipment for Drainage Management
As the result of field survey, the following functions are required for the equipment.
Table R 2.2.6 Function required for the Equipment

Function Note
Pumping Function To discharge stormwater at localized flooding and to reduce flooding duration
Ambulatory To rapidly move to the scattered locations in which urgent drain of stormwater is required
Left-Handle Drive Right-handle drive vehicles are not permitted in Cambodia
Specifications of the equipment should be determined by consideration of following

conditions, considering work efficiency, durability, operability and minimum quantity
for the operation and maintenance.
 Number of government staff to operate the equipment
 Space for the garage with roof for safety store of the equipment
 Budget to operate and maintain the equipment
(8) Policy on the Procurement Plan
Based on the following reasons, Japan shall be the country of origin of equipment to be
procured in the Project.
 There is an agency in Cambodia or in neighbouring country to procure main parts
of truck body;
 There is less possibility for equipment breakdown and it is easy to procure spare
parts; and
 Japanese products are strongly requested by DSD because it is more reliable than
those of other countries based on the DSD’s experience of operating the existing
equipment.
(9) Policy on the Construction Plan

(a) Construction of Drainage Network (Drainage and Interceptor)
 New drainage pipes shall be laid underneath of existing road. Test excavations at
each construction site of the proposed drainage pipeline shall be carried out prior to
implementation in order to locate the exact position of existing underground
facilities.
 The whole objective area of drainage network improvement in the Project shall be
2-9
divided into four (4) drainage areas, and each drainage area shall have a different
and independent drainage function. The construction work at one drainage area
shall be completed basically to make its drainage function effective before the
construction team moves to another drainage area.
 Construction areas are located in the urban area. From the environmental and safety
points of view, construction equipment to be used in the Project shall be the low
noise and low vibration types to minimize the negative impact to houses and
buildings.
 The working hours in this Project site are basically from 8:00AM to 5:00PM for
safety reasons. However, night time work shall also be planned to minimize the
influence against the present traffic and the residents’ living conditions.
 The jacking method may be adopted at sites where traffic volume is rather heavy to
avoid the negative impact of traffic control.
(b) Construction of Pumping station, Underground Reservoir and Mechanical Screen
 The objective facilities are constructed inside the public park. As there are several
buildings near the site, construction work shall be carries out using steel sheet-piles
method for earth retaining.
 The foundation pile of the underground reservoir is designed as the PC pile. The
hydraulic hammer shall be adopted for driving the PC piles considering the
prevention of noise and the problem on oil or soot.
(10) Policy on the Implementation Schedule
The Project includes the improvement of drainage network and the construction of
pumping station, underground reservoir, and the construction work could be affected easily
by rain. During the rainy season, work efficiency certainly becomes low and work progress
will decline as a result.
Especially, the foundation work of pumping station and underground reservoir shall not
manage during the rainy season because of water level raising. All the above work shall be
implemented in the dry season as well as installation work of the mechanical screen.
Implementation schedule shall be set with above mentioned conditions. The construction
work shall be needed at least three dry seasons. Therefore, it may be for four years period.
2.2.2 Basic Plan (Construction Plan/Equipment Plan)

The following facilities and equipment have been requested by the Cambodian side for the Project:
 Improvement of Wat Phnom Northern area and Tuol Kork area drainage system;
 Mechanical screen cleaning facilities to screen pits at pumping stations constructed in
Phase II; and
 Procurement of drainage improvement equipment.
Results of analysis, design and implementation plan for the requested facilities and equipment are
described below.
2-10
2.2.2.1 Hydraulic Model Analysis
(1) Existing Drainage System and Flood Prone Area in the Project Area
Phnom Penh Capital is located on natural flood plain area, where alluvial plain has been
widely distributed. The land elevation of the target area ranges between 0 and 14 m. The
topological condition indicates that Phnom Penh Capital has high risk of flood/inundation
taking into account meteorological condition mentioned in Section 1.3. Sewerage and
urban drainage system in Phnom Penh Capital was established during France's colonial.
However, due to rapid urbanization in recent years, the existing drainage cannot convey
stormwater, which was originally infiltrated, and hence inundation frequently occurs. Also,
after demise of the colonial, neither sufficient maintenance nor reconstructing has been
conducted for even 20 years due to civil war. As a result, aged and degraded drainage
system due to deposition of garbage, sedimentation of sand, mad and sludge, has
frequently caused serious flood in such area as Wat Phnom Northern Area in every rainy
season, especially when water level of Tonle Sap River is high.
Tuol Kork Area Wat Phnom Northern Area
Fig. R 2.2.1 Elevation around the Target Areas

The flooding status testified by staff of Department of Water Resources and Meteorology
(DOWRAM) and existing drainage system are described below.
(2) Wat Phnom Northern Area

Drainage pipes (approximately 70 manholes and 10 km of pipe length, ϕ 600-1,200 mm)
are installed in Wat Phnom Northern Area (see Fig. R 2.2.2) When rainfall occurs,
stormwater is drained into the drainage pipe of ϕ 800 mm along St. 47 from neighboring
branch pipes (ϕ 300-600 mm) and inlets, and discharged southward. Finally, collected
stormwater in the catchment area is pumped up and discharged into Tonle Sap River at
2-11
Phsar Chas Pumping Station (No. 5 PS) which was constructed in Phase II. East side area
of St.47 is slightly higher than that of west side, so the stormwater in the area is partly
discharged directly into Tonle Sap River through outlets along the river. However, these
pipes’ invert level may be lower than that of the water level in the rainy season and
stormwater cannot be discharged into the river due to backwater. In Wat Phnom Northern
area, inundation occurs especially in lower area, including Wat Phnom, St. 47 and US
embassy, with duration of 1 hour. Before construction of Phsar Chas Pumping Station,
duration of inundation was more than 4 hours, which indicates that Phsar Chas Pumping
Station (No. 5 PS) mitigates inundation in this area.
: ϕ 300mm Pipe
: ϕ 400mm Pipe
: ϕ 600mm Pipe
: ϕ 800mm Pipe
: ϕ 1,000mm Pipe
: Flow Direction
: Flood Prone Area
Phsar Chaas Pumping Station

1.4 m3/s (existing)
Source: DPWT, DOWRAM and JICA Survey Team

Fig. R 2.2.2 Flood Prone Area and Existing Drainage System of Wat Phnom Northern
Area
(3) Tuol Kork Area
Drainage pipes (approximately 250 manholes and 20 km of pipe length, ϕ600-1,000mm)
are installed in Tuol Kork Area. Drainage pipes with ϕ1,000 mm of diameter are installed
along St. 337, St. 315 and St. 528 in which stormwater have been collected. There exist
two swamps at the lower land, collecting stormwater and discharging them through outlets.
One is located near Tuol Kork 1 Pumping Station with capacity of 2.32 m3/s and the other
is Tuol Kork 2 Pumping Station with capacity 1.85 m3/s. At present, additional 5 m3/s of
pumping stations are under construction next to the two pumping stations. In this area,
inundation frequently occurs due to insufficient capacity of drainage along St. 337 and
St. 315, in which ϕ 1,000 mm drainage pipes are already installed. According to the staff of
DOWRAM, inundation in the area continues for approximately 5-8 hours at a maximum.
2-12
Tuol Kok2 Pumping Station
: ϕ 600mm Pipe
1.85 m3/s (existing)
: ϕ 1,000mm Pipe 5 m3/s (under construction)
: Flow Direction
: Flood Prone Area
Swamp (Tuol
Kok2)
Approx. 0.02km2
Swamp (Tuol
Tuol Kok1 Pumping Station Kok1)
2.32 m3/s (existing) Approx. 0.02km2
5 m3/s (under construction)
Source: DPWT, DOWRAM and JICA Survey Team

Fig. R 2.2.3 Flood Prone Area and Existing Drainage System of Tuol Kork Area
Swamp (Tuol Kork 1) Swamp (Tuol Kork 2)
Photo R 2.2.1 Swamp Area in Tuol Kork Area

(4) Evaluation of Hydraulic Condition of Drainage System by Model Simulation
Hydraulic condition of existing drainage system in target areas: (i) Phnom Penh Northern
Area and (ii) Tuol Kork Area, were evaluated based on hydraulic model simulation.
Modelling conditions for both areas were summarized in table below and working
procedure for the analysis is shown in Fig. R 2.2.4.
2-13
Table R 2.2.7 Modeling Condition of the Target Areas
Items Wat Phnom Northern Area Tuol Kork Area
Drainage Area 117 ha 334.7 ha
Number of manhole to be
70 250
modelled
Total length of drainage Pipe 10 km (ϕ 300-1,200mm) 20.4 km (ϕ 600-1,000mm)
 Piping network and manhole were modelled based on database of drainage
Completion of modelling of system provided by DPWT, manhole survey and field investigation.
drainage network  Specific information on elevation (e.g. ground level, invert level, etc.) are input
based on manhole survey.
■Tuol Kork 2 Pumping Station
Drainage structure ■Phsar Chas 2.32 m3/s (existing)
(Existing) 1.4 m3/s (existing) ■Tuol Kork 2 Pumping Station
■Tuol Kork 2 Pumping Station
■Phsar Chas 2.32 m3/s (existing)
Drainage structure 1.4 m /s (existing)
3 5 m3/s (under construction)
(Future) ■Tuol Kork 2 Pumping Station
5 m3/s (under construction)
Catchment Area Delineated based on road, building and manhole
Runoff Model Time-Area method
Completion of modelling of
30 m grid model
land surface elevation
2-14
START
Determination of Model Domain
Field Survey & Data Collection

・Existing Drainage Pipe Network
・Topographic Survey, Manhole Survey
・Inundation Survey
Determination of Drainage Area
Construction of Hydraulic Model
・Runoff Model
・1D Pipe Flow Model
・2D Inundation Model
Model Simulation under

Existing Condition
Model Adequacy Checking

・Inundation Record（Inundation Survey, Interview with DOWRAM）
NO
OK
Evaluation of Inundation Characteristics
・Flooding due to shortage of drainage capacity
・Backwater phenomenon from outlet
・Inundation caused by topographic condition
・Degradation of drainage capacity due to clogging by sand
and garbage deposition in drainage pipe
Necessity of
improvement of drainage system
END
NO
YES
Planning of anti-inundation measures
・Newly-installation of drainage pipe
・Cleaning of existing pipe
・Enhancement of existing pumping capacity
・Newly-installation of drainage pump
・Newly-installation of storage pipe and reservoir
・Realignment of drainage network
Modeling of anti-inundation measures
Evaluation of anti-inundation measures

using model simulation
Satisfied with effect of flood mitigation by applied measures?

・Tolerated flood depth
・Tolerated flood duration
NO
YES
Determination of
Drainage Improvement Plan
Fig. R 2.2.4 Working Procedure for Hydraulic Analysis
2-15
(5) Applied Hydraulic Model
In order to simulate a series of water behaviour among rainfall- runoff- pipe flow -surface
flow (inundation), a coupling model of MOUSE and MIKE 21, which are released by DHI,
was applied in this study. The MOUSE Pipe Flow Model is a computational tool for
simulations of one-dimensional unsteady flows in pipe networks, which is operated with
user interface called as MIKE URBAN. Computation of this model is based on an implicit,
finite difference numerical solution of free surface flow equations (Saint Venant, DHI,
1999). MIKE 21 deals with 2-dimensional unsteady overland flow. Above-mentioned two
models were coupled to simultaneously simulate flow in sewer, drainage system and
surface flow. Fig. R 2.2.5 illustrates the coupling model of MOUSE and MIKE 21.
2D Inundation Model
(MIKE 21 )
Lowland
1D Pipe Flow Model

(MOUSE)
Fig. R 2.2.5 Illustration of Coupling model of MOUSE and MIKE21

(6) Runoff Model
For runoff calculation, or analysis on conversion process of rainfall into runoff discharge,
Time-Area method was applied as a calculation module in MOUSE. In this method, the
catchment area is delineated into areas depending on travel time. Calculated discharge
hydrographs for the delineated areas are summed up with the unit-hydrograph method.
These time series data of calculated discharge are input into each calculation node in the
model1. This method can process discharge hydrograph for each node taking concentration
time into consideration.
(7) Drainage Network Model
Existing drainage networks were modeled based on the survey result for Wat Phnom
Northern Area and Tuol Kork Area. In Wat Phnom Northern Area, the model was
established, modifying the one established in the preceding Studies. On the other hand,
drainage network model for Tuol Kork Area was newly established based on horizontal
base map of DPWT and information on pipe and manhole such as invert level and ground
level obtained in the manhole survey conducted in the Preparatory Survey.
――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
1 Association of Water and Sewage Works Consultants Japan, 2012
2-16
Fig. R 2.2.6 Modelled Drainage Network (Wat Phnom Northern Area)
µ
!
!
!
!
! !!
!!
!
!!
!! !!!!
!! !!
! !!
! ! !
!
!! ! ! !
! !! ! !!
! ! ! !! ! !
! ! !
! ! !! ! !! !! !!
!! !! ! !
¬"!
!! !
! !
$
! ! ! ! !!
! ! !! !
! ! ! !! ! ! !! !
!
! !! ! !
! !! !!
!
! !! !!
! !
!! !!!
! !! !!
!!
!! !!
! !
!! !! !
! !! !! ! !!
!! !! !!
!! ! !!
!
!
! ! !!
! !! !!
!
! !!
!!
! !! !! !
! !! !!
!
!! ! !! !! !
! ! !! !!
! !! !
!! !! !
!! !
! !! !!!
! !! ! !
!! ! ! !
! !! ! !
!!
!! !! !!!
! !!
! !!! !
! !! !!! !
!
!! ! ! !!
!! !! !! !! !
!!
!
!! ! !!! ! !
!! ! !!
!
! !
! ! !
!!!
!
! !!
!
0 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 km
"!
¬
!
Fig. R 2.2.7 Modelled Drainage Network (Tuol Kork Area)

(8) Drainage Structures
In the established model, drainage structures such as pumps and reservoirs were or are to
be modelled based on the existing condition. The modelled structures are tabulated below.
In Tuol Kork area, two pumping stations under construction were included in the model as
given condition, as tabulated in Table R 2.2.8.
Table R 2.2.8 Modeled Hydraulic Structures
Item Wat Phnom Northern Area Tuol Kork Area
Drainage structure ■Phsar Chas: 1.4 m3/s (existing) ■Tuol Kork2 Pumping Station: 2.32 m3/s (existing)
(Existing) ■Tuol Kork2 Pumping Station: 1.85 m3/s (existing)
2-17
(9) Land Surface Digital Elevation Model (DEM)
Land surface Digital Elevation Model (DEM) prepared by JICA M/P 2015 was basically
applied for hydraulic models in the both areas. DEM was established with 100 m grid and
integrated SRTM DEM data (3 sec) and the topographic survey result conducted by JICA
(2015) and KOICA (Korea International Cooperation Agency) (2011). Accuracy of the
DEM was checked in the M/P 2015. In the Project, based on this, DEM data with 30 m
grid size was established and modified with the topographic survey result by the JICA M/P
Study Team (1998). Established DEM for both areas are shown in Fig. R 2.2.8.
*Prepared by JICA Survey Team

*DEM data were prepared by integrating 1) Shuttle Rader Topography Mission, 2) KOICA DEM by the Project of the
production the National Base Map and the Establishment of the master Plan for the National Spatial Data
Infrastructure in Cambodia (2010-2011) and Topographic Survey conducted JICA (1998and 2015)
Fig. R 2.2.8 Land Surface Digital Elevation Model (DEM)

(Upper: Wat Phnom Northern Area, Lower: Tuol Kork Area)
2-18
(10) Swamp Area
In Tuol Kork Area, two swamp areas are located at southwest and northeast of the drainage
area (see Fig. R 2.2.9), to which collected stormwater in the existing drainage system is
discharged from their outlets. These swamps deem to play significant roles as retarding
ponds for the drainage area, so they are modeled in the established hydraulic model.
Swamp (Tuol Kork2)

Area：Approx. 0.02km2
Swamp (Tuol Kork1)

Area：Approx. 0.02km2
Fig. R 2.2.9 Distribution of Swamp Area in Tuol Kork Area

Open drainage channel was excavated along the swamp near Tuol Kork 2 pumping station,
whose surrounding area is transformed into swamp area in the rainy season (see Fig. R
2.2.10). This channel was also modelled.
0 0.020.04 0.08 0.12 0.16 0.2

km Source: Esri, DigitalGlobe, GeoEye, Earthstar Geographics, CNES/Airbus DS, USDA, USGS, AEX, Getmapping, Aerogrid,
IGN, IGP, swisstopo, and the GIS User Community
Fig. R 2.2.10 Open Channel Distribution Surrounding Tuol Kork2 (Left: Route of
Channel, Right: Photo of Open Channel)
2-19
(11) Boundary Condition
(a) Return Period for Drainage Design
In order to calibrate the established model, observed short-term rainfall (e.g. such as 10
minutes, 15 minutes) is indispensable for input data as boundary condition. Ideally, the
time interval of rainfall data with less than concentration time is required. However,
DOWRAM only conducts daily observation of rainfall on a daily basis. Therefore,
hyetograph of rainfall intensity was prepared based on the prior survey result and input
to the model as data.
In JICA M/P 1999, 2-year return period was employed for the main drainage channel. To
ensure consistency with the preceding Studies consideration, 2-year return period and its
rainfall intensity curve was applied in the Project.
Table R 2.2.9 Applied Rainfall Intensity Formula
Return Period Hourly Rainfall Daily Rainfall Rainfall
Rainfall Intensity Formula
(year) (mm) (mm) Duration
2 44.8 87.8 I=2,566.07 x (T + 25.48)-0.93 6 hours
(b) Water Level

30-year probable water level (EL. 10.0m) of Tonle Sap River at Chaktomuk hydrological
station was applied as an outer boundary condition of the model for Wat Phnom North
Area. This condition is the same water level applied in the preceding Grant Aid projects.
In Tuol Kork Area, highest water level of open channel, which flows into Poung Peay
Lake located at northwest of target area, was set based on interview with neighbours and
topological survey results, as shown in Fig. R 2.2.11 and Table R 2.2.10.
µ Poung Peay Lake
El. + 8 m
0 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1

km Source: Esri, DigitalGlobe, GeoEye, Earthstar Geographics, CNES/Airbus DS, USDA, USGS, AEX, Getmapping, Aerogrid,
IGN, IGP, swisstopo, and the GIS User Community
Fig. R 2.2.11 Location of Surveyed Point for Outer Level for Tuol Kork Area
2-20
Table R 2.2.10 Design Water Level for Outer Boundary Condition
Target Area Location Water Level (EL. m)
Wat Phnom North Area Tonle Sap River 10.0
Tuol Kork Area (North) Drainage Channel of Poung Peay Lake 8.0
The water level reaches crown of river bank in the rainy season.
(12) Calibration Result
In calibration, validity of the model was confirmed by comparing the simulation result
under 2-year of return period for rainfall and the result of inundation survey result. Fig. R
2.2.12 and Fig. R 2.2.13 show maximum flood depth and duration of inundation for both
areas in simulation results under 2-year return period.
The established model for Wat Phnom Northern Area appears to be well-calibrated because
the spatial distribution matches that of inundation survey result. Occurrence of road
inundation was confirmed on such roads as St. 47, St. 84, St. 88 and around Wat Phnom.
As a result, duration of inundation duration was estimated at about 1.5 hours, which
matches inundation status testified by office staff of DOWRAM.
In Tuol Kork Area, the established model was also well-calibrated because the spatial
distributions for both items match those of inundation survey result. Occurrence of road
inundation was confirmed on such roads as St. 337, St. 315, St. 592 and so on, in which
occurrence of inundation was testified by office staff of DOWRAM. Duration of
inundation was estimated at about 6-8 hours as longest, which matches the interview result.
These calibration results for the both areas indicate the established models in this
Preparatory Survey have efficient reproducibility.
Legend
Ü Legend
Maximum Flood Depth
Ü Flood Duration
< 0.2 m 0.6 - 0.7 m < 10 min 3 - 4 hrs
0.2 - 0.3 m 0.7 - 0.8 m 10 - 30 min 4 - 5 hrs
0.3 - 0.4 m 0.8 - 0.9 m 30 - 60 min 5 - 6 hrs
0.4 - 0.5 m 1 - 1.5 hrs 6 - 7 hrs

0.9 - 1 m
1.5 - 2 hrs 7 - 8 hrs
0.5 - 0.6 m >1m
2 - 3 hrs 8 - 9 hrs
St.47
St.90
0 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 km 0 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 km
Fig. R 2.2.12 Calculation Result under 2year of Return Period for Wat Phnom
Northern Area (Left: Maximum Inundation Depth, Right Duration of Inundation)
2-21
Legend Legend
Ü Maximum Flood Depth
< 0.2 m 0.6 - 0.7 m
Ü Flood Duration
< 10 min
3 - 4 hrs
4 - 5 hrs
0.2 - 0.3 m 0.7 - 0.8 m 10 - 30 min 5 - 6 hrs
0.3 - 0.4 m 0.8 - 0.9 m 30 - 60 min 6 - 7 hrs
0.4 - 0.5 m 0.9 - 1 m 1 - 1.5 hrs 7 - 8 hrs
0.5 - 0.6 m >1m 1.5 - 2 hrs 8 - 9 hrs

2 - 3 hrs > 9 hrs
St.528
A
St.337
B St.285
St.592
St. 315
St. 608
0 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 km 0 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 km
Fig. R 2.2.13 Calculation Result under 2year of Return Period for Tuol Kork Area
(Left: Maximum Inundation Depth, Right Duration of Inundation)
(13) Evaluation of Flood Characteristics under Existing Drainage Condition

Based on the simulation results, flood characteristics and existing drainage capacity for
Wat Phnom Northern Area is evaluated as below.
 Existing drainage system has capacity for flood event of less than 2- year return period.
Occurrence of road inundation was confirmed on such roads as St. 47, St. 84, St. 88
and around Wat Phnom. As a result, inundation continues for approximately 1.5 hour
for 2-year return period.
 Although Phsar Chas Pumping station contributes to drainage improvement in this
area, temporal inundation is inevitable due to insufficient capacity of the existing
drainage pipe.
 Stormwater around Wat Phnom is deemed to be gathered into Phsar Chas Pumping
Station through drainage pipe under St. 90 or side ditch around Wat Phnom
(750x750mm). These facilities also contribute to drainage improvement in this area.
 Shortage of covering of pipes and counter slope were partly confirmed, as shown in
Fig. R 2.2.14, which shows longitudinal profile from St. 47 to St. 90.
2-22
Shortage of covering
Counter slope
*Locations are referred to Fig. R 2.2.12

Fig. R 2.2.14 Longitudinal Profile and Water Level from St.47 to St.90
(under 2-year Return Period)
Existing drainage system for Tuol Kork Area is evaluated as below.
 As with Wat Phnom Northern Area, existing drainage system has capacity for the
flood event of less than 2-year return period. Occurrence of road inundation was
confirmed in areas having low drainage capacity due to small drainage pipe and lower
area. Clogging in pipes and manholes were also confirmed in manholes along such
roads as St. 528 and St. 289, which cause drainage difficulties (See Fig. R 2.2.15).
A B
*Locations are referred to Fig. R 2.2.13.
Fig. R 2.2.15 Clogging due to Deposition in Manhole (Left: St.528, Right: St.289)
 Low topographic condition and embankment road, as well as gentle ground slope in
and around the target area, prevent stormwater from being discharged by gravity and
thus accelerate inundation. Although pumping stations are installed in the area,
temporal inundation is inevitable due to insufficient capacity of existing drainage pipe.
Occurrence of road inundation was confirmed on such roads as St. 608 and St. 285. As
a result, duration of inundation is estimated at approximately 6-8 hour at maximum for
2-year return period.
 According to survey, shortage of coverage and counter slope were partly confirmed.
For example, Fig. R 2.2.16 and Fig. R 2.2.17 show longitudinal profile and defective
parts of St. 315 and St. 337, respectively.
2-23
Counter slope Shortage of coverage

Shortage of coverage

(14) Preliminary Design of Improved Drainage System
Drainage pipe and pumping station were preliminarily designed for both target areas to
mitigate inundation. In preliminary design, the specification and their effect were evaluated
based on the model simulation with the constructed hydraulic model.
(15) Target for Drainage Improvement

Indices for evaluating drainage improvement plan consist of “flood frequency”, “flood
depth” and “flood duration”. Considering the cost for implementation, targets for
mitigation of inundation by drainage facilities were determined as shown in Table R 2.2.11.
Basically, their indices and tolerance value are set taking into account of that determined in
the prior studies.
2-24
Table R 2.2.11 Target for Mitigation of Inundation
Item Existing Target
Frequency of Inundation 4 times in a year 2 years of return period
Tolerated Inundation Depth 20 – 40cm Less than 20cm
Tolerated Duration of Inundation Longer than 2 hours Within 2 hours
(16) Design Condition

The following design conditions were applied.
(a) Target Return Period
To assure consistency with the preceding studies, 2-year return period was applied.
(b) Runoff Coefficient
The runoff coefficients shown in Table R 2.2.12 were applied.
Table R 2.2.12 Runoff Coefficient
Classification Runoff Coefficient
High Density Urban Area 0.80
High Density Residential Area 0.65
Low Density Residential Area 0.50
Commercial Area 0.35
Agricultural Area 0.05
Park, Greenery Area 0.10
Water Area 1.00
(c) Roughness Coefficient

The material of the proposed drainage pipes will be reinforced concrete. The roughness
coefficient of concrete is generally n=0.011 to 0.016. In Phase II, the roughness
coefficient of n=0.015 was applied in the design stage to consider the pipe condition
such as garbage and soil and sand sedimentation. The Preparatory Survey also refers to
this value, which is higher than that of the new pipes.
(d) Covering of Pipes
The covering of pipes empirically is set 1 m for drainage main and 0.75 m for collecting
pipes in Cambodia. Japanese guideline which is 1.0 m for drainage main and 0.6 m for
branch pipes. Considering the above setting, covering for drainage main is set at 1.0 m
in the Preparatory Survey.
(17) Preliminary Designed Drainage Facilities and Validation of Their Effect

Based on mention-above design condition and in accordance with the working procedure
shown in Fig. R 2.2.4, design of drainage facilities was examined with try-and-error
approach to satisfy the target for mitigation of inundation.
(a) Wat Phnom Northern Area
Layout plan of proposed drainage facilities in Wat Phnom Northern Area was illustrated
in Fig. R 2.2.18. In this area, stormwater is to be collected withφ1,200-1,500 mm of
drainage pipe on St.47 and St.84 where severe inundation occurs, φ1,200 mm on St.88,
φ1,500-1,800 mm on St.90 and St.92 andφ2,000 mm in west side of Wat Phnom. The
collected stormwater by the pipes are to be collected at the cross section of St.47 and
2-25
St.84, and then discharged to the eastward with box culvert of W2 m x H2 m through
St.88 and St. Preah Sisowath Quay. The water is to be temporarily stored in 6,500 m3 of
underground reservoir of the newly-installed pumping station, which has the pumping
capacity of 1.4 m3/s and discharged into Tonle Sap River.
In order to evaluate the effect for these drainage facilities, spatial distribution of
maximum inundation depth and duration of inundation with/without project in
simulation result were shown in Fig. R 2.2.19.
Distribution of the maximum inundation depth in simulation result indicates that
inundation depth in the most part of flooding area will be less than 20cm after the
Project. At St.47 and western area of Wat Phnom in the result of simulation with Project,
there are still small inundation areas where maximum inundation depth is more than
20cm. However, the inundation depth is less than 30cm and the duration of inundation
with the depth of 20cm or more is about 10minutes or shorter. The maximum inundation
depth 32cm in this area occurs at the intersection of St.61 and St.92 and the duration of
inundation with the depth of 20cm or more is about 9 minutes.
To eliminate the inundation with 20cm or more in depth, it is necessary to expand the
scale of overall drainage facilities to improve at the downstream area, and the project
cost will be extremely increased. To avoid excessive investment, the inundation with the
depth of 20cm or more for short time is permitted in the Preparatory Survey.
Distribution of the duration of inundation in simulation result indicates that duration of
inundation was estimated at less than 2 hours in the whole inundation areas. This result
shows that inundation was substantially mitigated and proposed facilities will contribute
to drainage improvement in this area.
2-26
φ1.5m
L=400m
I=0.002
Storage Volume: 6,500m3 (L=150m,

W=11m, H=4.0m)
Top Elevation: 8.5m
Bottom Elevation: 4.5m
ϕ1.2m L=300m I=0.001

φ1.8m
L=370m
I=0.002
□W2m x H2m
L=195m
I=0.002
Pumping St.
Q=1.4m3/s
ϕ1.2m L=400m I=0.001
ϕ2m
L=150m
I=0.001
ϕ1.2m L=155m I=0.001
ϕ1.5m L=520m I=0.001
ϕ1.8m L=600m I=0.001
Summary of Proposed Implementation

Item Amount
Pumping St Q=1.4 m3/s x 1
Storage Tank V= (150m x 11m x 3.5m)
ϕ2m Pipe 195 m
ϕ1.8m Pipe 1,140 m
ϕ1.5m Pipe 1,120 m
ϕ1.2m Pipe 1,975 m
Fig. R 2.2.18 Horizontal Plan of Proposed Drainage Facilities (Wat Phnom Northern
Area)
2-27
Maximum Inundation Depth
【wo/ Project】 Legend 【w/ Project】 Legend
Maximum Flood Depth Maximum Flood Depth
Ü < 0.2 m 0.6 - 0.7 m Ü < 0.2 m 0.6 - 0.7 m
0.2 - 0.3 m 0.7 - 0.8 m 0.2 - 0.3 m 0.7 - 0.8 m
0.3 - 0.4 m 0.8 - 0.9 m 0.3 - 0.4 m 0.8 - 0.9 m
0.4 - 0.5 m 0.9 - 1 m 0.4 - 0.5 m 0.9 - 1 m
0.5 - 0.6 m >1m 0.5 - 0.6 m >1m
0 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 km 0 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 km
Duration of Inundation
【wo/ Project】【w/ Project】
Legend
Ü Flood Duration
Ü Legend
Flood Duration
< 10 min 3 - 4 hrs < 10 min 3 - 4 hrs
10 - 30 min 4 - 5 hrs 10 - 30 min 4 - 5 hrs
30 - 60 min 5 - 6 hrs 30 - 60 min 5 - 6 hrs
1 - 1.5 hrs 6 - 7 hrs 1 - 1.5 hrs 6 - 7 hrs
1.5 - 2 hrs 7 - 8 hrs 1.5 - 2 hrs 7 - 8 hrs
2 - 3 hrs 8 - 9 hrs 2 - 3 hrs 8 - 9 hrs
0 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 km 0 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 km
Fig. R 2.2.19 Effect of the Measures for Mitigation of Inundation

(Wat Phnom Northern Area)
2-28
(b) Tuol Kork Area
Layout plan of proposed drainage facilities for Tuol Kork Area was illustrated in Fig. R
2.2.20. This area is initially subdivided into three areas based on the current status of
inundation and existing drainage system. Then drainage facilities for each area were
examined. Proposed drainage route for each area was described below.
 Stormwater from St.528 to St.337 is collected with drainage pipe ofφ1,500 mm
and box culvert of W2,700 mm x H1,500 mm and then discharged to outer area by
gravity through the existing pipe under St.1958.
 Stormwater from St.596 and St.592 are collected byφ2,000 mm drainage main
installed under St.315 and discharged to swamp near Tuol Kork1 pumping station
with box culvert of W2,000mm x H1,500mm to be regulated in the swamp. The
stormwater is finally discharged to outer area by pumps in Tuol Kork1 pumping
station of existing (2.32m3/s) and under construction (5m3/s).
 Stormwater is collected with φ1,000 mm of drainage pipe from St.287 to St.528,
and then discharged to swamp area near Tuol Kork2 pumping station with the box
culvert. The stormwater is finally discharged to outer area by the pumps in Tuol
Kork2 with capacity of existing (1.4 m3/s) and under construction (5 m3/s). On the
other hand, stormwater from St.608 and St.287 is collected and discharged to the
swamp near Tuol Kork2 pumping station with φ1,000 mm drainage main and
augmented existing pipe.
In order to evaluate the effect for these drainage facilities, spatial distribution of
maximum inundation depth and duration of inundation with/without measures in the
simulation result were shown in Fig. R 2.2.21.
Distribution of the maximum inundation depth in simulation result indicates that
inundation depth in the most part of flooding area will be less than 20cm after the
Project. At the intersection of St.339 and St.566 in the result of simulation with Project,
there are small inundation area where the maximum inundation depth is about 31cm and
duration of inundation with the depth of 20cm or more is approximately 15 minutes.
Inundation of this area has small influence on the local residents and the traffic due to
depopulated and less traffic area. St.337 can be an alternate road during flood.
There are some inundation areas where the maximum inundation depth is 20cm~30cm.
However, duration of inundation at these area is approximately 5 to 20 minutes with the
depth of 20cm or more.
To eliminate the inundation with 20cm or more in depth, it is necessary to expand the
scale of overall drainage facilities to improve at the downstream area with excavation at
swamp area as well as the construction of underground retention facility at the
inundation points. It requires huge amount of project cost. To avoid excessive
investment, the inundation with the depth of 20cm or more for short time is permitted in
the Preparatory Survey.
Distribution of the duration of inundation in simulation result indicates that duration of
inundation was estimated at less than 2 hours in the whole inundation areas. Duration of
inundation at Tuol Kork Area is generally longer than duration of inundation at Wat
Phnom Northern Area. This result shows that inundation was substantially mitigated and
proposed facilities will contribute to drainage improvement in this area.
2-29
ϕ1.5 m
L=295 m
I=0.001 Pumping St.
(Under
Construction by
□W=2.7 m x H=1.5 m
DPWT)
L=20m 3
I= Flat ϕ1 m Q=5m /s
ϕ1 m
L=340 m L=85 m
□W=2.7 m x H=1.5 m
I=0.0001 I=0.0001
L=685 m I=0.001
□W=2.2 m x H=0.8 m
L=260 m
Φ2 m I=0.0001
ϕ1.5 m L=1,851m
L=440 m I= 0.00001
I=0.001 ϕ1 m
ϕ1.5 m
L=1,030m
L=1,341 m
I=0.003 □W=1.8 m
I=0.0003
x H=1.0 m
L=260 m
I=0.001
ϕ1 m (Widening ex-pipe)
L=440 m ϕ1 m
I=0.001 L=450 m
I=0.0005
ϕ1 m
L=452 m
I=0.001
□W=2 m x H=2 m
L=25 m
I=Flat
Pumping St. Summary of Proposed Implementation

(Under Construction by Item Amount
DPWT) Box Culvert
3 □W 2 m x H 2 m : 45m
Q=5m /s □W 2 m x H 1.5 m : 260m
ϕ 2m Pipe 2,966m
ϕ1.5m Pipe 1,783m
ϕ1m Pipe 3,078m
Total 8,132m
Fig. R 2.2.20 Layout Plan of Proposed Drainage Facilities (Tuol Kork Area)
2-30
Maximum Inundation Depth
Maximum Flood Depth Maximum Flood Depth
Ü < 0.2 m
0.2 - 0.3 m
0.6 - 0.7 m
0.7 - 0.8 m
Ü < 0.2 m
0.2 - 0.3 m
0.6 - 0.7 m
0.7 - 0.8 m
0.3 - 0.4 m 0.8 - 0.9 m 0.3 - 0.4 m 0.8 - 0.9 m
0.4 - 0.5 m 0.9 - 1 m 0.4 - 0.5 m 0.9 - 1 m
0.5 - 0.6 m >1m 0.5 - 0.6 m >1m
0 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 km 0 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 km
Duration of Inundation
Flood Duration Flood Duration
Ü < 10 min
10 - 30 min
3 - 4 hrs
4 - 5 hrs Ü < 10 min
10 - 30 min
3 - 4 hrs
4 - 5 hrs
30 - 60 min 5 - 6 hrs 30 - 60 min 5 - 6 hrs
1 - 1.5 hrs 6 - 7 hrs 1 - 1.5 hrs 6 - 7 hrs
1.5 - 2 hrs 7 - 8 hrs 1.5 - 2 hrs 7 - 8 hrs
2 - 3 hrs 8 - 9 hrs 2 - 3 hrs 8 - 9 hrs
0 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 km
0 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 km
Fig. R 2.2.21 Effect of the Mitigation Measures (Tuol Kork Area)
2-31
2.2.2.2 Development of Drainage Main for Improvement of Wat Phnom Northern Area and
Tuol Kork Area Drainage Systems
Based on the results of hydraulic analysis in Subsection 2.2.2.1, type and size of drainage mains in
Wat Phnom Northern and Tuol Kork areas are analyzed. As a result, total length of the drainage
mains, based on the design policy of 2-year return period with no more than 0.2 of inundation
depth and 1 to 2 hours duration, amounts to 11.51 km. The following table summarizes the type
and size of the proposed drainage mains in the two drainage areas.
Table R 2.2.13 Summary of Type, Size and Length of Drainage Main
Wat Phnom Total Length
Type and Size Tuol Kork Area
Northern Area (m)
Circular Pipe φ700mm×2 Lines - 93 93
Circular Pipe φ1,000mm - 3,026 3,026
Circular Pipe φ1,200mm 816 - 816
Circular Pipe φ1,500mm 899 2,011 2,910
Circular Pipe φ1,800mm 788 - 788
Circular Pipe φ2,000mm 161 1,829 1,990
Box Culvert B1,800mm×H1,000mm - 188 188
Box Culvert B2,000mm×H2,000mm 485 60 545
Box Culvert B2,200mm×H 800mm - 243 243
Box Culvert B2,700mm×H1,500mm - 907 907
Total 3,149 8,357 11,506
Proposed drainage main systems in the two drainage areas are outlined as follows.
2-32
(1) Wat Phnom Northern Area
Location, type, size and length of Drainage Mains in Wat Phnom Northern Area are shown
in Table R 2.2.14 and Fig. R 2.2.22.
Table R 2.2.14 Summary of Type, Size and Length of Drainage Pipe (Wat Phnom Northern
Area)
Drainage Length
Type Reasons for installation Considerations for Installation
Main (m)
R47-1 Circular Pipe 389 - Size and slope of existing pipe are - Crossing of water supply
φ1,500mm insufficient to convey design flow pipe
- Inundation depth: knee - Heavy traffic
R47-2 Circular Pipe 373 - Size and slope of existing pipe are - Crossing of raw water pipe
φ1,800mm insufficient to convey design flow of φ700 mm
- Inundation duration: more than 2 to 3 hours
R84 Circular Pipe 305 - Size and slope of existing pipe are - Crossing of water supply
φ1,200mm insufficient to convey design flow pipe, electric and optical
- Inundation depth: knee cable
φ1,500mm insufficient to convey design flow pipe and electric cable
- Inundation depth: knee
R92-R47-1 Circular Pipe 415 - Size and slope of existing pipe are - Crossing of water supply
R92-R47-2 Circular Pipe 161 - Size and slope of existing pipe are - Crossing of water supply
φ2,000mm insufficient to convey design flow pipe including raw water
- Inundation depth: knee pipe of φ700 mm, and
- Inundation duration: more than 2 to 3 hours optical cable
- Heavy traffic
R19 Circular Pipe 128 - Size and slope of existing pipe are - Heavy traffic
φ1,200mm insufficient to convey design flow
R88-Sisow Box Culvert 485 - Convey stormwater from the entire Wat - Crossing of water supply
ath B2,000mm Phnom Northern area to the proposed UGR pipe including raw water
×H2,000mm (Underground Reservoir) along Tonle Sap pipe of φ700 mm and
River φ1,200 mm, as well as
electric and optical cables
- Crossing of PPWSA’s
drainage pipe of φ800 mm at
Sisowath boulevard
- Running parallel to raw
water pipe of φ700 mm
along Rd. 88
Total 3,149
2-33
Fig. R 2.2.22 Layout Plan of Drainage Main (Wat Phnom Northern Area)
(2) Tuol Kork Area

Location, type, size and length of Drainage Mains in Wat Phnom Northern Area are shown
in Table R 2.2.15 and Fig. R 2.2.23.
2-34
Table R 2.2.15 Summary of Type, Size and Length of Drainage Pipe (Tuol Kork Area)
Drainage Length
Type Reasons for installation Considerations for Installation
Main (m)
R287- Circular Pipe 1,177 - Size and slope of existing pipe are - Crossing of water supply pipe,
R528 φ1,000mm insufficient to convey design flow electric, optical and telephone
R528 Circular Pipe 93 - Size and slope of existing pipe are - Crossing of water supply pipe
φ700mm×2 insufficient to convey design flow
lines - Inundation depth: knee
R283-1 Circular Pipe 349 - Size and slope of existing pipe are - Crossing of water supply pipe,
φ1,000mm insufficient to convey design flow optical and telephone cable
R283-2 Box Culvert 243 - Size and slope of existing pipe are - Crossing of optical cable
B2,200mm× insufficient to convey design flow - Connection to existing drainage
H 800mm - Inundation depth: knee pipe
R608-1 Circular Pipe 544 - Size and slope of existing pipe are - Crossing of water supply pipe,
φ1,000mm insufficient to convey design flow optical and electric cable
R608-2 Box Culvert 188 - Size and slope of existing pipe are - Crossing of water supply pipe
B1,800mm× insufficient to convey design flow and electric cable
H1,000mm - Inundation depth: knee - Connection to existing drainage
- Inundation duration: more than 2 to 3 hours channel
R315-1 Circular Pipe 1,829 - Size and slope of existing pipe are - Crossing of water supply pipe,
φ2,000mm insufficient to convey design flow optical and electric cable
R315-2 Box Culvert 60 - Convey stormwater collected to R315-1 - Resettlement (1 household)
B2,000mm× and R315-2 and discharge them to Tuol
H2,000mm Kork 1 pumping station
North φ1,500mm insufficient to convey design flow including water pipe of
- Inundation depth: knee φ900 mm, and
- Inundation duration: more than 2 to 3 hours electric/optical/telephone cable
South φ1,000mm insufficient to convey design flow and electric/optical/telephone
φ1,500mm insufficient to convey design flow and optical/telephone cable
R528- Circular Pipe 232 - Size and slope of existing pipe are - Crossing of water supply pipe
R337-1 φ1,500mm insufficient to convey design flow and optical cable
R528- Box Culvert 907 - Convey stormwater collected to - Crossing of water supply pipe
R337-2 B2,700mm× R528-R337 and discharge them to the and electric/optical/telephone
H1,500mm existing drainage pipe cable
Total 8,357
2-35
Fig. R 2.2.23 Layout Plan of Drainage Main (Tuol Kork Area)
2-36
2.2.2.3 Construction of Pumping Station and Underground Reservoir for Improvement of
Wat Phnom Northern Area Drainage Systems
(1) Necessity of Pumping Station and Underground Reservoir

Central area of Phnom Penh frequently suffers from inundation due to topological
constrains as well as aged drainage system, especially in the rainy season. Water level of
Tonle Sap River fluctuates in about 10 m. Stormwater in Phnom Penh can be drained out
into the River by gravity in the dry season when river water level is low. On the other hand,
the stormwater cannot be drained out into the River by gravity in the rainy season when the
water level is high and rises up to almost the same level as the ground surface elevation,
and thus the stormwater shall be compulsory drained out into the River by pump.
Underground reservoir temporarily stores stormwater to reduce the amount of stormwater
and capacity requirement of pumping equipment.
In consideration of the above conditions, underground reservoir and pumping station is
proposed at the downstream end of drainage network of Wat Phnom Northern Area, and
the stormwater from the Area is drained out into Tonle Sap River (i) by gravity when the
water level of the River is low and (ii) by pump when the water level of the River is high.
(2) Basic Design Criteria of Pumping Station and Underground Reservoir

Stormwater is collected by the drainage pipe network, passed through trash screen, stored
in underground reservoir, and drained out into the river.
Area along right bank of Tonle Sap River is located at the central area of Phnom Penh,
encompassing important facilities of the capital city, as well as tourist spots. In addition, so
many people visit the area throughout the year for relaxation and site seeing. Therefore, the
following design criteria are considered to design underground reservoir and pumping
station in terms of layout, size and structures.
(a) Major Features of Site of Pumping Station and Plan/Design Criteria
Pumping stations are to be planned and designed in accordance with the following
criteria:
 The underground reservoir and pumping station is designed under the park along
Tonle Sap River, and shall be located at the southern area of intake tower of
PPWSA.
 Since the site of underground reservoir and pumping station is located at tourist spot,
the facilities/equipment shall be designed not to damage the surrounding landscape,
to minimize height and size of building and to minimize such facilities as crane.
 Stormwater shall be discharged by gravity as much as possible, which must result in

reduction and/or minimization of electric power consumption for pumping up
operation.
 Same type and size of pump installed in Phase II shall be equipped in consideration
of: (i) easiness of operation and maintenance, (ii) compatibility of spare parts and
(iii) risk distribution. A pair of drainage pump having the same capacity shall be
mounted on the gate of the pumping station on account of risk management, etc.
2-37
 Main power source of pumping station shall be commercial electric power of EDC,
which is easily obtainable. In case of power failure, an Emergency Diesel-Engine
Drive Generator Set (EGS) shall be provided to operate pumping equipment.
 In the dry season, wastewater from the Wat Phnom Northern Area is not conveyed
to underground reservoir but is conveyed by interceptor and discharged to existing
drainage pipe, which is connected to Tamok Lake at the downstream end.
(b) Layout Plan/Design Criteria

 Trash screen is installed before entrance of underground reservoir, to prevent
garbage from entering into the reservoir. The water introduced to the reservoir is
drained out into Tonle Sap River.
 The layout plan of pumping station, trash screen and underground reservoir shall be
formulated considering the location of existing drainage outlet to Tonle Sap River.
 Bottom elevation of underground reservoir shall be set in consideration of invert

level of connected drainpipe main.
 Area and depth of the underground reservoir is determined in comparison between

the storage requirement obtained from the hydraulic analysis and available land in
the site. The space of the site shall be minimized as much as possible.
 Since transfer/removal of existing facilities (house, Buddhist Temple, pumping

station, electric distribution line, phone wire, water supply pipe, etc.) within the
project area causes extension of construction term and increase of construction cost,
those transfer/removals shall be avoided as much as possible. Since old/large trees
are often related to a religious belief in Cambodia, they shall be preserved as much
as possible.
 The soil thickness at the underground reservoir shall be secured in consideration of
the promotion of vegetation.
The layout plan of pumping station, trash screen and underground reservoir is as
illustrated in the following figure.
Fig. R 2.2.24 Layout Image of Pumping Station and Underground Reservoir
2-38
(3) Major Specification of Pumping Station and Underground Reservoir
The major specification and composition of drainage facilities constructed by the Project
such as pumping station and underground reservoir are as shown in the following table.
Table R 2.2.16 Major Specification of Pumping Station and Underground Reservoir
Facilities Capacity Remarks
No.6 Pumping Station (P6) Discharge Capacity:1.4 m3/s 0.70 m3/s×2 pump
No.6 Underground Reservoir (UGR6) Storage Capacity: 6,500 m3 L:140m×W:12m×H:4m
Mechanical Screen Automatic raking screen
To follow serial number of the existing pumping station and underground reservoir, names
of No.6 Pumping Station (P6) and No.6 Underground Reservoir (UGR6) are given to the
pumping station and underground reservoir proposed in the Project.
(4) Design of Underground Reservoir

UGR6 will be located under the park along Tonle Sap River. The park is located along
Sisowath boulevard near the intersection of Sisowath boulevard and St.88. Layout of
UGR6 and P6, including trash screen is shown in Fig. R 2.2.25 and major considerations
for the designing is enumerated below.
 The trash screen is arranged at the connection point of proposed drainage main
(R88-Sisowath drainage main).
 The basic structure of UGR6 is the flat slab structure, which is a rigid structure
consisting of slab, wall and pillar.
 Structure of UGR6 is designed in consideration of the buoyancy with residual
underground water.
 Since bearing capacity of ground is small, the pile foundation shall be applied.
 Three trees shall permanently be removed and a part of the existing revetment shall
temporally be removed and reconstructed for the construction works.
Fig. R 2.2.25 Layout of No.6 Underground Reservoir and No.6 Pumping Station
2-39
(5) Outlet and Outlet Gate
Outlet gate shall be installed at the entrance of outlet to prevent influx of river water into
the underground reservoir. This gate shall be closed in the case of emergency or
maintenance and operation of pump. Normally, an outlet gate of sluiceway is installed
outside of the dike (riverside). However, the outlet gate of this project shall be installed at
the entrance of outlet in pump pit (inside of the dike, landside) in consideration of structure
of existing revetment and landscape. Basic design criteria for outlet and outlet gate are
enumerated as follows:
 The outlet shall be installed at the farthest south to keep distance as much as possible
from the intake of PPWSA.
 Dimension of the outlet shall be concrete box culvert of 2.0 m×2.0 m.
 Outlet gate shall be the steel made slide gate, and have 4-sealing edges.
 Hoisting equipment of outlet gate shall be manual spindle type. Gate shall be operated
by manpower.
(6) Pump, Electric Equipment, Pump Operation & Maintenance House

(a) Applicable Type of Pump
Since design conditions of pump require a large discharge capacity under low pumping
up head in this Project, horizontal/vertical shaft - axial/mixed flow type and submergible
type pumps shall be adopted for alternatives. The selection process is described
hereinafter.
Table R 2.2.17 Selection of Pump Type
Contents of Comparison
Gate-Mounted Pump Type (Selected)
This type of pump is composed mainly of a steel roller-gate on which 1 or a pair of submergible pump with flap valve
is mounted. The steel roller-gate is provided at a part of the standardized discharge canal to make a sluiceway that
connects up to the outlet to the river. With these arrangements, the gate-mounted pump type pumping station functions
as follows:
- Upon lifting the gate-mounted pump by the electric drive hoist machine over its clear opening, stormwater
gathered in UGR can discharge freely by gravity flow to the river whenever water level of Tonle Sap River is
lower than outlet. This gravity flow discharge, i.e., non-electric discharge operation will be possible during 6
months between January and June, and thus contributes considerably to save operation cost on electricity
consumption;
- When water level of Tonle Sap River rises higher than outlet during rainy season, the gate-mounted pump
must be closed to prevent reflux of river water. Then, the submergible pumps mounted on the gate can operate
electrically to discharge stormwater gathered in UGR;
- There is an advantage that cost can be reduced, like equipment cost, site acquisition cost, etc.; and
- The pump O&M house becomes compact.
It is therefore concluded that selection of the gate-mounted pump type is technically and scenically sound in design
and economically feasible.
Horizontal Shaft - Axial/Mixed Flow Type Pump
This type of pump is unable to create self-priming condition alone due to the impeller’s position in air space, so that it
is impossible to start operation quickly in response to demand on stormwater discharge. To attain such self-priming
condition, the pump must be equipped with a lot of auxiliary equipment, which will be more expensive. Size of
facilities on the ground will be tall and wide. Hence, this type is not suitable for the Project.
Vertical Shaft - Axial/Mixed Flow Type Pump
Vertical shaft - axial/mixed flow type pumps are easy to start because of their impellers are always in the submerged
position. And cavitation does not happen easily. However, they must be equipped with a lot of auxiliary equipment,
which will be costlier, and size of facilities on the ground will be tall and wide. Hence, this type is not suitable for the
Project.
2-40
Contents of Comparison
Submerged Type Pump
This type of pump is a kind of vertical shaft - axial/mixed flow type pump, submerged and encased into the steel
column. The same type was installed in the Boeung Tumpun Pumping Station in 2004 under Phase I. These pumps
can quickly respond for the discharge of stormwater on demand because they are submergible. However, this pump
type is unable to discharge stormwater by gravity flow during rainy season and even the early part of the rainy season.
This results in a large amount of electricity consumption. Further, it needs a large plain area because each pumping
equipment unit requires an independent pump suction pit structure. Hence, this type is not suitable for the Project.
As a result, Gate-Mounted Pump Type is selected in the Project because: (i)

gate-mounted pump is most preferable in terms of space requirement and reduction of
cost, (ii) the gate-mounted pump is installed in the existing four pumping stations
constructed in Phase II and they are well operated and (iii) effective operation and
maintenance is expected by applying the same type of pump as in Phase II.
(b) Design of Pumping Station
Their basic dimensions of pumping station are as given below.
Table R 2.2.18 Basic Dimensions of Pumping Station and Gate-Mounted Pump
Pumping Station (P.S.) Specifications Gate-Mounted Pump Specifications
Max. River Water Level (EL.m) EL.10.2m Pump Discharge Volume in 1.4m3/s
Total (Q m3/s) ＊1
Ground Level (EL.m) EL.11.0m Water Tank: L (m) x W (m) L3.9m×W2.7m
SWL of UGR (EL.m) EL.8.5m Gate: W (m) x H (m) 1 (No), W2.7m×H1.5m
Pump Start WL (EL.m) EL.5.0m Number of Gate Leaf (No.) 2
Pump Stop WL (EL.m) EL.4.6m Pump Type Submergible-
Sill of Rake Pit (EL.m) EL.4.5m horizontal-shaft axial
flow type, with flap
valve
Sill of UGR (EL.m) EL.4.5m Pump Discharge/ set (Q/2 m3/s) 0.7m3/s
Sill of Pump Suction Pit (EL.m) EL.3.1m Pump Total Head (m)＊2 5.75 m
Sill of Gate (EL.m) Ditto Maximum Pump Total Head 6.15 m
(m)＊3
Clear Height of Gate (m) 1.5 m Pump Starting Method Condorfare & Time Lag
Sill of Pump Discharge Pit EL.3.1m
(EL.m)
Sill of Outlet Gate (EL.m) Ditto Drive Motor (kW)/pump 45 kW
Sectional Dimension of Outlet 2.0m x 2.0m Emergency Generator 200 kVA
(m)
Length of Outlet Conduit (m) 15 m
Notes： *1：Guaranteed capacity at the start-up water level in UGR
*2：River water level (10.2 m) - start-up water level in UGR + head loss in the outlet channel (0.55 m)
*3：River water level (10.2 m) - shutdown water level in UGR + head loss in the outlet channel (0.55 m)
 Each pump shall have its suction water depth set at 1.5 m, which is the water depth at
the pump auto stop water level from sill of pump pit.
 Two submergible pumps are mounted on each roller gate type steel gate, which runs
up and down inside the pump pit structure.
 The gate is handled with monorail hoist, which travels along the I-beam type monorail
fixed beneath the O&M house slab beams. The hoists shall have a hoisting capacity of
around 15 ton, and shall be controlled by means of pendant type push-button switches.
 Water level detector shall be equipped to control pump operation.
 Whenever water level of underground reservoir rises up to the pump starting water
level, a buzzer will be rung to inform the operator. Then the operator must start pumps
2-41
with a time lag accordingly.
 The pumps shall stop automatically whenever water level of underground reservoir
goes down to the pump stop water level.
 Each gate is kept at the fully closed position during the rainy season to stand by pump
up operation, and gate is taken out from the pump pit and rested on the floor of O&M
house during the dry season.
 Maintenance and repair of the gate-mounted pump is conducted on the ground floor
and the conveyance of the pump is conducted using the monorail hoist.
(c) Design of Pump Operation/Maintenance House
Pump Operation/Maintenance House (Pump O&M House) are provided for each
pumping station. Design criteria for the Pump O&M House are as described below.
 Floor elevation of Pump O&M House shall be set based on comparison of the
following elevation. The higher elevation is chosen as floor elevation.
Table R 2.2.19 Floor Elevation of Pump Operation/Maintenance House
Criteria Objectives Results
Upsurge water level ＋0.4m To prevent inundation in the EL.10.8m + 0.4m = EL.11.2m
house
Surface ground elevation GL＋0.3m To prevent stormwater from EL.11.0m + 0.3m = EL.11.3m
coming into the house
Floor elevation EL. 11.3 m
 One set of main distribution panel to receive electric power from EDC’s existing
line and the Emergency Diesel-Engine Drive Generator Set (EGS), one set of
generator panel and one set of pump operation panel are put on the floor of Pump
O&M house.
 Pump, monorail hoist, EGS and each electric panel shall be connected by floor duct.
 Entrance door with louver and wall louver are installed for air ventilation. The
shutter is installed on the rejection heat side of the generator (river side), and the
shutter shall be opened completely before engine start. The exhaust pipe shall be the
structure that can expand and contract. The Pump O&M house shall have light
windows.
 Structural design of Pump O&M house shall take the operation load with the
monorail hoist in consideration. Appearance of Pump O&M house shall be in
harmony with the surrounding landscape.
(d) Electric Power Supply System
Electric power requirement for No.6 Pumping Station is about 45 kW through 400
V/230 V. Transformer capacity shall be 200 kVA.
Table R 2.2.20 Comparison between Electric Power Requirement and Capacity of Existing
Substation
Item No.6 Pumping Station
Pump motor (kW) 45kW×2 sets
Motor of rake screen (kW) 1.5
Required capacity of transformer (kVA) 200
Capacity of existing transformer (kVA) 1,000
2-42
EDC has Compact Transformer Substation (CTS), being 360 m away from the No.6
Pumping Station. The CTS have enough capacity to supply power to the pumping station
and hence the power for the pumping station shall be obtained from the CTS. Permission
of power supply from the CTS is tentatively obtained in the consultation with EDC.
No.6 Pumping Station and the CTS is connected by laying underground cable, as shown
in the following figure.
Fig. R 2.2.26 Electric Power Supply Route for No.6 Pumping Station (P6)
Existing Substation 1000kVA transformer 400V terminals for feeders

Photo R 2.2.2 Nearest Existing Substation of No.6 Pumping Station (P6)
Design standard provided by EDC (Electricite du Cambodge：EDC), is shown in the
following table.
Table R 2.2.21 Design Standard of EDC
Item Criteria
Design criteria International standard including that of Japan (No criteria in EDC)
Electrical source 400kV, 3 phases, 50Hz
Method for connection Y-connection
Power meter Installed by EDC
Fluctuation of power voltage ±10%
Frequency of power failure 19.88hr/year, 22 times/year (based on actual data in year 2015)
Electrical power charge 780Riel/kWh
(e) Emergency Power Supply

To cope with EDC’s electric power failure, one set of EGS shall be equipped to supply
emergency power to the pumping equipment, as well as mechanical screen to maintain
the drain ability in any emergency case.
2-43
The same type of EGS as installed in Phase II, shall be selected as shown in the
following table.
Table R 2.2.22 Specifications of Emergency Diesel-Engine Drive Generator Set (EGS)
Item Specifications
Type Radiator cooling, low noise, with bonnet
Voltage 400/230 V, 3-phase/ 1-Phase, 4-wire
Starting method Manual using cell-motor
Charger System power supply and dynamo
Noise level 7mdB(A) 70dB
Fuel type Diesel oil (Light mineral oil)
Exciter Blush less type
Power factor More than 0.8
Fuel tank More than 10 hours, on board
Capacity More than 200kVA
 Switch over to EGS and commercial power shall be done manually. In case of
power failure in rainy days, the EGS shall be started depends on the water level
checked by operating staff.
 EGS shall be packaged-type. Fuel tank of small lots is not equipped in the Pump
O&M house. Instead, fuel from oil drum shall be filled up by hand pump.
(7) Design of Mechanical Screen

Design of mechanical screen for No.6 Pumping Station is described in Subsection 2.2.2.5
“Construction of Mechanical Screen at Pumping Stations constructed in Phase II”.
2.2.2.4 Development of Interceptor Pipe for Improvement of Wat Phnom Northern Area
Drainage System
As with Phase II, interceptor pipe (schematic diagram of interceptor is shown in Fig. R 2.2.28) will
be proposed to prevent wastewater from being directly discharged to Tonle Sap River. In the
Project, an interceptor pipe is proposed in Wat Phnom Northern Area.
Alignment of the interceptor pipe is proposed with the total length of 1,620 m, as shown in Fig. R
2.2.22. The alignment is set based on the consultation with DPWT. The interceptor is connected to
drainage pipe along Rd. 273, which is being installed by DPWT. The interceptor cannot be
connected to the drainage pipe along Rd. 273 by gravity, manhole type pump will be proposed at
the connecting point (image of manhole type
pump is shown in Fig. R 2.2.27).
In principle, the interceptor is not designed to
accomodate backwasing and sedimentattion
basin cleaning water from Phum Prek Water
Treatment Plant because (i) backwasing
water contains only silt and sand originated
from Tonle Sap River, (ii) amount of the
water is large in volume compared to that of
wastewater from Wat Phnom Northern Area,
and thus (iii) interceptor will easily be
clogged and overloaded.
Fig. R 2.2.27 Image of Manhole Type Pump
2-44
Interceptor River
Drainage Outlet
Overflow Chamber
PLAN
Interceptor
Overflow Chamber
Overflow Chamber
Interceptor
Drainage Pipe Overfall Weir
Outlet
Drainage Pipe
Outlet
Overfall Weir
CROSS SECTION
PLAN
Fig. R 2.2.28 Schematic Diagram of Interceptor
Based on the above conditions, tentatively assumed specification of the interceptor is summarised
in Table R 2.2.23.
Table R 2.2.23 Outline of Tentatively Assumed Interceptor
Item Unit Contents Remarks
Population Person 15,240 Source: The Study on Drainage and Sewerage Improvement
Project in Phnom Penh Metropolitan Area
Hourly max wastewater L/day/capita 340
generation per capita
Amount of wastewater m3/day 5,200 Estimated based on the Study on Drainage and Sewerage
m3/s 0.060 Improvement Project in Phnom Penh Metropolitan Area
Length m 1,620 Considerations for Construction
- Crossing of water pipe, including φ700 mm, φ800 mm,
φ1,200 mm and φ1,600 mm of raw water pipe, as well as
electric cable
- Heavy traffic on Sisowath boulevard, St. 47 and St. 273
Velocity required m/s 0.6 Based on “Guideline for Planning and Designing of
Sewerage facilities”, Japan
Diameter 700
2.2.2.5 Construction of Mechanical Screen at Pumping Stations constructed in Phase II
(1) Design Policy

The design policy and design Standards on the Project required by PPCC, DPWT, EDC,
etc. are of International Standards or equivalent standards, and the design policy used in
the projects in Cambodia covered by Japanese International Grant Aid is also approved.
Thus, this project is based upon these design policies.
(2) Location for Installation
Trash removal equipment is installed before pumps to prevent clogging of trash in the
impeller of pump and manually raking bar screens were installed in four existing pumping
2-45
stations of Chak Tomuk Pumping Station (P1), Preah Kumlung Pumping Station (P2),
Phsar Kandal Pumping Station (P4) and Phsar Chas Pumping Station (P5) at Phase II. The
manual operation, however, is not suitable for incoming large flow to the pump stations.
In this project, mechanical screens (automatic raking screens) are installed at the existing
screen rooms after taking the existing bar screens away. However, the construction space
for the automatic raking screens is not enough for the existing spaces. Thus, the
modification of screen rooms is required.
At the new pumping station (No.6 Pumping Station (P6)), the new automatic raking screen
is installed by the same reason of above.
(3) Specification of Automatic Raking Screen

The type of screen is selected of an automatic rotation rake screen with kick up equipment
as shown Fig. R 2.2.29 which is suitable for large incoming flow. This type is stipulated in
“Design (plan) Manual and Explanation” of Japan Construction Engineers Association.
Not to prevent gravity flowing, the raking screen itself is lifted up over the maximum water
by the wire winch facilities. The trash picked up by rakes is brought up into the buckets.
The buckets containing the trash are manually lifted above ground level by crane.
Electric Winch
machine Buckets
Fig. R 2.2.29 Automatic Rotation Rake Screen with Kick Up Equipment

(4) Material of Automatic Raking Screen
New automatic raking screen must be made with stainless steel for the purpose of
anticorrosion. The existing steel bar screens have been severely corroded by hydrogen
sulfide as shown Photo R 2.2.3.
Photo R 2.2.3 Condition of Existing Bar Screen
2-46
(5) Design Condition
Automatic rotary rake screen is designed based on the volume and size of trash (Photo R
2.2.4) picked up by the existing bar screens. The design condition is as shown in the Table
R 2.2.24.
Photo R 2.2.4 Typical Trashes Caught Before Bar Screen
Table R 2.2.24 Design Condition of Automatic Rotary Rakes Screen

Item Design Condition Remarks
Max. size of domestic garbage 300 mm
Max. velocity trough screen 1 m/sec
Vg =K・Q Criteria of Japanese coefficient of
Here In trash incoming
Vg: Volume of Trash (m3/h) In Japan, it is between 2.0 and 2.5.
K: Coefficient of Trash Incoming The existing condition is worse
Q: Incoming Drainage Volume (m3/s) than in Japan, thus it is better to
select 2.5.
Rake Speed 5 m/min. Criteria 3 to 8
Angle of Installation 75 degree Criteria 70 to 80 degree
Length of Rakes 300mm
Clear Bar Span Based on Pump Size
(6) Capability of Automatic Raking Screen

The capability of automatic raking screen calculated based on the above design data is
shown in Table R 2.2.25.
Table R 2.2.25 Specifications of Automatic Raking Screen
Station No. P1 P2 P4 P5 P6
Incoming flow volume (m3/s) 2.5 3.3 4.3 5.2 6.9
Screen width (m) 1.8 1.5 2.4 2.7 2.7
Screen depth (m) 2.9 2.45 2.8 2.35 2.8
Passing velocity (m/s) 0.479 0.898 0.64 0.82 0.91
Incoming trashes volume (m3/hr) 6.25 8.25 10.75 13 17.25
Transaction capability of automatic raking screen 9.51 8.37 12.83 15.86 18.06
Rating of capability OK OK OK OK OK
(7) Installation Dimension and Ground Level of Automatic Raking Screen

The installation dimension and ground level of automatic raking screen for each station is
2-47
Table R 2.2.26 Installation Dimension and Ground Level
Items P1 P2 P4 P5 P6
Width (m) 7.5 7.3 8.1 8.2 8.2
Length (m) 11.6 11.0 11.5 11.3 11.3
Ground Level (m) 1.5 2.0 2.5 2.4 2.4
(8) Electric Power Supply System

(a) Power Demand of Pumping Station with Automatic Rake Screen
The power demand of each pumping station with automatic rake screen is shown in
Table R 2.2.27. The capacity of existing transformer is enough for the required power
capacity in pumping station as shown in the following table.
Table R 2.2.27 Installation Dimension and Ground Level
Items P1 P2 P4 P5 P6
@45 @22 @37 @37 @37
Pump motor (kW)
2 sets 2 sets 2 sets 2 sets 2 sets
Motor of rake screen (kW) 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
Required power capacity (kVA) 150 140 120 120
Capacity of existing transformer (kVA) 600 200 600 1000
(b) Power Source

The motor power demand for each automatic lake screen is 1.5kW which is not big
power. Thus, the power sauce for it can receive from the existing incoming panel in
which new breaker and new terminal are equipped.
(c) Cable Route
The cable routes from the existing P1, P2, P4 and P5 to each automatic rake screen are
as shown on Fig. R 2.2.30 to Fig. R 2.2.33. The new panel of automatic rake screen for
each is as shown in Fig. R 2.2.34.
Automatic Rake
Screen
Pumping Station
Fig. R 2.2.30 Cable Route for P1 Pumping Stations Cable Route
2-48
Cable Route
Pumping Station Automatic Rake

Screen
Fig. R 2.2.31 Cable Route for P2 Pumping Stations
Pumping Station
Cable Route
Automatic Rake
Screen
2-49
Automatic Rake
Screen
Cable Route
Pumping Station
Fig. R 2.2.34 Outline Drawing for the Automatic Raking Screens
2.2.2.6 Procurement of Equipment
(1) Selection of Equipment to be Procured

As mentioned in Section 2.1, the equipment should be mobile type. The equipment shall
be selected from three options as bellow.
Table R 2.2.28 Options of the Type of the Equipment
Option Type Note
Option 1 Vehicle-mounted Drainage Pump Requested Equipment, Drainage capacity of 30m3/min
Option 2 Drainage Pump Trailer Self-priming pump, Drainage capacity of 15-30 m3/min
Option 3 No Procurement -
It is certainly needed the equipment for emergency drainage work, because the only
equipment that DSD-owned is tremendously aging and drainage capacity becomes lower.
2-50
Therefore, Option 3 is unqualified. Then Option 1 and Option 2 are compared as shown in
Table R 2.2.29.
Table R 2.2.29 Comparison of Options
Parameter Option 1: Vehicle-mounted Drainage Pump Option 2: Drainage Pump Trailer
Cost High Low
Possibility Same as 10t Truck Same as Pick-up vehicle
It must need a traction vehicle.
Mobility of pump High (pump weight is less than 40kg) Low (pump is fixed on the trailer)
Easy for carry with manpower Need other materials such as hosepipes
Installation Time About 30 min About 2 hours
Existing Equipment Same type as existing Never used in DPWT, DSD
Considering above conditions, Option 1 is selected from the point of view of urgency,
ease of operation and maintenance.
(2) Selection of Quantity
DSD drain stormwater in emergency using only one drainage pump vehicle. However, the
drainage pump vehicle is aging with insufficient capacity and thus not suitable for
improving current inundation conditions.
Therefore, procurement of additional equipment is urgent and necessary to cope with the
inundation conditions in PPCC.
At present, a team of emergency drainage work consists of one drainage pump vehicle with
a driver and 7-8 technical staff. Normally, the team works drainage pipe cleaning during
the dry season. Only when inundation occurred, they work for emergency drainage work.
There are five (5) teams in DSD for drainage pipe cleaning work.
Emergency drainage works are currently executed in mainly five locations of two areas,
namely, eastern and western side of the Tonle Sap River. At least, one equipment shall be
required at each area. When inundations occur in the several spots in the same area, the
emergency work should be executed focusing on high prioritized spot, observing
inundation conditions at other spots.
In view of the current emergency work and operation and maintenance structure in DSD,
two vehicle-mounted drainage pumps shall be procured in the Project.
Table R 2.2.30 Type and Quantity of the Equipment to be procured in the Project
Equipment Purpose Quantity
Vehicle-mounted Drainage Pump To execute emergency drainage work at flooded area 2
(3) County of Origin of Equipment

The country of origin of procured equipment should be selected considering the following
conditions:
 There is an agency in Cambodia or in neighboring country to procure the main parts of
truck body;
 There is less possibility for equipment breakdown and it is easy to procure spare parts;
and
 Japanese products are more reliable than other countries based on the experience of
DSD with its existing equipment.
2-51
From the above reasons, Japan shall be the country of origin of equipment to be procured
in the Project.
Since vehicle-mounted drainage pump is specialized vehicle, the equipment is not procured
in Cambodia and neighboring countries. The equipment shall be procured from Japanese
manufacture which has agency for the maintenance in Cambodia or neighboring countries.
(4) Specification of Equipment

The following conditions shall be considered for the specification of the equipment.
 The equipment has high work efficiency and durability, as well as good operability.
 The equipment can be easily maintained by DPWT and DSD
 The equipment can be parked in the existing garage of DSD
 The equipment is to be left-hand drive
On the other hand, drainage capacity of the existing equipment is 12 m3/min with average
working hour of 8 to 12 hours per day. In case that the equipment should improve several
inundations occur in same area, the equipment drain stormwater faster and it should have
high capacity for drain. However, equipment with high drainage capacity has large body
and low mobility due to its weight. In consideration of the above conditions, the
specification of the equipment is determined as shown in Table R 2.2.31.
Table R 2.2.31 Specification of the Equipment
Equipment Specification
Drainage Pump Vehicle 1) Left-Hand Drive
2) Drainage capacity is 30 m3/min per vehicle
3) Truck is 10 ton based
4) Generator is 125kVA
(5) Procurement of Spare Parts

It is difficult to find original spare parts of the equipment in Cambodia. If the imitation
spare parts could be used for the equipment, it might cause failure.
It is important to establish reliable system to order spare parts for the vehicle-mounted
drainage pump. Agency agreement with contact person in Phnom Penh is a method to
establish the system and to secure the procurement of spare parts. Actually, many spare
parts of Japanese products such as generator, telephone exchanger, polishing rice machine
of rice, pump, are procured to Phnom Penh using this method. Procedure to obtain spare
parts is shown as below.
 DSD orders the necessary spare parts to the contracted agent.
 The contracted agent orders the necessary spare parts to the manufacturer in
neighboring country (Vietnam, Thailand or Japan).
 The manufacturer provides the spare parts to DSD.
 DSD receives the spare parts and repairs the related equipment.
2-52
2.2.3 Outline Design Drawings
Outline design drawings are attached as the “Annex”. The list of the outline design drawings is as
shown in the table below.
Table R 2.2.32 List of Outline Design Drawings
No Title Drawing No.
GENERAL MAP
1 General Map GM-001
DRAINAGE MAIN
General
2 General Plan of Drainage Main DM-GN-001
3 Detail of Manhole & Drainage Pipe (1/2) DM-GN-002
4 Detail of Manhole & Drainage Pipe (2/2) DM-GN-003
1. Wat Phnom Northern Area
5 Plan & Profile R47-1 Drainage Main DM-WP-001
6 Plan & Profile R47-2 Drainage Main DM-WP-002
7 Plan & Profile R88-Sisowath Drainage Main (1/2) DM-WP-003
8 Plan & Profile R88-Sisowath Drainage Main (2/2) DM-WP-004
9 Plan & Profile R92-R47-1 Drainage Main DM-WP-005
10 Plan & Profile R92-R47-2 Drainage Main DM-WP-006
11 Plan & Profile R19 Drainage Main DM-WP-007
2. Tuol Kork Area
15 Plan & Profile R528-R337-1 Drainage Main DM-TK-001
16 Plan & Profile R528-R337-2 Drainage Main (1/2) DM-TK-002
17 Plan & Profile R528-R337-2 Drainage Main (2/2) DM-TK-003
18 Plan & Profile R592 South Drainage Main (1/2) DM-TK-004
19 Plan & Profile R592 South Drainage Main (2/2) DM-TK-005
20 Plan & Profile R592 North Drainage Main DM-TK-006
21 Plan & Profile R596 Drainage Main (1/2) DM-TK-007
22 Plan & Profile R596 Drainage Main (2/2) DM-TK-008
23 Plan & Profile R317 Drainage Main DM-TK-009
24 Plan & Profile R315-1 Drainage Main (1/5) DM-TK-010
28 Plan & Profile R315-1 Drainage Main (5/5), R315-2 Drainage Main DM-TK-014
29 Plan & Profile R287-R528 Drainage Main (1/3) DM-TK-015
32 Plan & Profile R283-1 Drainage Main DM-TK-018
3. Interceptor
39 Plan & Profile Interceptor (1/5) IC-001
No.6 PUMPING STATION AND No.6 UNDERGROUND RESERVOIR
44 General Plan PR-001
45 Typical Sections PR-002
46 Layout of Foundation Pile PR-003
2-53
No Title Drawing No.
47 Pump Operation & Maintenance House PR-004
MECHANICAL SCREEN
48 Mechanical Screen S.P-1 Chaktomuk MS-001
49 Mechanical Screen S.P-2 Preah Kumlung MS-002
50 Mechanical Screen S.P-4 Phsar Kandal MS-003
51 Mechanical Screen S.P-5 Phsar Chas MS-004
52 Mechanical Screen S.P-6 MS-005
2.2.4 Implementation Plan

2.2.4.1 Implementation Policy
(1) Basic Policy of Project Implementation

 The Project is to be implemented under the Japan’s Grant Aid Scheme. Japan‘s
Grant-Aid is provided through the following procedures:
- Preparatory Survey conducted by JICA.
- Appraisal by the GOJ and JICA, and Approval by the Japanese Cabinet.
- Exchange of Notes ((hereinafter referred to as “the E/N”) between the GOJ and the
GOC.
- Grant Agreement (hereinafter referred to as “the G/A”) between JICA and the
GOC.
- Implementation of the Project on the basis of the G/A.
 The client of the Project is Phnom Penh Capital City (PPCC). Agreements for Contract
Documents and Certificate of Completion shall be issued by the Governor of PPCC or
the person designated by the Governor of PPCC.
 The implementation agency of the Project is the Department of Public Works and
Transport (DPWT) of Phnom Penh Capital City. With regard to the operation and
maintenance of facilities, the Drainage and Sewerage Division (DSD) of DPWT will
be in charge after the construction and procurement.
 The GOC will enter into contract with the Consultant for consulting services with
regard to designing, tendering, cost estimating and supervising the procurement and
construction works for the Project. The Consultant shall be a Japanese consulting firm,
which shall be selected by JICA and recommended to the GOC for the Project in order
to maintain technical consistency.
 The GOC will enter into contract with the Contractor who shall be selected through
competitive tendering, and the contract shall be verified by JICA to fulfil
accountability to Japanese taxpayers. The Contractor shall be a Japanese firm who is
capable of procuring the products and of construction in proper manner under Japan’s
Grant Aid.
 To establish a smooth and safe construction method and schedule, the following
conditions shall be considered: (i) Natural Environment: meteorology, topography and
geology, (ii) Social Environment: traffic control, underground facilities and other
negative impacts against residents.
2-54
(2) Construction and Procurement Policy
Construction materials and labor are basically procured in Cambodia. Common technique
is required for civil works for construction of underground reservoirs and pumping stations,
installation of drainage pipe, construction of interceptor and installation of mechanical
screens. However, construction works will be executed in the neighbouring area of
business centre of Phnom Penh, as well as congested residential area. Therefore, it is
necessary to dispatch Japanese experts/engineers to the Project to ensure that the works are
properly performed in accordance with plan and design. Japanese experts/engineers shall
also be dispatched to install and adjust of pumping station and mechanical screen and
electrical accessories, and to engage in technical transfer for operation at start-up.
In Phnom Penh, there are over 15 local construction firms, some of which has experience
to participate in the Japan’s Grant Aid Project as subcontractor of the Japanese general
contractor. Those local construction firms are eligible for the subcontractor for the Project
and supervisor, mechanical operator, labor for form works, concrete placing and so on,
shall be procured in Cambodia.
2.2.4.2 Implementation Conditions
Implementation conditions are described below.

(1) Construction Conditions
(a) Installation of Pipes
Pipes with total length of about 13 km are installed in the Project. Since the site for the
pipe installation covers large area, the area is subdivided into four (4) drainage areas for
smooth implementation of the pipes, as shown in the following figure.
Tuol Kork Wat Phnom Northern

Northern Area Area
Tuol Kork
Tuol Kork Southern Area
Central Area
Fig. R 2.2.35 Drainage Areas
2-55
Conditions for the construction works are enumerated below.
 Drainage pipes shall be installed from downstream to upstream.
 Construction of one stretch, consisting of a stretch of pipe from one manhole to the
neighbouring manhole, shall be done before entering into the next stretch.
 Sheet pipes shall be employed as temporary works, regardless of the covering of the
pipes.
 Before commencement of each pipe installation, DPWT/PPCC shall hold
explanatory meeting with residents living near Project sites in collaboration with
communes to share information on objectives, contents and duration of the
construction works.
 Adverse impacts, arising from noise, vibration, shall be minimized and special
attention shall be paid to safety and traffic control in the Project, because the
construction site of the Project encompasses business center and tourist spots.
[Countermeasures for the above conditions]
 Construction works under the heavily-trafficked roads such as St.47, Sisowath
boulevard, as well as main roads shall be done in the night time. To minimize traffic
hindrance on the roads, multiple construction on each road shall be prohibited
(construction site of each road shall be limited to one location).
 Covering plate shall be placed on the night work site to prevent traffic hindrance in
the day time.
 Construction works shall be done under the conditions that; (i) road are fully or
partially closed, (ii) bypass road is established, (iii) notice board is placed and (iv)
guards are dispatched.
 Temporary sheet piles shall be driven applying hydraulic press-fit driving.
Low-noise type generator shall be equipped for power source of the driving
machine.
 Each construction site shall be fenced and notice board and safety equipment shall
fully be equipped to reduce risk of injury. Safety net shall be equipped in the night
time to prevent people from falling.
(b) Construction of Underground Reservoir and Pumping Station
In the Wat Phnom Northern Area, construction site of UGR 6, P6 and mechanical screen,
are located in the area bounded by Tonle Sap River, Sisowath boulevard, at which
Cambodia Development Council (CDC) is located, intake of PPWSA and a restaurant in
the south.
PPWSA’s raw water pipe of φ1,200 mm is installed under the construction site; and
hence the UGR 6 shall be constructed bypassing the pipe. Therefore, a part of existing
revetment constructed by DPWT shall temporally be demolished. Due to the constrains
of area, excavation work with sheet piles supported by tie-rod shall be applied (see Fig.
R 2.2.36). The demolished revetment is reconstructed after the completion of UGR 6.
The construction works for the UGR 6, including excavation, pile driving, concrete
placing for underground structure and installation of outlet, shall be done in the dry
2-56
season when the water level of Tonle Sap River is low.
0 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46
Tie-rod
13
11,000
11,800 3,200 12
歩道　3,800 グリーンベルト　 7,100 1,500
11 ⑯ 13 11
5.5
10 EL+10.00m φ32mm Tie Rod ⑮ 10
2,400
⑯
9 EL+9.00m 9
8 8
Φ1200mm raw
12,000
7 +6.90m 7
water pipe
⑮ ⑬ ⑮
6 3,700 3,800 3,700 6
+5.50m
5 EL+5.00m 5
EL+4.70m
4 +3.80m 4
10,000
3 4,100 4,200 4,100 1,700 3
2
H-section steel Sheet Pile 13,000 2
1 1
0 EL±0.00m 0
16,000
Stage ３ Fig. R 2.2.36 Typical Cross Section of Construction of UGR 6

⑬ ＰＣ基礎杭打設後の施工工程は、基礎砕石投入、同転圧、捨コンクリート打設、底版コンクリート打設、柱及び壁コンクリート
打設、天盤コンクリート打設
⑭ Fabricated piles are employed and hydraulic hammer method shall be applied for pipe
前記のとの施工順序に従って、地下貯留槽築造工では、南北に長いことから、施工は、北側と南側との２つに分けて行う。
従って施工は、２班編成とする。
⑮ driving to reduce noise.
埋戻し工に際しては、転圧に留意し、巻出し厚は10cm以下と規定して、十分に転圧と圧密に留意しながら施工する
⑯
Before commencement of the construction work, the site shall be yarded by temporary
護岸法面部及び護岸上部の復旧工。　地下貯留槽上部の整地を実施。
fence because the site is located adjacent to the heavily-trafficked road in tourist area,
⑰ タイロッドの撤去、腹起し材の撤去が完了した箇所から、表鋼矢板及び控え鋼矢板を引き抜く。
and the construction work shall be done, avoiding adverse impact to the neighboring
area and minimizing risk of injury.
(c) Installation of Mechanical Screen
In four pumping stations constructed in Phase II, mechanical screens are installed
replacing existing manual screens.
The mechanical screen shall be installed in the dry season, establishing temporary
drainage channel to secure waterway for incoming wastewater and stormwater during
construction works.
Fabricated piles are employed and hydraulic hammer method shall be applied for pipe
driving to reduce noise.
During the construction work, the site shall be yarded by temporary fence because the
site is located along heavily-trafficked road in tourist area. The construction work shall
be done, avoiding adverse impact to the neighboring area and minimizing risk of injury.
(2) Procurement Conditions
Hand-over of the vehicle-mounted drainage pump (2 sets) shall be done after unloading at
the Sihanoukville Port. Therefore, transportation cost for the equipment, which shall be
borne by the Japan’s Grant Aid, is transportation and shipment of the equipment from the
factory to Sihanoukville Port. On the other hand, cost for customs clearance and
transportation of the equipment from Sihanoukville Port to Phnom Penh, shall be borne by
the GOC.
2-57
2.2.4.3 Scope of Works
The scope of work for the Japanese and Cambodian sides needs to be clarified before the
implementation of the Project. Each side shall assume responsibility for the work set forth in
accordance with the policy of Japan’s Grant Aid. The undertakings or responsibilities of both sides
are as shown in the table below.
Table R 2.2.33 Major Undertakings for Construction and Procurement by Each
Government
Responsibility
Item Contents Japanese Cambodian
Side Side
Procurement of Procurement and transportation of construction materials O -
Materials and Shipping of procured cleaning equipment O -
Equipment Customs clearance of the procured
Vehicle-mounted drainage - O
cleaning equipment
pump: 2 units
Land transportation of the procured
- O
cleaning equipment
Land transportation of construction materials O
Preparation Land acquisition for construction site - O
Work Land acquisition for site office, stockyard, workshop and disposal site - O
Other preparation works O -
Relocation/ Relocation/removal of underground facilities, such as water supply pipes,
O -
Removal communication lines, electric cables and so on
Construction Construction of underground reservoir and pumping station, and
O -
Work Installation of drainage pipes and interceptor
Note: “O” Responsible; “-” Not Responsible
2.2.4.4 Consultant Supervision
The Consultant shall provide services to the GOC with regard to detailed design, cost estimation,
tendering and supervision of the procurement and construction works for the Project in accordance
with a contract with the GOC.
(1) Detailed Design
The Consultant will conduct the detailed design study for the project, including the
following:
 Kick-off meeting with executing agency and site investigation
 Detailed design study on civil and architectural structures and preparation of detail
design drawings
 Detailed design study on mechanical and electrical works and preparation of detail
design drawings
 Confirmation of details of existing drainage network and additional manhole survey
 Cost estimation
(2) Tendering Management
The Consultant will assist the GOC in conducting the procurement tendering in fair and
proper manner, as follows:
 Preparation of tender documents
 Notice for Prequalification
 Evaluation of Prequalification Documents
2-58
 Tender Notice
 Execution of tendering and Evaluation of tendering
 Facilitation of contract between the Client and the Contractor
(3) Construction Supervision
The Consultant will provide appropriate supervision and guidance to the Contractor, on
behalf of the GOC, as follows:
 Confirmation and approval of survey results of the Contractor
 Confirmation and approval of construction plan of the Contractor
 Quality and quantity control
 Construction schedule control
 Work progress control
 Safety control
 Discussion and negotiation with organizations concerned
 Inspection and hand-over of completed facilities in the course of project
implementation
The whole construction period is estimated to be 36 months. Fourteen (14) parties will
work in parallel at maximum.
To supervise the construction work properly, a Japanese qualified representative (1 person)
and local inspectors (6 persons) shall be assigned regularly throughout the construction
period, and experts shall be dispatched to the project site from time to time according to
the schedule of spot engineering services to handle and solve technical issues.
(4) Procurement Supervision
The Consultant will supervise the manufacturing schedule and quality of equipment for
drainage management to be procured. The Consultant will also confirm the function and
condition of equipment at site, and provide appropriate guidance for the operation and
maintenance of the procured equipment. For the proper procurement service, the
Consultant will carry out the following:
 Negotiate with manufacturer about design, manufacturing schedule and quality control
of the equipment
 Participate and observe factory inspections and pre-shipment inspections
 Communicate with DSD and agencies concerned
 Supervise procurement status
 Confirm and follow-up Customs clearance
 Inspect and hand-over products in the course of project implementation
 Issue inspection results and certificate of completion
 Submit completion report
The Consultant will dispatch a procurement supervisor for the factory inspection and
2-59
pre-shipment inspection (in Japan), and to the initial operation guidance and technical
assistance for operation and maintenance (in Cambodia) to ensure smooth and certain
implementation of procurement for the Project.
On the other hand, the equipment manufacturer shall dispatch a mechanical engineer(s) to
provide guidance/instructions on how to operate, manage and maintain the equipment to
DSD staff in the initial operation guidance services.
(5) Engineers for the Supervision Services

The following qualified Japanese consulting engineers shall be dispatched for construction
supervision services.
(a) Project Manager
Project Manage shall engage in overall management in technical and operational aspects.
Especially, Project Manager shall engage in such activities as commencement, partial
hand-over and completion of the construction works, arrangement of the works,
consultation and negotiation with the Client and the Contractor, confirmation of issues
and inspection. Project Manager shall also hold meeting with the Client and the
Contractor, give assistance and suggestions for quality control, as well as check progress
of the construction works.
(b) Resident Engineer (Overall Supervision, Construction Management)
Resident Engineer shall be stay in Phnom Penh from commencement to completion of
the construction works in order to engage in quality and schedule controls and give
instructions to the Contractor. Resident Engineer shall attend meetings with the Client
and/or the Contractor, as well as agencies concerned.
(c) Civil Engineer-1 (Drainage Pipe and Drainage Box Culvert Installation, and UGR6)
Civil Engineer-1 shall be dispatched to Cambodia before commencement of the
construction works to establish working system of consultant’s supervision, to attend
meetings with agencies concerned, to make quality and schedule control program for
construction works of drainage pipe installation and UGR6.
Civil Engineer-1 shall supervise installation of drainage in the night time and interceptor
pipes from time to time, depends on the progress of the construction works.
(d) Civil Engineer-2 (Underground Reservoir, Pumping Station and Mechanical
Screen)
Civil Engineer-2 shall supervise piling work, structure construction and installation of
mechanical screen, because these works shall simultaneously be done in short term and
hence needs specialized skills. Civil Engineer-2 shall attend meetings with agencies
concerned, engaging in coordination, safety, quality and schedule control, as well as
giving advises to the Contractor.
(e) Mechanical and Electrical Engineer (Pumping Equipment and Mechanical Screen)
Mechanical and Electrical Engineer shall inspect mechanical screen and gate-mounted
pump in the factory and shipment of them in Japan, and shall supervise installation work
of those machinery or system at site, operate and adjust the equipment after installation
from time to time.
2-60
(f) Procurement Engineer (Supervision of Procurement of Drainage Equipment)
Procurement Engineer shall inspect vehicle-mounted drainage pump in the factory in
Japan before shipment and supervise hand-over, test run and adjustment of the
equipment from time to time.
(g) Defect Inspection Engineer
Defect Inspection Engineer shall be despatched to engage in defect inspection
implemented a year after completion.
2.2.4.5 Quality Control Plan
(1) Quality Control Plan of Construction Materials and Works

The quality control of main construction materials and construction works shall be
performed under the conditions set below. The tests shall be decided based on the “Civil
Work Quality Control Standard” of the Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport,
Japan.
Table R 2.2.34 Quality Control Tests
Work Item Test Item Standard (*) Test Frequency
Compressive strength test JIS A 1108 Twice a day: in the morning and in the afternoon.
Slump test JIS A 1101 Once every agitator for site mixed and ready mixed
Concre
Salt content test JIS A 5308 Once a week
te
Air content JIS A 1116 Twice a day: in the morning and in the afternoon.
Cement material JIS R 5210 Before construction work and material change
Aggregate Sieve analysis JIS A 1102 Once a day
Compaction test JIS A 1210
Embankment Before construction work and material change
Grain size analysis JIS A 1204
/Backfill
Field density test JIS A 1214 3 places x once in every 3,000 m3.
Modified CBR Test AASHTO T193
Subbase Before construction work and material change
Sieve analysis JIS A 1102
Course
Field density test AASHTO T99 3 places x once in every 1,000 m2.
Revised CBR Test AASHTO T193
Before construction work and material change
Base Course Sieve analysis JIS A 1102
Field density test AASHTO T180 3 places x once in every 1,000 m2.
Sieve analysis JIS A 1102
Density and water
JIS A 1109, 1110
absorption test Before construction work and material change
Asphalt
Filler moisture test JIS A 5008
Pavement
Marshall stability test ASTM D 1559
Asphalt extraction test AASHTO T194 Once a day
Field density test JIS K 2207 1 place x once in every 1,000 m2.
Note: (*) Other equivalent international standards could be applied.
JIS (Japanese Industrial Standards)
AASHTO (American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials)
ASTM (American Society for Testing and Materials)
CBR (California Bearing Ratio)
Construction materials and construction work shall be controlled under the following
conditions:
(a) Concrete
Concrete shall have the specified strength, durability and water-tightness, and dispersion
of quality of concrete shall be small. The standard strength of concrete shall be based on
28-day Compressive Strength. The method of compressive strength test shall satisfy
JIS A1108 and 1132. A sample of mixed concrete shall be picked up twice a day, and the
2-61
strength tests of 7 days and 28 days shall be carried out for every sample. At the time of
concrete-placing, slump test shall be carried out in site and the slump value shall be
confirmed against the specified value. Since the concrete placing work is performed in
the tropics, temperature control of concrete shall be performed adequately and
temperature of pouring concrete at the time of placing shall be lower than the provided
temperature (35oC).
(b) Placing and Curing of Concrete
Concrete shall be placed using the method that can possibly avoid the separation of
materials, and adequately compacted with a vibrator at placing and immediately after
placing. After the placing of concrete, the surface of concrete shall be kept wet for at
least five (5) days.
(c) Cement
Portland cement shall be used for the construction and its quality shall conform to
JIS R5210.
(d) Aggregate
Aggregates shall be clean, strong and durable, and shall have adequate grain sizes.
Aggregates shall be confirmed not to include contaminations such as dust, sludge,
organic substance, salinity and so on. Especially, fine aggregates shall not include thin or
slender pieces of stone. Unit weight of oven dried aggregate shall be not less than
2.5 g/cm3.
(e) Reinforcing Bar
Reinforcing bar shall have the specified strength. Deformed bar may be used as
reinforcing bar in case of not specified. The material test of reinforcing bar shall be
carried out according to instructions of the Consultant of the Engineer before use.
(f) Storage of Reinforced Concrete Material
In case of storing the materials of reinforced concrete, the storage method shall follow
the Japanese Concrete Standard Specification.
(2) Quality Control Plan of Procurement of Equipment

The quality of equipment shall be controlled under the following conditions; (i)
specifications and quality control method of the equipment shall be confirmed between the
Consultant and the manufacturer before manufacturing, (ii) number, quality, function and
performance of the equipment and its spare parts shall be confirmed by factory inspection,
(iii) pre-shipment inspection shall be done by independent organization at embarkation
port and (iv) storage of the equipment after disembarkation at the Sihanoukville port shall
be controlled by the execution agency of Cambodia and inspection at disembarkation port
shall be done by the Cambodian side
Initial operation guidance for the equipment is implemented after transportation to DSD
workshop. Qualified engineers shall attend the guidance to cope with issues and/or defects
identified in the course of the guidance.
2-62
2.2.4.6 Procurement Plan
(1) Procurement in Cambodia

(a) Cement and Concrete
Cement products of Thailand circulate freely in the local market. The cement has a good
reputation on both quality and quantity to satisfy the demands in Phnom Penh.
There are more than ten (10) ready-mixed concrete suppliers in the capital city, all of
which were established with foreign investment. Under these circumstances, the
ready-mixed concrete will be used commonly in the construction site in Phnom Penh.
Among the concrete suppliers mentioned above, the CPAC which has been established
with Thai capital and has four (4) plants is considered to be the most reliable company.
(b) Steel Materials
Common steel material, such as reinforcing bars, are available in local market of
Cambodia. Those products are imported from Thai and Vietnam. Recently, Vietnamese
iron bars are popular in PPCC.
(c) Construction Equipment
Common construction equipment, such as backhoe, dump truck, rough terrain crane, is
available in Cambodia. Recently, Silent Pile Driver is also available in Cambodia.
(2) Import Item

Construction materials and equipment, which are not available locally or quality is not
reliable or their supply amount is insufficient in Cambodia, shall be imported from Japan.
Major items imported from Japan are (i) gate-mounted pump, (ii) mechanical screen,
(iii) manhole pump, (iv) cast-iron manhole cover and (v) tie-rod.
Materials and equipment procured in Japan will be transport from Japan to Sihanoukville
port via Singapore by marine transport. Land transportation route from Sihanoukville port
to Phnom Penh City shall be national road No. 4 by trailer.
2.2.4.7 Operational Guidance Plan
The DSD of DPWT has operated their existing cleaning equipment and maintained existing
drainage system. The DSD has basic knowledge and skills about operation and maintenance of
equipment for drainage pipe cleaning.
However, the DSD has no experience to operate equipment made in Japan, such as Mechanical
Screen and Vehicle-mounted Drainage Pump. It is necessary to attempt technology transfer to
operating staff through the initial operation guidance carried out by the supplier/manufacturer of
equipment newly introduced. The technical transfer shall be implemented at the times of
installation of mechanical screens, hand-over of vehicle-mounted drainage pump with duration of
one week for each.
The pumping equipment installed in No.6 Pumping Station is similar to the ones installed in the
existing pumping station but technology transfer of pumps in No.6 Pumping Station shall be
conducted at the arrival of the equipment, because new staff might be assigned to O&M of the
pumping station.
2-63
2.2.4.8 Soft Component (Technical Assistance) Plan
The DSD of DPWT will be responsible to operate and maintain the cleaning equipment procured
by the Project and drainage facilities constructed by the Project. The DSD has maintained the
existing drainage system by using its existing cleaning equipment, and the DSD has basic
knowledge and skills about operation and maintenance (O&M) of the cleaning equipment.
Most of their cleaning works, however, are limited to symptomatic treatment such as cleaning
works at site where inundation happens frequently or claimed by the residents, although they
establish cleaning plan and just starts systematic pipe cleaning in accordance with the cleaning
plan.
In response, soft component is proposed in the Project to develop DSD’s capacity of O&M of
drainage facilities and improve symptomatic approach. In the soft component, work plan for O&M
of facilities constructed or installed in the Project, is formulated aiming to disseminate systematic
cleaning work, to sustainably operate and maintain the drainage facilities utilizing the systematic
cleaning plan.
DPWT and DSD have no O&M experience of mechanical screen because the screen is equipped
for the first time in drainage system in PPCC. In addition, DPWT and DSD have not yet been given
technical guidance for vehicle-mounted drainage pump. To appropriately and sustainably operate
and maintain the facilities, technical transfer through On-the-Job Training (OJT) is proposed in the
Project.
People in Phnom Penh have been dumping their garbage to the drainage channels/pipes and thus
drainage function in the drainage channels has been deteriorated. To sustainably operate and
maintain drainage pipes installed in the Project, prevention and reduction of garbage dumping to
drainage channels/pipes, are indispensable in order to optimize the drainage function. Most of the
garbage dumped to the drainage pipes/channels is plastics accumulated on the road and hence
raising public awareness is required.
The garbage in Phnom Penh is mostly generated in the markets with which garbage boxes are not
fully equipped. In addition, people in Phnom Penh are not conscious of throwing garbage to the
garbage boxes. Therefore, installation of garbage boxes and activities for raising public awareness
in and around the markets, are proposed in the Project.
Photo R 2.2.5 Sample of Garbage Box
2-64
2.2.4.9 Implementation Schedule
The Project will be implemented under Japan’s Grant Aid based on the Grant Agreement (G/A)
between GOC and JICA after the Exchange of Notes (E/N) has been concluded between GOC and
GOJ. The Project will begin with the detail design study immediately after the signing of contract
for consultancy services. The consultancy services will require 8 months including engineering
design services, preparation of tender documents and tender administration. The total construction
period will be 36 months including construction of facilities and procurement of cleaning
equipment. Thus, total implementation period of the Project amounts to 44 months. The
implementation schedule from the detail design study to completion of the construction works is
shown in Fig. R 2.2.37.
Detailed Design and Tendering Stage

Month 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Detailed Design / Tendering 8.0 months in total
Detailed Design
Tendering Procedures
Construction, Procurement and Soft Component Stage

Month 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
Mobilization, Preparatory Work
/ Cleaning, Demobilization 36 months in total
Wat Phnom Northern Area
　　No.6 Pumping Station & Underground
Reservoir
　　Drainage Pipe / Drainage Box Culvert
　　Interceptor / Manhole Pump
Tuol Kork Area (North Basin)
Construction

Tuol Kork Area (Central Basin)
Tuol Kork Area (South Basin)
Trabek Basin (Project Area of PHASE 2) No.1 & 2 Screen Pit (Chaktomuk & Preah Kumlung)
　　Mechanical Screen (Auto Raking Machine) No.4 & 5 Screen Pit (Phsar Kandal & Phsar Chas)
Pump Machinery and Mechanical Screen
　　Manufacturing, Transportation and Installation
Pump Machinery and Mechanical Screen No.1 & 2 Screen Pit No.4 & 5 Screen Pit
(Chaktomuk & Preah Kumlung) (Phsar Kandal & Phsar Chas) No.6 P.S.
　　Operational Guidance & Screen Pit
Inlet Pipe Installation

Procurem
Manufacturing, Transportation and Custom

Clearance of Vehicle-Mounted Drainage Pump
ent
Operational Guidance of Vehicle-Mounted

Drainage Pump
Component
Facility and System Management

Soft
Equipment Maintenance
Work in Japan Work in Cambodia Transportation
Fig. R 2.2.37 Implementation Schedule
2-65
2.3 Obligations of Recipient Country
2.3.1 General Undertakings of Cambodia

The Cambodian side shall undertake the followings for the smooth implementation of the Project.
(1) To secure and clear the lands required for implementation of the Project such as
construction site, stockyard, temporary working yard, disposal area and land for site office
before the commencement of construction work. To get approval of land use from the
agency concerned, if any;
(2) To provide following facilities:
- The distributing power line to the site and site office,
- The city water distribution main to the site and site office, and
- The telephone trunk line to the main distribution panel of the site office;
(3) To ensure prompt unloading, tax exemption and Customs clearance of the products at the
port/terminal of disembarkation in Cambodia and internal transportation of the
Vehicle-mounted Drainage Pump procured under Japan’s Grant Aid
(4) To exempt Japanese nationals from Customs duties, internal taxes and other fiscal levies
that may be imposed in Cambodia with respect to the procurement of products and services
under the Project.
(5) To arrange the acquisition of visa and other formalities that may be necessary for the entry
of Japanese nationals into Cambodia and stay therein for the performance of the work;
(6) To bear all the expenses, other than those covered by the Grant, necessary for the
implementation of the Project
(7) To maintain and use the facilities and equipment properly and effectively with a suitable
number of staff assigned for the operation and maintenance and to bear all expenses other
than those covered under the Grant Aid.
(8) To bear the advising commission on the Authorization to Pay (A/P) and payment
commission to the Japanese bank for banking services based upon the Banking
Arrangement (B/A).
2.3.2 Specific Undertakings of Cambodia

The specific undertakings required of the Cambodian side for the smooth implementation of the
Project are as described below.
(1) Internal Transportation of Vehicle-mounted Drainage Pumps

Two (2) units of Vehicle-mounted Drainage Pumps will be procured by the Project for the
emergency drainage work. Internal transportation cost of procured equipment from
disembarkation port (Sihanoukville port) to Phnom Penh shall be borne by the Cambodian
side
(2) Land Acquisition and Temporary House Relocation

The Cambodian side is required to acquire a plot of private land at Tuol Kork area as well
as to relocate one house at Tuol Kork area during the construction work.
2-66
(3) Periodical Environmental Monitoring
The Cambodian side shall execute the periodical environmental monitoring during
construction to check circumstances of negative impacts derived from construction work
and implementation state and effectiveness of countermeasures for the negative impacts.
(4) Soft Components (Educational Activities for Waste Disposal)
The Cambodian side shall implement soft components during the project. The contents will
be educational activities for waste disposal such as installation of waste bin around local
markets in public area and clean-up campaign to protect drainage facilities from
malfunction. These costs shall be borne by the Cambodian side.
(5) Application for Electricity

The No.6 Pumping Station constructed by the Project will, basically, be operated with
commercial electric power. The Cambodian side is required to make an application to EDC
for the utilization of electricity and the installation of the wattmeter at pumping station
before the pump installation work. All commissions regarding the application and the
installation cost of the wattmeter shall be borne by the Cambodian side.
(6) Application for Water Supply

The Cambodian side is required to make an application to the Phnom Penh Water Supply
Authority (PPWSA) for the utilization of water supply services and the installation of the
water meter at No.6 Pumping Station. All commissions regarding the application and the
installation cost of the water meter shall be borne by the Cambodian side.
(7) Establishment of Monitoring System of Inundation Condition

The Cambodian side is required to establish the inundation monitoring system and to carry
out inundation monitoring periodically. Inundation monitoring shall be carried out in some
locations in the city area where inundation damages are rather heavy, and some data shall
be recorded such as date, time, inundation depth, duration of inundation, rainfall data, and
so on in each monitoring point. The sample sheet of inundation monitoring record is as
Table R 2.3.1 Sample Sheet of Inundation Monitoring Record

Location:
Date of Inundation Rain Daily Rainfall Record
Duration Max. Depth
Inundation Start End Start End (at Khmuouh Weather
[h:m] [cm]
[dd.mm.yy] [h:m] [h:m] [h:m] [h:m] Station) [mm]
03.09.2010 16:30 18:10 1:40 40 cm 16:00 17:00 80 mm
The monitoring locations proposed by the Preparatory Survey Team of JICA are as shown
in the following figure.
2-67
St.3x St.240
St.13 x St.154
St.47 x St.88
St.92 x St.61
St.47 x St.84
St.608 x St.618
St.287 x St.528
St.337 x St.528
St.317 x St.592
St.317 x St.596
Fig. R 2.3.1 Location of Inundation Monitoring (10 points)
2-68
2.4 Project Operation Plan
2.4.1 Organization for Operation and Maintenance

The Drainage and Sewage Division (DSD, refer to Fig. R 2.4.1) of the Department Public Works
and transport (DPWT) shall be the organization in charge of operation and maintenance works of
the facilities to be constructed in the Project such as drainage pipes, underground reservoir,
pumping station and mechanical screens as well as the Vehicle-mounted Drainage Pumps to be
procured by the Project.
Director (All) Project

Mr. Sam Piseth Management Unit
Deputy Director Deputy Director Deputy Director Deputy Director Deputy Director Deputy Director Deputy Director Deputy Director
Mr. Im Sam Ol Mr. Peov Meng Hay Mr. Ney Sona Mr. Neov Saroeurn Mr. Mey So Panha Mr. Seng KimSan Mr. Chou Kimtry Ms. Bopha Phanny
International Gender and

Motobike Public Works Vehicle Drainage and Finance and Public Garden Administration
Relation Affairs Traffic Safety
Registration Office Registration Sewerage Planning Office Division and Personel
Secretariat
Division Division Division Office
Districts' Public Road and Driving License Public Lighting Transport

Works Offices Tidiness and and Traffic Division Office
Bridge
Cleanliness Safety Division
Division
Division
River Bank Security and Weighbridge

Protection Taxi Terminal
Discipline of Station
Division DPWT
Fig. R 2.4.1 Organizational Chart of DPWT
Breakdown of number of employees of DPWT is shown in the following table.

Table R 2.4.1 Breakdown of DPWT Staff
Department Regular Staff Contracted Staff Total
1. Management Unit 9 - 9
2. Administration and Personnel Office 7 5 12
3. Finance and Planning Office 12 3 15
4. Public Works Office 20 5 25
5. Transport Office 20 6 26
6. Road and Bridge Division 27 38 65
7. Drainage and Sewerage Division 28 171 199
8. Public Lighting Division 9 21 30
9. Public Garden Division 17 282 299
10. Pound Division 8 14 22
11. River Bank Protection Division 25 - 25
12. Districts’ Public Works Offices 27 17 44
13. Motorbike Registration Division 47 15 62
14. Vehicle Registration Division 42 3 45
15. Driving License and Traffic Safety Division 3 - 3
Total 301 580 881
Source: DPWT
DSD has twenty-eight (28) regular personnel in the managing position of DSD. Among them, eight
(8) regular staff (Technical Group) have the responsibility for maintenance of drainage facilities
and equipment, design of sewage pipes and assistance in sewage pipe construction work, and one
(1) regular staff has the responsibility for drainage pipe cleaning works, two (2) regular staff have
responsibility for operation and maintenance work of pumping stations.
2-69
Among the 171 contracted staff of DSD, 45 contracted staff are belonged to Cleaning and O&M
group which is in charge of emergency drainage work and cleaning work of the drainage pipes. 56
contracted staff are working for O&M for pumping stations, and 20 contracted staff are working for
O&M for drainage facilities and equipment.
The Cleaning and O&M group (one regular staff and forty-five contracted staff) is working
emergency drainage work during the rainy season, and in other period, they work for cleaning of
the drainage pipes. O&M of the drainage pipes to be constructed in the Project and
Vehicle-mounted Drainage Pumps to be procured in the Project shall be under the responsibility of
this Cleaning and O&M group.
The underground reservoir, pump station and mechanical screens to be constructed in the Project
shall be under the responsibility of pumping station O&M group (two regular staff and fifty-six
contracted staff).
2.4.2 Operation and Maintenance Method

2.4.2.1 Drainage Network (including Drainage Pipe, Box Culvert, Manhole and Interceptor
Pipe)
Since drainage pipes are laid underground, it is difficult to predict and detect any trouble and
abnormality. On the other hand, if these abnormalities/troubles occurred within the installed
drainage pipes, accidents would be caused directly affecting city activities and civil life, such as
leakage of sewer, road collapse, etc. Positive promotion of operation and maintenance works of
drainage pipes would contribute to reduce accidents, maintain performance of drainage pipes and
extend the practical service life of drainage pipes. Taking these effects into account, carrying out
operation and maintenance works for the drainage pipes has economic advantages.
DSD is in charge of the maintenance of existing pipes. Total forty-six staff (one regular staff and
forty-five contracted staff) works maintenance of existing pipes. The total length will be extended
by the implementation of the Project, but it is still manageable for the maintenance work under the
current number of the staff.
Adequate operation and maintenance work of drainage pipes shall involve following procedures:
1) Maintenance and inspection;
2) Cleaning and dredging; and
3) Renewal and repair.
(1) Maintenance and Inspection
In the “Guidelines for Optimization of Operation and Maintenance of Sewage Works in
Developing Countries (issued by the Infrastructure Development Institute, JAPAN,
October 2001)”, the inspection frequency is about once in every five (5) years for pipes in
general. According to the record, the inspection frequency in urban area in Japan is once in
every three (3) to seven (7) years.
It has been confirmed in the site investigations that the drainage system in many parts are
clogged with debris and sediment. It means that there are a lot of sections where
maintenance work has not been done for a long time. On the other hand, DSD is
implementing pipe cleaning works more than once a year for the main trunk of drainage
2-70
system.
It is preferable to execute the inspection work at the frequency of about one in every three
(3) to five (5) years for the drainage pipes constructed under the Project.
(a) Inspection Items
Principal inspection items shall be as follows:
[Drainage Pipe, Box Culvert, Interceptor Pipe]
 Flow condition and sediment build-up condition
 Settlement of the ground surface: Cracking in pavement due to differential
settlement of the ground, etc.
 Damage situation: Damage, crack, penetration of root of a tree
 Groundwater infiltration condition
 Illegal connection
[Manhole]
 Manhole cover and internal condition
(b) Inspection Method for Drainage Pipe, Box Culvert, Manhole and Interceptor Pipe
In addition to visual inspection inside the manhole with the cover removed, the
inspection shall be made by viewing the inside part of pipe through manhole. Most
abnormalities can be detected through visual manhole inspection.
(c) Record of Inspection Result
Inspection results shall be recorded in proper recording sheets, which shall be
documented for future use in the elaboration of cleaning plans.
(2) Cleaning and Dredging

Sludge deposits in pipes reduce flow capacity. It also causes wastewater, and hydrogen
disulphide and organic acids to accelerate corrosion of pipes. Therefore, it is essential to
carry out regular inspections and remove deposits when observed.
(a) Guidelines for Pipe Cleaning and Desludging
Generally, the clogging ratio required for cleaning, which is calculated by [(clogged
sectional area) / (interior cross sectional area) x 100(%)], is approximately 20% for
drainage mains and 60% for house connections. Basically, cleaning does not need to be
more frequent than the inspections. However, in commercial areas where restaurants and
markets are concentrated, there may be the necessity to increase the maintenance
frequency due to the excessive deposits that may accumulate rapidly in these areas
(b) Pipe Cleaning and Desludging Method
Currently DSD works for pipe cleaning and desludging by using equipment and
manpower. They have cleaning equipment such as high water jet machine, sludge sucker,
vacuum track, etc. including four units of high water jet machines and four units of
sludge sucker procured in Phase III (refer to Fig. R 2.4.2). Basically, it is recommended
to continue current cleaning method. But considering cleaning work efficiency and more
2-71
safety, it is desirable to work with using equipment procured in Phase III preferentially.
Large Cleaning and
size of desludging work by
diameter manpower using
previous vacuum
More track.
than The workers go into
1200mm the drainage pipes
and break and
remove the sludge
Small and garbage
size of manually using
diameter shovels and water
jet.
Less than
1200mm
Cleaning and
desludging with
using high water jet
machine and sludge
sucker procured in
Phase III.
It doesn’t need
workers to go inside
of the pipes. In case
of deeper pipes, the
worker go only into
manhole.
Fig. R 2.4.2 Pipe Cleaning Method conducted by DSD (with Equipment)
(3) Renewal and Repair of Drainage Pipes
Deterioration of pipes proceeds at almost the same time and spreads extensively, and
renewal and repair of pipe will take a considerable time. Therefore, it is necessary to
implement renewal and repair work systematically according to the inspection results of
pipe. It will prevent accident caused by deterioration of pipes.
2.4.2.2 Pumping Station, Underground Reservoir and Mechanical Screens
Objective facilities of the Project, namely No.6 Pumping Station, No.6 Underground Reservoir and
five units of Mechanical Screens, shall be operated and maintained by DSD of DPWT after the
completion of the Project. DSD has an important role to carry out the maintenance of drainage
facilities such as drainage pipes and pumping stations in Phnom Penh Capital City.
(1) No.6 Pumping Station (P6)

It is necessary to reside three staff at the new No.6 Pumping Station for its operation and
maintenance including operation of mechanical screen. Existing staff at existing pumping
stations, which were constructed by Phase II, has basic skills and knowledge to operate and
maintain the pumping station. They can transfer the skill and knowledge to other staff
through on the job training.
2-72
(2) Mechanical Screen
The equipment which will be newly introduced in Phnom Penh, it is necessary to be
trained by the supplier at the time of completion of the installation of the equipment.
Especially, mechanical screen has never been introduced in Phnom Penh before. At the
time of first operation of the mechanical screen, it is necessary to dispatch the technical
engineer from the manufacturer in order to conduct the training how to use it, how to
maintain it and how to operate it. At the same time of the initial training, it is also
necessary to make sure the maintenance service to be received from the agent of the
equipment, and establish the proper maintenance mechanism.
(3) No.6 Underground Reservoir (UGR6)
It is preferable to clean once a year as the maintenance of the underground reservoir.
Therefore, it doesn’t need to reside a staff at the underground reservoir. Only the time of
the cleaning, DSD allocate the about ten workers for the cleaning. DSD is able to manage
on this matter due to consideration of the exiting number of staff in DSD.
2.4.2.3 Vehicle-mounted Drainage Pump
Existing equipment of emergency drainage work that DSD presently have is remarkably in
advanced state of aging and the work efficiency is deteriorated. Although DSD staffs have never
been trained to operate and maintain the Vehicle-mounted Drainage Pump before, they have
maintained it well and used it for the emergency drainage work, and then have accumulated
experience on utilizing such old equipment.
It is very possible for DSD to maintain and utilize the Vehicle-mounted Drainage Pump procured
by the Project through adequate training for operation and maintenance of the equipment.
The supplier/manufacturer of the Vehicle-mounted Drainage Pump shall carry out initial operation
guidance of this equipment to transfer the operation and maintenance techniques to DSD staffs.
After service system to receive appropriate maintenance services from the agent of the
supplier/manufacturer shall be established and understood by DSD staffs during initial operation
guidance.
In addition, in order to transfer the management skill to DSD staff, OJT training shall be conducted
in the Project as the soft components. It is preferable to sustainable proper operation and
maintenance of the Vehicle-mounted Drainage Pumps.
2-73
2.5 Project Cost Estimation
2.5.1 Initial Cost Estimation

(1) Cost Borne by Japan’s Grant Aid
The cost borne by the Japan’s Grant Aid is not shown in this report due to the
confidentially.
(2) Cost Borne by Recipient Country

The cost to be borne by the Government of Cambodia is estimated to be about
US$418,200 (47.7 million Japanese Yen). Breakdown is presented in the following table.
Table R 2.5.1 Project Cost Borne by Cambodian Government
Cost (million
Item Cost (US$)
Japanese Yen)
1 Land Acquisition and Temporary House Relocation 300,000 34.1
Advising Commission for Banking Arrangement (B/A) and
2
Authorization to Pay (A/P), and Payment Commission 76,500 8.7
Periodical Environmental Monitoring Cost during the Construction
3
Stage (12 times in total for 36 months) 13,200 1.5
Internal Transportation Cost for the Equipment for Drainage Pipe
4
Cleaning Procured by the Project 4,000 0.5
Soft Component
5
(Waste Bin: US$200 x 50pcs, Clean-up Campaign: US$2,000 x 5times) 20,000 2.3
6 Application Fee for Electricity at No.6 Pumping Station 4,000 0.5
7 Application Fee for Water Supply at No.6 Pumping Station 500 0.1
TOTAL 418,200 47.7
Exchange Rate: US$1.00 = 113.65 Japanese Yen (as of May 2016)
(3) Cost Estimation Conditions

1. Estimation Timing : May 2016
2. Foreign Exchange Rate : US$1.00 = JPY 113.65 US$: US Dollar
JPY: Japanese Yen
Foreign Exchange Rate applied is the average of
Telegraphic Transfer Rate (TTS rate) for three months from
February 2016 to April 2016.
3. Construction Period : The implementation schedule of the detailed design,
construction and procurement is shown in
Subsection 2.2.4.9.
4. Remarks : This cost is estimated by taking Japan’s Grant Aid scheme
into account.
2-74
2.5.2 Operation and Maintenance Cost
The increased amount of annual operation and maintenance cost after the Project is estimated to be
US$72,400 in total. This amount is 17% of DSD’s annual operation & maintenance cost and 2.9%
of the PPCC’s annual operation & maintenance cost of drainage facilities in 2014.
Annual operation and maintenance cost of drainage facilities and equipment constructed or
procured by the Project is calculated as follows.
(1) Operation and Maintenance Cost of Drainage Pipes

Sludge deposits in drainage pipes reduce flow capacity. It also causes wastewater, and
hydrogen disulphide and organic acids to accelerate corrosion of pipes. Therefore, it is
essential to carry out regular inspections and remove deposits when observed. In Phnom
Penh City, it has been confirmed in the site investigations that many portions of the
drainage system are clogged with debris and sediment. Therefore, the frequency of
cleaning work should be once in every five (5) years. According to the capital-outlay plan
in the DPWT budget, the unit cost of drainage pipe cleaning is US$ 5/m, and unit cost of
manhole cleaning is US$50/piece. The annual cleaning cost as the operation and
maintenance cost of drainage pipes installed by the Project is approximately US$15,300, as
estimated below.
[Total O&M Cost] US$5/m x 13,200m + US$50/piece x 209 pieces = US$76,450.-
[Annual O&M Cost] US$76,450/5years = US$15,290/year
(2) Operation and Maintenance Cost of Pumping Station, Underground Reservoir and
Mechanical Screens
(a) Operation Cost (Electric Fee) of No.6 Pumping Station and Mechanical Screens
(Auto Raking Machine)
The electric fee occupies major portion of operation cost of the newly established
pumping station and mechanical screen.
Annual pump operation time is calculated based on record of precipitation and river
water level in last four years (from 2011 to 2015), and annual operation cost is
calculated based on this annual operation time and annual electric consumption. The
annual operation cost of new pumping stations is about US$ 4,500.
Table R 2.5.2 Annual Operation Cost of No.6 Pumping Station and Mechanical Screens
No.6 Pumping Station Unit Value Mechanical Screen Unit Value
Drainage Capacity m3/s 1.4 Number of Unit unit 5
Average Electric Power kW 90 Average Electric Power kW 1.5
Annual Pump Operation Day day 82 Annual Operation Day day 365
Annual Pump Operation Hour h 280 Daily Average Operation Hour h 4
Annual Electric Consumption kWh 27,440 Annual Electric Consumption kWh 10,950
Unit Electric Fee US$/kWh 0.18 Unit Electric Fee US$/kWh 0.18
Annual Operation Cost US$ 4,536 Annual Operation Cost US$ 1,971
Note: Pump shall be operated during the period that river water level is higher than lowest water level of pump operation.
“Unit Electric Fee” is US$ 0.18/kWh, based on EDC rate applied for governmental facilities in 2014.
Five auto raking machine shall be installed as mechanical screen at four existing
pumping station, namely Chak Tomuk Pumping Station (P1), Preah Kumlung Pumping
Station (P2), Phsar Kandal Pumping Station (P4), and Phsar Chas Pumping Station (P5),
and a new pumping station, namely No.6 Pumping Station.
2-75
Annual operation cost of mechanical screen is calculated based on the assumption that
auto raking machine is operated every day through a year and daily operation time is
four hours in average. Annual operation cost of five mechanical screens is about
US$2,000.
(b) Maintenance Cost of No.6 Pumping Station and Repairing Cost of Mechanical
Screens
Maintenance cost of No.6 pumping station and five mechanical screens consist of
maintenance cost of the machinery, electric equipment and the trash removal work etc.
Maintenance cost of pumping station is assumed about US$5,000 based on actual total
maintenance cost of existing pumping stations in Phnom Penh in 2014.
Maintenance cost of five mechanical screens is assumed about $4,800, based on the
assumption that two workers do maintenance work through a year by monthly salary of
US$200.
Repairing cost of mechanical screens shall be secured also. Annual repairing cost of
mechanical screens is assumed about US$15,000/year (US$3,000 x 5units). Repairing
cost includes material cost of repair parts and repairing service cost.
(c) Maintenance Cost of No.6 Underground Reservoir
No.6 Underground Reservoir shall be constructed under river bank of the Tonle Sap
River. Major work of maintenance of underground reservoir shall be the cleaning work
of inside of reservoir during the dry season. Cleaning work is basically done with the
water jet and the brush by manpower. Cleaning work shall be done every year because
sludge, soil, trash and garbage will sediment in reservoir.
The annual maintenance cost of underground reservoir is estimated to be about
US$ 4,200, since unit price of cleaning work is assumed as US$ 2.5/m2 and floor area of
reservoir is about 1,700 m2.
(d) Total Operation and Maintenance Cost of No.6 Pumping Station, No.6
Underground Reservoir and Mechanical Screens
Total operation and maintenance cost of No.6 Pumping Station, No.6 Underground
Reservoir and 5units of Mechanical Screens is estimated at about US$35,500 as shown
in the table below.
Table R 2.5.3 Total Annual Operation and Maintenance Cost of No.6 Pumping Station,
No.6 Underground Reservoir and Mechanical Screens
Item Cost [US$]
Annual Operation Cost of Pump (Electricity) (for No.6 Pumping Station) 4,500
Annual Operation Cost of Mechanical Screen (for 5 units) 2,000
Annual Maintenance Cost of No.6 Pumping Station 5,000
Annual Maintenance Cost of Mechanical Screen (for 5 units) 4,800
Annual Repairing Cost of Mechanical Screen (for 5 units) 15,000
Annual Maintenance Cost of No.6 Underground Reservoir 4,200
Total Operation and Maintenance Cost 35,500
This additional amount of annual operation and maintenance cost of No.6 Pumping
Station, No.6 Underground Reservoir and 5units of Mechanical Screens is about 2.5% of
present total operation and maintenance cost of existing pumping stations in PPCC,
which is about US$1,395,000 (5,578million Riel) in 2014.
2-76
(3) Operation and Maintenance Cost of Vehicle-Mounted Drainage Pump (Drainage
Pump Vehicle)
DSD has been utilizing a very aged Vehicle-mounted Drainage Pump, which was
manufactured in 1987, for emergency drainage work in Phnom Penh. Expenditures, such
as fuel and maintenance costs of equipment, are covered under the annual budget of DSD.
Two units of drainage vehicles newly procured under the Project will be managed instead
of the present aged equipment for emergency drainage work; hence, number of operation
staff is assumed as almost the same as the present. When new equipment is procured, work
opportunity of emergency drainage work will be increased, and then fuel cost will be
increased also. Necessary additional cost for the new drainage equipment is estimated to be
about US$8,800 as shown in the table below (working time: 2month/year, 15day/month)
Table R 2.5.4 Total Annual Operation and Maintenance Cost of Vehicle-Mounted
Drainage Pump
Item Calculation Cost [US$]
Fuel US$ 80/day x 2units x 2months x 15days 4,800
Maintenance Parts, Lubricant, etc. US$ 1,000 x 2units 2,000
Insurance US$ 1,000 x 2units 2,000
total 8,800
Additional cost to arrange the parking area of new equipment is not necessary because
there are enough parking spaces for new equipment at the DSD workshop.
According to the present situation of existing facilities and equipment managed by DSD,
the aged equipment has been kept for more than 15 years through the grace and dedicated
maintenance services of DSD personnel.
Service life of the cleaning equipment procured by the Project will be guaranteed for
5 years, in general. It is possible to make the service life of equipment longer than the
expected economic life by proper management and maintenance work. With proper
maintenance as the prerequisite condition, service life of the new equipment procured by
the Project is expected to be 10 years.
(4) Operation and Maintenance Cost of Manhole Pump

Manhole pump is installed to pump up sewer water from interceptor to existing drainage
pipe at street No.273. Operation and maintenance cost of manhole pump is approximately
US$12,800, as estimated in the table below.
Table R 2.5.5 Total Annual Operation and Maintenance Cost of Manhole Pump
Manhole Pump Unit Value Manhole Pump Unit Value
Pump Diameter mm 100 Annual Electric Consumption kWh 64,240
Pump Drainage Capacity m3/min. 2.0 （5.5kW×2units×16hr×365day＝64,240kWh/year）
Number of Pump Unit 2 Unit Electric Fee US$/kWh 0.18
Electric Power kW 5.5 Annual Operation (Electric) Cost US$ 11,563
Daily Working Time h 16 Annual Maintenance Cost US$ 1,200
Annual Working Days day 365 Total of Annual O&M Cost US$ 12,800
Note) Annual Maintenance Cost is assumed 1% of initial cost.
“Unit Electric Fee” is US$ 0.18/kWh, based on EDC rate applied for governmental facilities in 2014.
US$1 = 4,000Riel
(5) Total Operation and Maintenance Cost

As a result of the studies described in subsections (1)~(4) about operation and maintenance
2-77
cost of drainage facilities and equipment, which are constructed and procured by the
Project, total annual operation and maintenance cost is calculated as US$72,400 as shown
in the table below.
Table R 2.5.6 Total Annual Operation and Maintenance Cost of the Project
Item for Operation and Maintenance Cost Cost [US$]
(1) Drainage Pipes 15,300
(2) Pumping Station, Underground Reservoir and Mechanical Screens 35,500
(3) Vehicle-Mounted Drainage Pump 8,800
(4) Manhole Pump 12,800
Total Operation and Maintenance Cost 72,400
The following table compares total increased amount of annual operation and maintenance
cost of drainage facilities after the Project implementation with present actual expenditures
of DSD and PPCC, and sales revenue of PPWSA as a budget source.
Table R 2.5.7 Comparison Total Annual Operation and Maintenance Cost of the Project
Data Actual Expenditure in 2014
Item
Source [US$] [million Riel]
DSD’s Annual Operation & Maintenance Cost (consist of
Drainpipe cleaning, Drainpipe repair, Pumping station repair, DSD 438,000 1,751
Drainage ditch & balancing reservoir cleaning)
PPCC’s Annual Operation & Maintenance Cost of Drainage
Facilities (consist of Pumping station electricity & fuel expenses,
PPCC 2,463,000 9,850
Pumping building & facilities maintenance expenses, Pipe &
channel cleaning expenses)
JICA
Total Increased Amount of Annual Operation and Maintenance
Survey 72,400 290
Cost of Drainage Facilities after the Project
Team
Note) US$1 = 4,000Riel
The increased amount of annual operation and maintenance cost after the Project is
estimated to be US$72,400 in total. This amount is about 17% of the DSD’s annual
operation & maintenance cost and 2.9% of the PPCC’s annual operation & maintenance
cost of drainage facilities in 2014.
Total amount of expenditures of DSD or PPCC (except irregular expenditures) after project
implementation is estimated to be still much lower than amount of PPCC’s general accounting
budget.
Therefore, it can be deemed that budget for operation and maintenance cost for new
facilities and equipment is secured.
2-78

01 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

01 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

01 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Department of Public Works and Transport

Phnom Penh Capital City

PREPARATORY SURVEY REPORT

JAPAN INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION AGENCY

PREPARATORY SURVEY REPORT

JAPAN INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION AGENCY

Finally, I wish to express my sincere appreciation to the officials concerned of the

2. Background of the Project

Description of Requested Components for the Project

3. Outline of the Survey/Design and Contents of the Project

Contents of Japan’s Grant Aid for the Project

4. Implementation Period and Project Cost

 Operation and Maintenance of Facilities:

 Necessity and Superiority of Japanese Technology:

5.2 Effectiveness of the Project

(2) Qualitative Effectiveness

Before the Project: Present flooding condition during hard rain

After the Project: Improved drainage condition during hard rain

Emergency Drainage Work of Vehicle-Mounted Drainage Pump (Drainage Pump Vehicle)

Chapter 1 Background of the Project .................................................................... 1-1

Chapter 2 Contents of the Project ......................................................................... 2-1

Chapter 3 Project Evaluation ................................................................................. 3-1

Fig. R 1.1.1 Area of Japan’s Grant Aid Project ............................................................ 1-1

Photo R 1.3.1 Site Condition during the Topographic Survey......................................... 1-6

(Electrical Units) (Stress)

1.1 Background of the Project

1.2 Contents of the Request

1.3.1 Meteorological Phenomena

1.3.1.2 Temperature and Humidity

Maximum annual temperature ℃ Minimum annual temperature ℃

Table R 1.3.1 Monthly Rainfall (From 2004 to 2013)

Fig. R 1.3.4 Annual Rainfall (From 1981 to 2013)

Photo R 1.3.1 Site Condition during the Topographic Survey

Photo R 1.3.2 Site Condition during the Manhole Survey

RECORDING SHEET FOR MANHOLE SURVEY

NW(North west) N(North) NE(North east)

W(west) Manhole E(east)

SW(south west) S(south) SE(south East)

Source: JICA Survey Team

1.3.2.3 Geological Survey

Fig. R 1.3.12 Locations of Machine Boring

Photo R 1.3.3 Site Condition during the Boring Survey

10.00 10.00 10.00

5.00 5.00 5.00

0.00 N-Value 0.00 N-Value 0.00 N-Value

-10.00 -10.00 -10.00

-15.00 -15.00 -15.00

-20.00 -20.00 -20.00

-25.00 -25.00 -25.00

-20.00 N-Value -20.00 N-Value

Fig. R 1.3.13 Distribution of N-value of Boreholes

(1) Data Collection of Underground Facilities

Fig. R 1.3.14 Location of Test Excavation Site

1.3.2.5 Inundation Condition Survey (Social and Environmental Survey)

(1) Purpose of the Survey

(b) Interview with Sangkat Chiefs (Interview-1)

Fig. R 1.3.15 Survey Area for Interview with Household (Interview-2)

Photo R 1.3.4 Interview with Household